Show More
@@ -1,2879 +1,2937 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | # configitems.toml - centralized declaration of configuration options |
|
2 | 2 | # |
|
3 | 3 | # This file contains declarations of the core Mercurial configuration options. |
|
4 | 4 | # |
|
5 | 5 | # # Structure |
|
6 | 6 | # |
|
7 | 7 | # items: array of config items |
|
8 | 8 | # templates: mapping of template name to template declaration |
|
9 | 9 | # template-applications: array of template applications |
|
10 | 10 | # |
|
11 | 11 | # # Elements |
|
12 | 12 | # |
|
13 | 13 | # ## Item |
|
14 | 14 | # |
|
15 | 15 | # Declares a core Mercurial option. |
|
16 | 16 | # |
|
17 | 17 | # - section: string (required) |
|
18 | 18 | # - name: string (required) |
|
19 | 19 | # - default-type: boolean, changes how `default` is read |
|
20 | 20 | # - default: any |
|
21 | 21 | # - generic: boolean |
|
22 | 22 | # - priority: integer, only if `generic` is true |
|
23 | 23 | # - alias: list of 2-tuples of strings |
|
24 | 24 | # - experimental: boolean |
|
25 | 25 | # - documentation: string |
|
26 | 26 | # - in_core_extension: string |
|
27 | 27 | # |
|
28 | 28 | # ## Template |
|
29 | 29 | # |
|
30 | 30 | # Declares a group of options to be re-used for multiple sections. |
|
31 | 31 | # |
|
32 | 32 | # - all the same fields as `Item`, except `section` and `name` |
|
33 | 33 | # - `suffix` (string, required) |
|
34 | 34 | # |
|
35 | 35 | # ## Template applications |
|
36 | 36 | # |
|
37 | 37 | # Uses a `Template` to instanciate its options in a given section. |
|
38 | 38 | # |
|
39 | 39 | # - template: string (required, must match a `Template` name) |
|
40 | 40 | # - section: string (required) |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | [[items]] |
|
43 | 43 | section = "alias" |
|
44 | 44 | name = ".*" |
|
45 | 45 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
46 | 46 | generic = true |
|
47 | 47 | |
|
48 | 48 | [[items]] |
|
49 | 49 | section = "auth" |
|
50 | 50 | name = "cookiefile" |
|
51 | 51 | |
|
52 | 52 | # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery |
|
53 | 53 | [[items]] |
|
54 | 54 | section = "bookmarks" |
|
55 | 55 | name = "pushing" |
|
56 | 56 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
57 | 57 | |
|
58 | 58 | # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo |
|
59 | 59 | [[items]] |
|
60 | 60 | section = "bundle" |
|
61 | 61 | name = "mainreporoot" |
|
62 | 62 | default = "" |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | [[items]] |
|
65 | 65 | section = "censor" |
|
66 | 66 | name = "policy" |
|
67 | 67 | default = "abort" |
|
68 | 68 | experimental = true |
|
69 | 69 | |
|
70 | 70 | [[items]] |
|
71 | 71 | section = "chgserver" |
|
72 | 72 | name = "idletimeout" |
|
73 | 73 | default = 3600 |
|
74 | 74 | |
|
75 | 75 | [[items]] |
|
76 | 76 | section = "chgserver" |
|
77 | 77 | name = "skiphash" |
|
78 | 78 | default = false |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | [[items]] |
|
81 | 81 | section = "cmdserver" |
|
82 | 82 | name = "log" |
|
83 | 83 | |
|
84 | 84 | [[items]] |
|
85 | 85 | section = "cmdserver" |
|
86 | 86 | name = "max-log-files" |
|
87 | 87 | default = 7 |
|
88 | 88 | |
|
89 | 89 | [[items]] |
|
90 | 90 | section = "cmdserver" |
|
91 | 91 | name = "max-log-size" |
|
92 | 92 | default = "1 MB" |
|
93 | 93 | |
|
94 | 94 | [[items]] |
|
95 | 95 | section = "cmdserver" |
|
96 | 96 | name = "max-repo-cache" |
|
97 | 97 | default = 0 |
|
98 | 98 | experimental = true |
|
99 | 99 | |
|
100 | 100 | [[items]] |
|
101 | 101 | section = "cmdserver" |
|
102 | 102 | name = "message-encodings" |
|
103 | 103 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
104 | 104 | |
|
105 | 105 | [[items]] |
|
106 | 106 | section = "cmdserver" |
|
107 | 107 | name = "shutdown-on-interrupt" |
|
108 | 108 | default = true |
|
109 | 109 | |
|
110 | 110 | [[items]] |
|
111 | 111 | section = "cmdserver" |
|
112 | 112 | name = "track-log" |
|
113 | 113 | default-type = "lambda" |
|
114 | 114 | default = [ "chgserver", "cmdserver", "repocache",] |
|
115 | 115 | |
|
116 | 116 | [[items]] |
|
117 | 117 | section = "color" |
|
118 | 118 | name = ".*" |
|
119 | 119 | generic = true |
|
120 | 120 | |
|
121 | 121 | [[items]] |
|
122 | 122 | section = "color" |
|
123 | 123 | name = "mode" |
|
124 | 124 | default = "auto" |
|
125 | 125 | |
|
126 | 126 | [[items]] |
|
127 | 127 | section = "color" |
|
128 | 128 | name = "pagermode" |
|
129 | 129 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
130 | 130 | |
|
131 | 131 | [[items]] |
|
132 | 132 | section = "command-templates" |
|
133 | 133 | name = "graphnode" |
|
134 | 134 | alias = [["ui", "graphnodetemplate"]] |
|
135 | 135 | |
|
136 | 136 | [[items]] |
|
137 | 137 | section = "command-templates" |
|
138 | 138 | name = "log" |
|
139 | 139 | alias = [["ui", "logtemplate"]] |
|
140 | 140 | |
|
141 | 141 | [[items]] |
|
142 | 142 | section = "command-templates" |
|
143 | 143 | name = "mergemarker" |
|
144 | 144 | default = '{node|short} {ifeq(tags, "tip", "", ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}' |
|
145 | 145 | alias = [["ui", "mergemarkertemplate"]] |
|
146 | 146 | |
|
147 | 147 | [[items]] |
|
148 | 148 | section = "command-templates" |
|
149 | 149 | name = "oneline-summary" |
|
150 | 150 | |
|
151 | 151 | [[items]] |
|
152 | 152 | section = "command-templates" |
|
153 | 153 | name = "oneline-summary.*" |
|
154 | 154 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
155 | 155 | generic = true |
|
156 | 156 | |
|
157 | 157 | [[items]] |
|
158 | 158 | section = "command-templates" |
|
159 | 159 | name = "pre-merge-tool-output" |
|
160 | 160 | alias = [["ui", "pre-merge-tool-output-template"]] |
|
161 | 161 | |
|
162 | 162 | [[items]] |
|
163 | 163 | section = "commands" |
|
164 | 164 | name = "commit.post-status" |
|
165 | 165 | default = false |
|
166 | 166 | |
|
167 | 167 | [[items]] |
|
168 | 168 | section = "commands" |
|
169 | 169 | name = "grep.all-files" |
|
170 | 170 | default = false |
|
171 | 171 | experimental = true |
|
172 | 172 | |
|
173 | 173 | [[items]] |
|
174 | 174 | section = "commands" |
|
175 | 175 | name = "merge.require-rev" |
|
176 | 176 | default = false |
|
177 | 177 | |
|
178 | 178 | [[items]] |
|
179 | 179 | section = "commands" |
|
180 | 180 | name = "push.require-revs" |
|
181 | 181 | default = false |
|
182 | 182 | |
|
183 | 183 | # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing |
|
184 | 184 | # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit |
|
185 | 185 | # without formally loading it. |
|
186 | 186 | [[items]] |
|
187 | 187 | section = "commands" |
|
188 | 188 | name = "rebase.requiredest" |
|
189 | 189 | default = false |
|
190 | 190 | |
|
191 | 191 | [[items]] |
|
192 | 192 | section = "commands" |
|
193 | 193 | name = "resolve.confirm" |
|
194 | 194 | default = false |
|
195 | 195 | |
|
196 | 196 | [[items]] |
|
197 | 197 | section = "commands" |
|
198 | 198 | name = "resolve.explicit-re-merge" |
|
199 | 199 | default = false |
|
200 | 200 | |
|
201 | 201 | [[items]] |
|
202 | 202 | section = "commands" |
|
203 | 203 | name = "resolve.mark-check" |
|
204 | 204 | default = "none" |
|
205 | 205 | |
|
206 | 206 | [[items]] |
|
207 | 207 | section = "commands" |
|
208 | 208 | name = "show.aliasprefix" |
|
209 | 209 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
210 | 210 | |
|
211 | 211 | [[items]] |
|
212 | 212 | section = "commands" |
|
213 | 213 | name = "status.relative" |
|
214 | 214 | default = false |
|
215 | 215 | |
|
216 | 216 | [[items]] |
|
217 | 217 | section = "commands" |
|
218 | 218 | name = "status.skipstates" |
|
219 | 219 | default = [] |
|
220 | 220 | experimental = true |
|
221 | 221 | |
|
222 | 222 | [[items]] |
|
223 | 223 | section = "commands" |
|
224 | 224 | name = "status.terse" |
|
225 | 225 | default = "" |
|
226 | 226 | |
|
227 | 227 | [[items]] |
|
228 | 228 | section = "commands" |
|
229 | 229 | name = "status.verbose" |
|
230 | 230 | default = false |
|
231 | 231 | |
|
232 | 232 | [[items]] |
|
233 | 233 | section = "commands" |
|
234 | 234 | name = "update.check" |
|
235 | 235 | |
|
236 | 236 | [[items]] |
|
237 | 237 | section = "commands" |
|
238 | 238 | name = "update.requiredest" |
|
239 | 239 | default = false |
|
240 | 240 | |
|
241 | 241 | [[items]] |
|
242 | 242 | section = "committemplate" |
|
243 | 243 | name = ".*" |
|
244 | 244 | generic = true |
|
245 | 245 | |
|
246 | 246 | [[items]] |
|
247 | 247 | section = "convert" |
|
248 | 248 | name = "bzr.saverev" |
|
249 | 249 | default = true |
|
250 | 250 | |
|
251 | 251 | [[items]] |
|
252 | 252 | section = "convert" |
|
253 | 253 | name = "cvsps.cache" |
|
254 | 254 | default = true |
|
255 | 255 | |
|
256 | 256 | [[items]] |
|
257 | 257 | section = "convert" |
|
258 | 258 | name = "cvsps.fuzz" |
|
259 | 259 | default = 60 |
|
260 | 260 | |
|
261 | 261 | [[items]] |
|
262 | 262 | section = "convert" |
|
263 | 263 | name = "cvsps.logencoding" |
|
264 | 264 | |
|
265 | 265 | [[items]] |
|
266 | 266 | section = "convert" |
|
267 | 267 | name = "cvsps.mergefrom" |
|
268 | 268 | |
|
269 | 269 | [[items]] |
|
270 | 270 | section = "convert" |
|
271 | 271 | name = "cvsps.mergeto" |
|
272 | 272 | |
|
273 | 273 | [[items]] |
|
274 | 274 | section = "convert" |
|
275 | 275 | name = "git.committeractions" |
|
276 | 276 | default-type = "lambda" |
|
277 | 277 | default = [ "messagedifferent",] |
|
278 | 278 | |
|
279 | 279 | [[items]] |
|
280 | 280 | section = "convert" |
|
281 | 281 | name = "git.extrakeys" |
|
282 | 282 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
283 | 283 | |
|
284 | 284 | [[items]] |
|
285 | 285 | section = "convert" |
|
286 | 286 | name = "git.findcopiesharder" |
|
287 | 287 | default = false |
|
288 | 288 | |
|
289 | 289 | [[items]] |
|
290 | 290 | section = "convert" |
|
291 | 291 | name = "git.remoteprefix" |
|
292 | 292 | default = "remote" |
|
293 | 293 | |
|
294 | 294 | [[items]] |
|
295 | 295 | section = "convert" |
|
296 | 296 | name = "git.renamelimit" |
|
297 | 297 | default = 400 |
|
298 | 298 | |
|
299 | 299 | [[items]] |
|
300 | 300 | section = "convert" |
|
301 | 301 | name = "git.saverev" |
|
302 | 302 | default = true |
|
303 | 303 | |
|
304 | 304 | [[items]] |
|
305 | 305 | section = "convert" |
|
306 | 306 | name = "git.similarity" |
|
307 | 307 | default = 50 |
|
308 | 308 | |
|
309 | 309 | [[items]] |
|
310 | 310 | section = "convert" |
|
311 | 311 | name = "git.skipsubmodules" |
|
312 | 312 | default = false |
|
313 | 313 | |
|
314 | 314 | [[items]] |
|
315 | 315 | section = "convert" |
|
316 | 316 | name = "hg.clonebranches" |
|
317 | 317 | default = false |
|
318 | 318 | |
|
319 | 319 | [[items]] |
|
320 | 320 | section = "convert" |
|
321 | 321 | name = "hg.ignoreerrors" |
|
322 | 322 | default = false |
|
323 | 323 | |
|
324 | 324 | [[items]] |
|
325 | 325 | section = "convert" |
|
326 | 326 | name = "hg.preserve-hash" |
|
327 | 327 | default = false |
|
328 | 328 | |
|
329 | 329 | [[items]] |
|
330 | 330 | section = "convert" |
|
331 | 331 | name = "hg.revs" |
|
332 | 332 | |
|
333 | 333 | [[items]] |
|
334 | 334 | section = "convert" |
|
335 | 335 | name = "hg.saverev" |
|
336 | 336 | default = false |
|
337 | 337 | |
|
338 | 338 | [[items]] |
|
339 | 339 | section = "convert" |
|
340 | 340 | name = "hg.sourcename" |
|
341 | 341 | |
|
342 | 342 | [[items]] |
|
343 | 343 | section = "convert" |
|
344 | 344 | name = "hg.startrev" |
|
345 | 345 | |
|
346 | 346 | [[items]] |
|
347 | 347 | section = "convert" |
|
348 | 348 | name = "hg.tagsbranch" |
|
349 | 349 | default = "default" |
|
350 | 350 | |
|
351 | 351 | [[items]] |
|
352 | 352 | section = "convert" |
|
353 | 353 | name = "hg.usebranchnames" |
|
354 | 354 | default = true |
|
355 | 355 | |
|
356 | 356 | [[items]] |
|
357 | 357 | section = "convert" |
|
358 | 358 | name = "ignoreancestorcheck" |
|
359 | 359 | default = false |
|
360 | 360 | experimental = true |
|
361 | 361 | |
|
362 | 362 | [[items]] |
|
363 | 363 | section = "convert" |
|
364 | 364 | name = "localtimezone" |
|
365 | 365 | default = false |
|
366 | 366 | |
|
367 | 367 | [[items]] |
|
368 | 368 | section = "convert" |
|
369 | 369 | name = "p4.encoding" |
|
370 | 370 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
371 | 371 | |
|
372 | 372 | [[items]] |
|
373 | 373 | section = "convert" |
|
374 | 374 | name = "p4.startrev" |
|
375 | 375 | default = 0 |
|
376 | 376 | |
|
377 | 377 | [[items]] |
|
378 | 378 | section = "convert" |
|
379 | 379 | name = "skiptags" |
|
380 | 380 | default = false |
|
381 | 381 | |
|
382 | 382 | [[items]] |
|
383 | 383 | section = "convert" |
|
384 | 384 | name = "svn.branches" |
|
385 | 385 | |
|
386 | 386 | [[items]] |
|
387 | 387 | section = "convert" |
|
388 | 388 | name = "svn.dangerous-set-commit-dates" |
|
389 | 389 | default = false |
|
390 | 390 | |
|
391 | 391 | [[items]] |
|
392 | 392 | section = "convert" |
|
393 | 393 | name = "svn.debugsvnlog" |
|
394 | 394 | default = true |
|
395 | 395 | |
|
396 | 396 | [[items]] |
|
397 | 397 | section = "convert" |
|
398 | 398 | name = "svn.startrev" |
|
399 | 399 | default = 0 |
|
400 | 400 | |
|
401 | 401 | [[items]] |
|
402 | 402 | section = "convert" |
|
403 | 403 | name = "svn.tags" |
|
404 | 404 | |
|
405 | 405 | [[items]] |
|
406 | 406 | section = "convert" |
|
407 | 407 | name = "svn.trunk" |
|
408 | 408 | |
|
409 | 409 | [[items]] |
|
410 | 410 | section = "debug" |
|
411 | 411 | name = "bundling-stats" |
|
412 | 412 | default = false |
|
413 | 413 | documentation = "Display extra information about the bundling process." |
|
414 | 414 | |
|
415 | 415 | [[items]] |
|
416 | 416 | section = "debug" |
|
417 | 417 | name = "dirstate.delaywrite" |
|
418 | 418 | default = 0 |
|
419 | 419 | |
|
420 | 420 | [[items]] |
|
421 | 421 | section = "debug" |
|
422 | 422 | name = "revlog.debug-delta" |
|
423 | 423 | default = false |
|
424 | 424 | |
|
425 | 425 | [[items]] |
|
426 | 426 | section = "debug" |
|
427 | 427 | name = "revlog.verifyposition.changelog" |
|
428 | 428 | default = "" |
|
429 | 429 | |
|
430 | 430 | [[items]] |
|
431 | 431 | section = "debug" |
|
432 | 432 | name = "unbundling-stats" |
|
433 | 433 | default = false |
|
434 | 434 | documentation = "Display extra information about the unbundling process." |
|
435 | 435 | |
|
436 | 436 | [[items]] |
|
437 | 437 | section = "defaults" |
|
438 | 438 | name = ".*" |
|
439 | 439 | generic = true |
|
440 | 440 | |
|
441 | 441 | [[items]] |
|
442 | 442 | section = "devel" |
|
443 | 443 | name = "all-warnings" |
|
444 | 444 | default = false |
|
445 | 445 | |
|
446 | 446 | [[items]] |
|
447 | 447 | section = "devel" |
|
448 | 448 | name = "bundle.delta" |
|
449 | 449 | default = "" |
|
450 | 450 | |
|
451 | 451 | [[items]] |
|
452 | 452 | section = "devel" |
|
453 | 453 | name = "bundle2.debug" |
|
454 | 454 | default = false |
|
455 | 455 | |
|
456 | 456 | [[items]] |
|
457 | 457 | section = "devel" |
|
458 | 458 | name = "cache-vfs" |
|
459 | 459 | |
|
460 | 460 | [[items]] |
|
461 | 461 | section = "devel" |
|
462 | 462 | name = "check-locks" |
|
463 | 463 | default = false |
|
464 | 464 | |
|
465 | 465 | [[items]] |
|
466 | 466 | section = "devel" |
|
467 | 467 | name = "check-relroot" |
|
468 | 468 | default = false |
|
469 | 469 | |
|
470 | 470 | [[items]] |
|
471 | 471 | section = "devel" |
|
472 | 472 | name = "copy-tracing.multi-thread" |
|
473 | 473 | default = true |
|
474 | 474 | |
|
475 | 475 | # Track copy information for all files, not just "added" ones (very slow) |
|
476 | 476 | [[items]] |
|
477 | 477 | section = "devel" |
|
478 | 478 | name = "copy-tracing.trace-all-files" |
|
479 | 479 | default = false |
|
480 | 480 | |
|
481 | 481 | [[items]] |
|
482 | 482 | section = "devel" |
|
483 | 483 | name = "debug.abort-update" |
|
484 | 484 | default = false |
|
485 | 485 | documentation = """If true, then any merge with the working copy, \ |
|
486 | 486 | e.g. [hg update], will be aborted after figuring out what needs to be done, \ |
|
487 | 487 | but before spawning the parallel worker.""" |
|
488 | 488 | |
|
489 | 489 | [[items]] |
|
490 | 490 | section = "devel" |
|
491 | 491 | name = "debug.copies" |
|
492 | 492 | default = false |
|
493 | 493 | |
|
494 | 494 | [[items]] |
|
495 | 495 | section = "devel" |
|
496 | 496 | name = "debug.extensions" |
|
497 | 497 | default = false |
|
498 | 498 | |
|
499 | 499 | [[items]] |
|
500 | 500 | section = "devel" |
|
501 | 501 | name = "debug.peer-request" |
|
502 | 502 | default = false |
|
503 | 503 | |
|
504 | 504 | [[items]] |
|
505 | 505 | section = "devel" |
|
506 | 506 | name = "debug.repo-filters" |
|
507 | 507 | default = false |
|
508 | 508 | |
|
509 | 509 | [[items]] |
|
510 | 510 | section = "devel" |
|
511 | 511 | name = "default-date" |
|
512 | 512 | |
|
513 | 513 | [[items]] |
|
514 | 514 | section = "devel" |
|
515 | 515 | name = "deprec-warn" |
|
516 | 516 | default = false |
|
517 | 517 | |
|
518 | 518 | # possible values: |
|
519 | 519 | # - auto (the default) |
|
520 | 520 | # - force-append |
|
521 | 521 | # - force-new |
|
522 | 522 | [[items]] |
|
523 | 523 | section = "devel" |
|
524 | 524 | name = "dirstate.v2.data_update_mode" |
|
525 | 525 | default = "auto" |
|
526 | 526 | |
|
527 | 527 | [[items]] |
|
528 | 528 | section = "devel" |
|
529 | 529 | name = "disableloaddefaultcerts" |
|
530 | 530 | default = false |
|
531 | 531 | |
|
532 | 532 | [[items]] |
|
533 | 533 | section = "devel" |
|
534 | 534 | name = "discovery.exchange-heads" |
|
535 | 535 | default = true |
|
536 | 536 | documentation = """If false, the discovery will not start with remote \ |
|
537 | 537 | head fetching and local head querying.""" |
|
538 | 538 | |
|
539 | 539 | [[items]] |
|
540 | 540 | section = "devel" |
|
541 | 541 | name = "discovery.grow-sample" |
|
542 | 542 | default = true |
|
543 | 543 | documentation = """If false, the sample size used in set discovery \ |
|
544 | 544 | will not be increased through the process.""" |
|
545 | 545 | |
|
546 | 546 | [[items]] |
|
547 | 547 | section = "devel" |
|
548 | 548 | name = "discovery.grow-sample.dynamic" |
|
549 | 549 | default = true |
|
550 | 550 | documentation = """If true, the default, the sample size is adapted to the shape \ |
|
551 | 551 | of the undecided set. It is set to the max of: |
|
552 | 552 | `<target-size>, len(roots(undecided)), len(heads(undecided))`""" |
|
553 | 553 | |
|
554 | 554 | [[items]] |
|
555 | 555 | section = "devel" |
|
556 | 556 | name = "discovery.grow-sample.rate" |
|
557 | 557 | default = 1.05 |
|
558 | 558 | documentation = "Controls the rate at which the sample grows." |
|
559 | 559 | |
|
560 | 560 | [[items]] |
|
561 | 561 | section = "devel" |
|
562 | 562 | name = "discovery.randomize" |
|
563 | 563 | default = true |
|
564 | 564 | documentation = """If false, random samplings during discovery are deterministic. \ |
|
565 | 565 | It is meant for integration tests.""" |
|
566 | 566 | |
|
567 | 567 | [[items]] |
|
568 | 568 | section = "devel" |
|
569 | 569 | name = "discovery.sample-size" |
|
570 | 570 | default = 200 |
|
571 | 571 | documentation = "Controls the initial size of the discovery sample." |
|
572 | 572 | |
|
573 | 573 | [[items]] |
|
574 | 574 | section = "devel" |
|
575 | 575 | name = "discovery.sample-size.initial" |
|
576 | 576 | default = 100 |
|
577 | 577 | documentation = "Controls the initial size of the discovery for initial change." |
|
578 | 578 | |
|
579 | 579 | [[items]] |
|
580 | 580 | section = "devel" |
|
581 | 581 | name = "legacy.exchange" |
|
582 | 582 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
583 | 583 | |
|
584 | 584 | [[items]] |
|
585 | 585 | section = "devel" |
|
586 | 586 | name = "persistent-nodemap" |
|
587 | 587 | default = false |
|
588 | 588 | documentation = """When true, revlogs use a special reference version of the \ |
|
589 | 589 | nodemap, that is not performant but is "known" to behave properly.""" |
|
590 | 590 | |
|
591 | 591 | [[items]] |
|
592 | 592 | section = "devel" |
|
593 | 593 | name = "server-insecure-exact-protocol" |
|
594 | 594 | default = "" |
|
595 | 595 | |
|
596 | 596 | [[items]] |
|
597 | 597 | section = "devel" |
|
598 | 598 | name = "servercafile" |
|
599 | 599 | default = "" |
|
600 | 600 | |
|
601 | 601 | [[items]] |
|
602 | 602 | section = "devel" |
|
603 | 603 | name = "serverexactprotocol" |
|
604 | 604 | default = "" |
|
605 | 605 | |
|
606 | 606 | [[items]] |
|
607 | 607 | section = "devel" |
|
608 | 608 | name = "serverrequirecert" |
|
609 | 609 | default = false |
|
610 | 610 | |
|
611 | 611 | [[items]] |
|
612 | 612 | section = "devel" |
|
613 | 613 | name = "strip-obsmarkers" |
|
614 | 614 | default = true |
|
615 | 615 | |
|
616 | 616 | [[items]] |
|
617 | 617 | section = 'devel' |
|
618 | 618 | name = 'sync.status.pre-dirstate-write-file' |
|
619 | 619 | documentation = """ |
|
620 | 620 | Makes the status algorithm wait for the existence of this file \ |
|
621 | 621 | (or until a timeout of `devel.sync.status.pre-dirstate-write-file-timeout` \ |
|
622 | 622 | seconds) before taking the lock and writing the dirstate. \ |
|
623 | 623 | Status signals that it's ready to wait by creating a file \ |
|
624 | 624 | with the same name + `.waiting`. \ |
|
625 | 625 | Useful when testing race conditions.""" |
|
626 | 626 | |
|
627 | 627 | [[items]] |
|
628 | 628 | section = 'devel' |
|
629 | 629 | name = 'sync.status.pre-dirstate-write-file-timeout' |
|
630 | 630 | default=2 |
|
631 | 631 | |
|
632 | 632 | [[items]] |
|
633 | 633 | section = 'devel' |
|
634 | 634 | name = 'sync.dirstate.post-docket-read-file' |
|
635 | 635 | |
|
636 | 636 | [[items]] |
|
637 | 637 | section = 'devel' |
|
638 | 638 | name = 'sync.dirstate.post-docket-read-file-timeout' |
|
639 | 639 | default=2 |
|
640 | 640 | |
|
641 | 641 | [[items]] |
|
642 | 642 | section = 'devel' |
|
643 | 643 | name = 'sync.dirstate.pre-read-file' |
|
644 | 644 | |
|
645 | 645 | [[items]] |
|
646 | 646 | section = 'devel' |
|
647 | 647 | name = 'sync.dirstate.pre-read-file-timeout' |
|
648 | 648 | default=2 |
|
649 | 649 | |
|
650 | 650 | [[items]] |
|
651 | 651 | section = "devel" |
|
652 | 652 | name = "user.obsmarker" |
|
653 | 653 | |
|
654 | 654 | [[items]] |
|
655 | 655 | section = "devel" |
|
656 | 656 | name = "warn-config" |
|
657 | 657 | |
|
658 | 658 | [[items]] |
|
659 | 659 | section = "devel" |
|
660 | 660 | name = "warn-config-default" |
|
661 | 661 | |
|
662 | 662 | [[items]] |
|
663 | 663 | section = "devel" |
|
664 | 664 | name = "warn-config-unknown" |
|
665 | 665 | |
|
666 | 666 | [[items]] |
|
667 | 667 | section = "devel" |
|
668 | 668 | name = "warn-empty-changegroup" |
|
669 | 669 | default = false |
|
670 | 670 | |
|
671 | 671 | [[items]] |
|
672 | 672 | section = "diff" |
|
673 | 673 | name = "merge" |
|
674 | 674 | default = false |
|
675 | 675 | experimental = true |
|
676 | 676 | |
|
677 | 677 | [[items]] |
|
678 | 678 | section = "email" |
|
679 | 679 | name = "bcc" |
|
680 | 680 | |
|
681 | 681 | [[items]] |
|
682 | 682 | section = "email" |
|
683 | 683 | name = "cc" |
|
684 | 684 | |
|
685 | 685 | [[items]] |
|
686 | 686 | section = "email" |
|
687 | 687 | name = "charsets" |
|
688 | 688 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
689 | 689 | |
|
690 | 690 | [[items]] |
|
691 | 691 | section = "email" |
|
692 | 692 | name = "from" |
|
693 | 693 | |
|
694 | 694 | [[items]] |
|
695 | 695 | section = "email" |
|
696 | 696 | name = "method" |
|
697 | 697 | default = "smtp" |
|
698 | 698 | |
|
699 | 699 | [[items]] |
|
700 | 700 | section = "email" |
|
701 | 701 | name = "reply-to" |
|
702 | 702 | |
|
703 | 703 | [[items]] |
|
704 | 704 | section = "email" |
|
705 | 705 | name = "to" |
|
706 | 706 | |
|
707 | 707 | [[items]] |
|
708 | 708 | section = "experimental" |
|
709 | 709 | name = "archivemetatemplate" |
|
710 | 710 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
711 | 711 | |
|
712 | 712 | [[items]] |
|
713 | 713 | section = "experimental" |
|
714 | 714 | name = "auto-publish" |
|
715 | 715 | default = "publish" |
|
716 | 716 | |
|
717 | 717 | [[items]] |
|
718 | 718 | section = "experimental" |
|
719 | 719 | name = "bundle-phases" |
|
720 | 720 | default = false |
|
721 | 721 | |
|
722 | 722 | [[items]] |
|
723 | 723 | section = "experimental" |
|
724 | 724 | name = "bundle2-advertise" |
|
725 | 725 | default = true |
|
726 | 726 | |
|
727 | 727 | [[items]] |
|
728 | 728 | section = "experimental" |
|
729 | 729 | name = "bundle2-output-capture" |
|
730 | 730 | default = false |
|
731 | 731 | |
|
732 | 732 | [[items]] |
|
733 | 733 | section = "experimental" |
|
734 | 734 | name = "bundle2.pushback" |
|
735 | 735 | default = false |
|
736 | 736 | |
|
737 | 737 | [[items]] |
|
738 | 738 | section = "experimental" |
|
739 | 739 | name = "bundle2lazylocking" |
|
740 | 740 | default = false |
|
741 | 741 | |
|
742 | 742 | [[items]] |
|
743 | 743 | section = "experimental" |
|
744 | 744 | name = "bundlecomplevel" |
|
745 | 745 | |
|
746 | 746 | [[items]] |
|
747 | 747 | section = "experimental" |
|
748 | 748 | name = "bundlecomplevel.bzip2" |
|
749 | 749 | |
|
750 | 750 | [[items]] |
|
751 | 751 | section = "experimental" |
|
752 | 752 | name = "bundlecomplevel.gzip" |
|
753 | 753 | |
|
754 | 754 | [[items]] |
|
755 | 755 | section = "experimental" |
|
756 | 756 | name = "bundlecomplevel.none" |
|
757 | 757 | |
|
758 | 758 | [[items]] |
|
759 | 759 | section = "experimental" |
|
760 | 760 | name = "bundlecomplevel.zstd" |
|
761 | 761 | |
|
762 | 762 | [[items]] |
|
763 | 763 | section = "experimental" |
|
764 | 764 | name = "bundlecompthreads" |
|
765 | 765 | |
|
766 | 766 | [[items]] |
|
767 | 767 | section = "experimental" |
|
768 | 768 | name = "bundlecompthreads.bzip2" |
|
769 | 769 | |
|
770 | 770 | [[items]] |
|
771 | 771 | section = "experimental" |
|
772 | 772 | name = "bundlecompthreads.gzip" |
|
773 | 773 | |
|
774 | 774 | [[items]] |
|
775 | 775 | section = "experimental" |
|
776 | 776 | name = "bundlecompthreads.none" |
|
777 | 777 | |
|
778 | 778 | [[items]] |
|
779 | 779 | section = "experimental" |
|
780 | 780 | name = "bundlecompthreads.zstd" |
|
781 | 781 | |
|
782 | 782 | [[items]] |
|
783 | 783 | section = "experimental" |
|
784 | 784 | name = "changegroup3" |
|
785 | 785 | default = true |
|
786 | 786 | |
|
787 | 787 | [[items]] |
|
788 | 788 | section = "experimental" |
|
789 | 789 | name = "changegroup4" |
|
790 | 790 | default = false |
|
791 | 791 | |
|
792 | 792 | # might remove rank configuration once the computation has no impact |
|
793 | 793 | [[items]] |
|
794 | 794 | section = "experimental" |
|
795 | 795 | name = "changelog-v2.compute-rank" |
|
796 | 796 | default = true |
|
797 | 797 | |
|
798 | 798 | [[items]] |
|
799 | 799 | section = "experimental" |
|
800 | 800 | name = "cleanup-as-archived" |
|
801 | 801 | default = false |
|
802 | 802 | |
|
803 | 803 | [[items]] |
|
804 | 804 | section = "experimental" |
|
805 | 805 | name = "clientcompressionengines" |
|
806 | 806 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
807 | 807 | |
|
808 | 808 | [[items]] |
|
809 | 809 | section = "experimental" |
|
810 | 810 | name = "copies.read-from" |
|
811 | 811 | default = "filelog-only" |
|
812 | 812 | |
|
813 | 813 | [[items]] |
|
814 | 814 | section = "experimental" |
|
815 | 815 | name = "copies.write-to" |
|
816 | 816 | default = "filelog-only" |
|
817 | 817 | |
|
818 | 818 | [[items]] |
|
819 | 819 | section = "experimental" |
|
820 | 820 | name = "copytrace" |
|
821 | 821 | default = "on" |
|
822 | 822 | |
|
823 | 823 | [[items]] |
|
824 | 824 | section = "experimental" |
|
825 | 825 | name = "copytrace.movecandidateslimit" |
|
826 | 826 | default = 100 |
|
827 | 827 | |
|
828 | 828 | [[items]] |
|
829 | 829 | section = "experimental" |
|
830 | 830 | name = "copytrace.sourcecommitlimit" |
|
831 | 831 | default = 100 |
|
832 | 832 | |
|
833 | 833 | [[items]] |
|
834 | 834 | section = "experimental" |
|
835 | 835 | name = "crecordtest" |
|
836 | 836 | |
|
837 | 837 | [[items]] |
|
838 | 838 | section = "experimental" |
|
839 | 839 | name = "directaccess" |
|
840 | 840 | default = false |
|
841 | 841 | |
|
842 | 842 | [[items]] |
|
843 | 843 | section = "experimental" |
|
844 | 844 | name = "directaccess.revnums" |
|
845 | 845 | default = false |
|
846 | 846 | |
|
847 | 847 | [[items]] |
|
848 | 848 | section = "experimental" |
|
849 | 849 | name = "editortmpinhg" |
|
850 | 850 | default = false |
|
851 | 851 | |
|
852 | 852 | [[items]] |
|
853 | 853 | section = "experimental" |
|
854 | 854 | name = "evolution" |
|
855 | 855 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
856 | 856 | |
|
857 | 857 | [[items]] |
|
858 | 858 | section = "experimental" |
|
859 | 859 | name = "evolution.allowdivergence" |
|
860 | 860 | default = false |
|
861 | 861 | alias = [["experimental", "allowdivergence"]] |
|
862 | 862 | |
|
863 | 863 | [[items]] |
|
864 | 864 | section = "experimental" |
|
865 | 865 | name = "evolution.allowunstable" |
|
866 | 866 | |
|
867 | 867 | [[items]] |
|
868 | 868 | section = "experimental" |
|
869 | 869 | name = "evolution.bundle-obsmarker" |
|
870 | 870 | default = false |
|
871 | 871 | |
|
872 | 872 | [[items]] |
|
873 | 873 | section = "experimental" |
|
874 | 874 | name = "evolution.bundle-obsmarker:mandatory" |
|
875 | 875 | default = true |
|
876 | 876 | |
|
877 | 877 | [[items]] |
|
878 | 878 | section = "experimental" |
|
879 | 879 | name = "evolution.createmarkers" |
|
880 | 880 | |
|
881 | 881 | [[items]] |
|
882 | 882 | section = "experimental" |
|
883 | 883 | name = "evolution.effect-flags" |
|
884 | 884 | default = true |
|
885 | 885 | alias = [["experimental", "effect-flags"]] |
|
886 | 886 | |
|
887 | 887 | [[items]] |
|
888 | 888 | section = "experimental" |
|
889 | 889 | name = "evolution.exchange" |
|
890 | 890 | |
|
891 | 891 | [[items]] |
|
892 | 892 | section = "experimental" |
|
893 | 893 | name = "evolution.report-instabilities" |
|
894 | 894 | default = true |
|
895 | 895 | |
|
896 | 896 | [[items]] |
|
897 | 897 | section = "experimental" |
|
898 | 898 | name = "evolution.track-operation" |
|
899 | 899 | default = true |
|
900 | 900 | |
|
901 | 901 | [[items]] |
|
902 | 902 | section = "experimental" |
|
903 | 903 | name = "exportableenviron" |
|
904 | 904 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
905 | 905 | |
|
906 | 906 | [[items]] |
|
907 | 907 | section = "experimental" |
|
908 | 908 | name = "extendedheader.index" |
|
909 | 909 | |
|
910 | 910 | [[items]] |
|
911 | 911 | section = "experimental" |
|
912 | 912 | name = "extendedheader.similarity" |
|
913 | 913 | default = false |
|
914 | 914 | |
|
915 | 915 | [[items]] |
|
916 | 916 | section = "experimental" |
|
917 | 917 | name = "extra-filter-revs" |
|
918 | 918 | documentation = """Repo-level config to prevent a revset from being visible. |
|
919 | 919 | The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subsets of the same \ |
|
920 | 920 | repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.""" |
|
921 | 921 | |
|
922 | 922 | [[items]] |
|
923 | 923 | section = "experimental" |
|
924 | 924 | name = "graphshorten" |
|
925 | 925 | default = false |
|
926 | 926 | |
|
927 | 927 | [[items]] |
|
928 | 928 | section = "experimental" |
|
929 | 929 | name = "graphstyle.grandparent" |
|
930 | 930 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
931 | 931 | |
|
932 | 932 | [[items]] |
|
933 | 933 | section = "experimental" |
|
934 | 934 | name = "graphstyle.missing" |
|
935 | 935 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
936 | 936 | |
|
937 | 937 | [[items]] |
|
938 | 938 | section = "experimental" |
|
939 | 939 | name = "graphstyle.parent" |
|
940 | 940 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
941 | 941 | |
|
942 | 942 | [[items]] |
|
943 | 943 | section = "experimental" |
|
944 | 944 | name = "hook-track-tags" |
|
945 | 945 | default = false |
|
946 | 946 | |
|
947 | 947 | [[items]] |
|
948 | 948 | section = "experimental" |
|
949 | 949 | name = "httppostargs" |
|
950 | 950 | default = false |
|
951 | 951 | |
|
952 | 952 | [[items]] |
|
953 | 953 | section = "experimental" |
|
954 | 954 | name = "log.topo" |
|
955 | 955 | default = false |
|
956 | 956 | |
|
957 | 957 | [[items]] |
|
958 | 958 | section = "experimental" |
|
959 | 959 | name = "maxdeltachainspan" |
|
960 | 960 | default = -1 |
|
961 | 961 | |
|
962 | 962 | [[items]] |
|
963 | 963 | section = "experimental" |
|
964 | 964 | name = "merge-track-salvaged" |
|
965 | 965 | default = false |
|
966 | 966 | documentation = """Tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them \ |
|
967 | 967 | but we explicitly kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them.""" |
|
968 | 968 | |
|
969 | 969 | [[items]] |
|
970 | 970 | section = "experimental" |
|
971 | 971 | name = "merge.checkpathconflicts" |
|
972 | 972 | default = false |
|
973 | 973 | |
|
974 | 974 | [[items]] |
|
975 | 975 | section = "experimental" |
|
976 | 976 | name = "mmapindexthreshold" |
|
977 | 977 | |
|
978 | 978 | [[items]] |
|
979 | 979 | section = "experimental" |
|
980 | 980 | name = "narrow" |
|
981 | 981 | default = false |
|
982 | 982 | |
|
983 | 983 | [[items]] |
|
984 | 984 | section = "experimental" |
|
985 | 985 | name = "nointerrupt" |
|
986 | 986 | default = false |
|
987 | 987 | |
|
988 | 988 | [[items]] |
|
989 | 989 | section = "experimental" |
|
990 | 990 | name = "nointerrupt-interactiveonly" |
|
991 | 991 | default = true |
|
992 | 992 | |
|
993 | 993 | [[items]] |
|
994 | 994 | section = "experimental" |
|
995 | 995 | name = "nonnormalparanoidcheck" |
|
996 | 996 | default = false |
|
997 | 997 | |
|
998 | 998 | [[items]] |
|
999 | 999 | section = "experimental" |
|
1000 | 1000 | name = "obsmarkers-exchange-debug" |
|
1001 | 1001 | default = false |
|
1002 | 1002 | |
|
1003 | 1003 | [[items]] |
|
1004 | 1004 | section = "experimental" |
|
1005 | 1005 | name = "rebaseskipobsolete" |
|
1006 | 1006 | default = true |
|
1007 | 1007 | |
|
1008 | 1008 | [[items]] |
|
1009 | 1009 | section = "experimental" |
|
1010 | 1010 | name = "remotenames" |
|
1011 | 1011 | default = false |
|
1012 | 1012 | |
|
1013 | 1013 | [[items]] |
|
1014 | 1014 | section = "experimental" |
|
1015 | 1015 | name = "removeemptydirs" |
|
1016 | 1016 | default = true |
|
1017 | 1017 | |
|
1018 | 1018 | [[items]] |
|
1019 | 1019 | section = "experimental" |
|
1020 | 1020 | name = "revert.interactive.select-to-keep" |
|
1021 | 1021 | default = false |
|
1022 | 1022 | |
|
1023 | 1023 | [[items]] |
|
1024 | 1024 | section = "experimental" |
|
1025 | 1025 | name = "revisions.disambiguatewithin" |
|
1026 | 1026 | |
|
1027 | 1027 | [[items]] |
|
1028 | 1028 | section = "experimental" |
|
1029 | 1029 | name = "revisions.prefixhexnode" |
|
1030 | 1030 | default = false |
|
1031 | 1031 | |
|
1032 | 1032 | # "out of experimental" todo list. |
|
1033 | 1033 | # |
|
1034 | 1034 | # * include management of a persistent nodemap in the main docket |
|
1035 | 1035 | # * enforce a "no-truncate" policy for mmap safety |
|
1036 | 1036 | # - for censoring operation |
|
1037 | 1037 | # - for stripping operation |
|
1038 | 1038 | # - for rollback operation |
|
1039 | 1039 | # * proper streaming (race free) of the docket file |
|
1040 | 1040 | # * track garbage data to evemtually allow rewriting -existing- sidedata. |
|
1041 | 1041 | # * Exchange-wise, we will also need to do something more efficient than |
|
1042 | 1042 | # keeping references to the affected revlogs, especially memory-wise when |
|
1043 | 1043 | # rewriting sidedata. |
|
1044 | 1044 | # * introduce a proper solution to reduce the number of filelog related files. |
|
1045 | 1045 | # * use caching for reading sidedata (similar to what we do for data). |
|
1046 | 1046 | # * no longer set offset=0 if sidedata_size=0 (simplify cutoff computation). |
|
1047 | 1047 | # * Improvement to consider |
|
1048 | 1048 | # - avoid compression header in chunk using the default compression? |
|
1049 | 1049 | # - forbid "inline" compression mode entirely? |
|
1050 | 1050 | # - split the data offset and flag field (the 2 bytes save are mostly trouble) |
|
1051 | 1051 | # - keep track of uncompressed -chunk- size (to preallocate memory better) |
|
1052 | 1052 | # - keep track of chain base or size (probably not that useful anymore) |
|
1053 | 1053 | [[items]] |
|
1054 | 1054 | section = "experimental" |
|
1055 | 1055 | name = "revlogv2" |
|
1056 | 1056 | |
|
1057 | 1057 | [[items]] |
|
1058 | 1058 | section = "experimental" |
|
1059 | 1059 | name = "rust.index" |
|
1060 | 1060 | default = false |
|
1061 | 1061 | |
|
1062 | 1062 | [[items]] |
|
1063 | 1063 | section = "experimental" |
|
1064 | 1064 | name = "server.allow-hidden-access" |
|
1065 | 1065 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
1066 | 1066 | |
|
1067 | 1067 | [[items]] |
|
1068 | 1068 | section = "experimental" |
|
1069 | 1069 | name = "server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size" |
|
1070 | 1070 | default = 50000 |
|
1071 | 1071 | |
|
1072 | 1072 | [[items]] |
|
1073 | 1073 | section = "experimental" |
|
1074 | 1074 | name = "server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size" |
|
1075 | 1075 | default = 100000 |
|
1076 | 1076 | |
|
1077 | 1077 | [[items]] |
|
1078 | 1078 | section = "experimental" |
|
1079 | 1079 | name = "server.stream-narrow-clones" |
|
1080 | 1080 | default = false |
|
1081 | 1081 | |
|
1082 | 1082 | [[items]] |
|
1083 | 1083 | section = "experimental" |
|
1084 | 1084 | name = "single-head-per-branch" |
|
1085 | 1085 | default = false |
|
1086 | 1086 | |
|
1087 | 1087 | [[items]] |
|
1088 | 1088 | section = "experimental" |
|
1089 | 1089 | name = "single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads" |
|
1090 | 1090 | default = false |
|
1091 | 1091 | |
|
1092 | 1092 | [[items]] |
|
1093 | 1093 | section = "experimental" |
|
1094 | 1094 | name = "single-head-per-branch:public-changes-only" |
|
1095 | 1095 | default = false |
|
1096 | 1096 | |
|
1097 | 1097 | [[items]] |
|
1098 | 1098 | section = "experimental" |
|
1099 | 1099 | name = "sparse-read" |
|
1100 | 1100 | default = false |
|
1101 | 1101 | |
|
1102 | 1102 | [[items]] |
|
1103 | 1103 | section = "experimental" |
|
1104 | 1104 | name = "sparse-read.density-threshold" |
|
1105 | 1105 | default = 0.5 |
|
1106 | 1106 | |
|
1107 | 1107 | [[items]] |
|
1108 | 1108 | section = "experimental" |
|
1109 | 1109 | name = "sparse-read.min-gap-size" |
|
1110 | 1110 | default = "65K" |
|
1111 | 1111 | |
|
1112 | 1112 | [[items]] |
|
1113 | 1113 | section = "experimental" |
|
1114 | 1114 | name = "revlog.uncompressed-cache.enabled" |
|
1115 | 1115 | default = true |
|
1116 | 1116 | experimental = true |
|
1117 | 1117 | documentation = """Enable some caching of uncompressed chunk, greatly boosting |
|
1118 | 1118 | performance at the cost of memory usage.""" |
|
1119 | 1119 | |
|
1120 | 1120 | [[items]] |
|
1121 | 1121 | section = "experimental" |
|
1122 | 1122 | name = "revlog.uncompressed-cache.factor" |
|
1123 | 1123 | default = 4 |
|
1124 | 1124 | experimental = true |
|
1125 | 1125 | documentation = """The size of the cache compared to the largest revision seen.""" |
|
1126 | 1126 | |
|
1127 | 1127 | [[items]] |
|
1128 | 1128 | section = "experimental" |
|
1129 | 1129 | name = "revlog.uncompressed-cache.count" |
|
1130 | 1130 | default = 10000 |
|
1131 | 1131 | experimental = true |
|
1132 | 1132 | documentation = """The number of chunk cached.""" |
|
1133 | 1133 | |
|
1134 | 1134 | [[items]] |
|
1135 | 1135 | section = "experimental" |
|
1136 | 1136 | name = "stream-v3" |
|
1137 | 1137 | default = false |
|
1138 | 1138 | |
|
1139 | 1139 | [[items]] |
|
1140 | 1140 | section = "experimental" |
|
1141 | 1141 | name = "treemanifest" |
|
1142 | 1142 | default = false |
|
1143 | 1143 | |
|
1144 | 1144 | [[items]] |
|
1145 | 1145 | section = "experimental" |
|
1146 | 1146 | name = "update.atomic-file" |
|
1147 | 1147 | default = false |
|
1148 | 1148 | |
|
1149 | 1149 | [[items]] |
|
1150 | 1150 | section = "experimental" |
|
1151 | 1151 | name = "web.full-garbage-collection-rate" |
|
1152 | 1152 | default = 1 # still forcing a full collection on each request |
|
1153 | 1153 | |
|
1154 | 1154 | [[items]] |
|
1155 | 1155 | section = "experimental" |
|
1156 | 1156 | name = "worker.repository-upgrade" |
|
1157 | 1157 | default = false |
|
1158 | 1158 | |
|
1159 | 1159 | [[items]] |
|
1160 | 1160 | section = "experimental" |
|
1161 | 1161 | name = "worker.wdir-get-thread-safe" |
|
1162 | 1162 | default = false |
|
1163 | 1163 | |
|
1164 | 1164 | [[items]] |
|
1165 | 1165 | section = "experimental" |
|
1166 | 1166 | name = "xdiff" |
|
1167 | 1167 | default = false |
|
1168 | 1168 | |
|
1169 | 1169 | [[items]] |
|
1170 | 1170 | section = "extdata" |
|
1171 | 1171 | name = ".*" |
|
1172 | 1172 | generic = true |
|
1173 | 1173 | |
|
1174 | 1174 | [[items]] |
|
1175 | 1175 | section = "extensions" |
|
1176 | 1176 | name = "[^:]*" |
|
1177 | 1177 | generic = true |
|
1178 | 1178 | |
|
1179 | 1179 | [[items]] |
|
1180 | 1180 | section = "extensions" |
|
1181 | 1181 | name = "[^:]*:required" |
|
1182 | 1182 | default = false |
|
1183 | 1183 | generic = true |
|
1184 | 1184 | |
|
1185 | 1185 | [[items]] |
|
1186 | 1186 | section = "format" |
|
1187 | 1187 | name = "bookmarks-in-store" |
|
1188 | 1188 | default = false |
|
1189 | 1189 | |
|
1190 | 1190 | [[items]] |
|
1191 | 1191 | section = "format" |
|
1192 | 1192 | name = "chunkcachesize" |
|
1193 | 1193 | experimental = true |
|
1194 | 1194 | |
|
1195 | 1195 | [[items]] |
|
1196 | 1196 | section = "format" |
|
1197 | 1197 | name = "dotencode" |
|
1198 | 1198 | default = true |
|
1199 | 1199 | |
|
1200 | 1200 | # The interaction between the archived phase and obsolescence markers needs to |
|
1201 | 1201 | # be sorted out before wider usage of this are to be considered. |
|
1202 | 1202 | # |
|
1203 | 1203 | # At the time this message is written, behavior when archiving obsolete |
|
1204 | 1204 | # changeset differ significantly from stripping. As part of stripping, we also |
|
1205 | 1205 | # remove the obsolescence marker associated to the stripped changesets, |
|
1206 | 1206 | # revealing the precedecessors changesets when applicable. When archiving, we |
|
1207 | 1207 | # don't touch the obsolescence markers, keeping everything hidden. This can |
|
1208 | 1208 | # result in quite confusing situation for people combining exchanging draft |
|
1209 | 1209 | # with the archived phases. As some markers needed by others may be skipped |
|
1210 | 1210 | # during exchange. |
|
1211 | 1211 | [[items]] |
|
1212 | 1212 | section = "format" |
|
1213 | 1213 | name = "exp-archived-phase" |
|
1214 | 1214 | default = false |
|
1215 | 1215 | experimental = true |
|
1216 | 1216 | |
|
1217 | 1217 | # Experimental TODOs: |
|
1218 | 1218 | # |
|
1219 | 1219 | # * Same as for revlogv2 (but for the reduction of the number of files) |
|
1220 | 1220 | # * Actually computing the rank of changesets |
|
1221 | 1221 | # * Improvement to investigate |
|
1222 | 1222 | # - storing .hgtags fnode |
|
1223 | 1223 | # - storing branch related identifier |
|
1224 | 1224 | [[items]] |
|
1225 | 1225 | section = "format" |
|
1226 | 1226 | name = "exp-use-changelog-v2" |
|
1227 | 1227 | experimental = true |
|
1228 | 1228 | |
|
1229 | 1229 | [[items]] |
|
1230 | 1230 | section = "format" |
|
1231 | 1231 | name = "exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset" |
|
1232 | 1232 | default = false |
|
1233 | 1233 | experimental = true |
|
1234 | 1234 | |
|
1235 | 1235 | [[items]] |
|
1236 | 1236 | section = "format" |
|
1237 | 1237 | name = "generaldelta" |
|
1238 | 1238 | default = false |
|
1239 | 1239 | experimental = true |
|
1240 | 1240 | |
|
1241 | 1241 | [[items]] |
|
1242 | 1242 | section = "format" |
|
1243 | 1243 | name = "manifestcachesize" |
|
1244 | 1244 | experimental = true |
|
1245 | 1245 | |
|
1246 | 1246 | [[items]] |
|
1247 | 1247 | section = "format" |
|
1248 | 1248 | name = "maxchainlen" |
|
1249 | 1249 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1250 | 1250 | experimental = true |
|
1251 | 1251 | |
|
1252 | 1252 | [[items]] |
|
1253 | 1253 | section = "format" |
|
1254 | 1254 | name = "obsstore-version" |
|
1255 | 1255 | |
|
1256 | 1256 | [[items]] |
|
1257 | 1257 | section = "format" |
|
1258 | 1258 | name = "revlog-compression" |
|
1259 | 1259 | default-type = "lambda" |
|
1260 | 1260 | alias = [["experimental", "format.compression"]] |
|
1261 | 1261 | default = [ "zstd", "zlib",] |
|
1262 | 1262 | |
|
1263 | 1263 | [[items]] |
|
1264 | 1264 | section = "format" |
|
1265 | 1265 | name = "sparse-revlog" |
|
1266 | 1266 | default = true |
|
1267 | 1267 | |
|
1268 | 1268 | [[items]] |
|
1269 | 1269 | section = "format" |
|
1270 | 1270 | name = "use-dirstate-tracked-hint" |
|
1271 | 1271 | default = false |
|
1272 | 1272 | experimental = true |
|
1273 | 1273 | |
|
1274 | 1274 | [[items]] |
|
1275 | 1275 | section = "format" |
|
1276 | 1276 | name = "use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories" |
|
1277 | 1277 | default = false |
|
1278 | 1278 | experimental = true |
|
1279 | 1279 | |
|
1280 | 1280 | [[items]] |
|
1281 | 1281 | section = "format" |
|
1282 | 1282 | name = "use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet" |
|
1283 | 1283 | default = false |
|
1284 | 1284 | experimental = true |
|
1285 | 1285 | |
|
1286 | 1286 | [[items]] |
|
1287 | 1287 | section = "format" |
|
1288 | 1288 | name = "use-dirstate-tracked-hint.version" |
|
1289 | 1289 | default = 1 |
|
1290 | 1290 | experimental = true |
|
1291 | 1291 | |
|
1292 | 1292 | [[items]] |
|
1293 | 1293 | section = "format" |
|
1294 | 1294 | name = "use-dirstate-v2" |
|
1295 | 1295 | default = false |
|
1296 | 1296 | alias = [["format", "exp-rc-dirstate-v2"]] |
|
1297 | 1297 | experimental = true |
|
1298 | 1298 | documentation = """Enables dirstate-v2 format *when creating a new repository*. |
|
1299 | 1299 | Which format to use for existing repos is controlled by `.hg/requires`.""" |
|
1300 | 1300 | |
|
1301 | 1301 | [[items]] |
|
1302 | 1302 | section = "format" |
|
1303 | 1303 | name = "use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories" |
|
1304 | 1304 | default = false |
|
1305 | 1305 | experimental = true |
|
1306 | 1306 | |
|
1307 | 1307 | [[items]] |
|
1308 | 1308 | section = "format" |
|
1309 | 1309 | name = "use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet" |
|
1310 | 1310 | default = false |
|
1311 | 1311 | experimental = true |
|
1312 | 1312 | |
|
1313 | 1313 | # Having this on by default means we are confident about the scaling of phases. |
|
1314 | 1314 | # This is not garanteed to be the case at the time this message is written. |
|
1315 | 1315 | [[items]] |
|
1316 | 1316 | section = "format" |
|
1317 | 1317 | name = "use-internal-phase" |
|
1318 | 1318 | default = false |
|
1319 | 1319 | experimental = true |
|
1320 | 1320 | |
|
1321 | 1321 | [[items]] |
|
1322 | 1322 | section = "format" |
|
1323 | 1323 | name = "use-persistent-nodemap" |
|
1324 | 1324 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1325 | 1325 | |
|
1326 | 1326 | [[items]] |
|
1327 | 1327 | section = "format" |
|
1328 | 1328 | name = "use-share-safe" |
|
1329 | 1329 | default = true |
|
1330 | 1330 | |
|
1331 | 1331 | [[items]] |
|
1332 | 1332 | section = "format" |
|
1333 | 1333 | name = "use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories" |
|
1334 | 1334 | default = false |
|
1335 | 1335 | experimental = true |
|
1336 | 1336 | |
|
1337 | 1337 | [[items]] |
|
1338 | 1338 | section = "format" |
|
1339 | 1339 | name = "use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet" |
|
1340 | 1340 | default = false |
|
1341 | 1341 | experimental = true |
|
1342 | 1342 | |
|
1343 | 1343 | [[items]] |
|
1344 | 1344 | section = "format" |
|
1345 | 1345 | name = "usefncache" |
|
1346 | 1346 | default = true |
|
1347 | 1347 | |
|
1348 | 1348 | [[items]] |
|
1349 | 1349 | section = "format" |
|
1350 | 1350 | name = "usegeneraldelta" |
|
1351 | 1351 | default = true |
|
1352 | 1352 | |
|
1353 | 1353 | [[items]] |
|
1354 | 1354 | section = "format" |
|
1355 | 1355 | name = "usestore" |
|
1356 | 1356 | default = true |
|
1357 | 1357 | |
|
1358 | 1358 | [[items]] |
|
1359 | 1359 | section = "fsmonitor" |
|
1360 | 1360 | name = "warn_update_file_count" |
|
1361 | 1361 | default = 50000 |
|
1362 | 1362 | |
|
1363 | 1363 | [[items]] |
|
1364 | 1364 | section = "fsmonitor" |
|
1365 | 1365 | name = "warn_update_file_count_rust" |
|
1366 | 1366 | default = 400000 |
|
1367 | 1367 | |
|
1368 | 1368 | [[items]] |
|
1369 | 1369 | section = "fsmonitor" |
|
1370 | 1370 | name = "warn_when_unused" |
|
1371 | 1371 | default = true |
|
1372 | 1372 | |
|
1373 | 1373 | [[items]] |
|
1374 | 1374 | section = "help" |
|
1375 | 1375 | name = 'hidden-command\..*' |
|
1376 | 1376 | default = false |
|
1377 | 1377 | generic = true |
|
1378 | 1378 | |
|
1379 | 1379 | [[items]] |
|
1380 | 1380 | section = "help" |
|
1381 | 1381 | name = 'hidden-topic\..*' |
|
1382 | 1382 | default = false |
|
1383 | 1383 | generic = true |
|
1384 | 1384 | |
|
1385 | 1385 | [[items]] |
|
1386 | 1386 | section = "hgweb-paths" |
|
1387 | 1387 | name = ".*" |
|
1388 | 1388 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
1389 | 1389 | generic = true |
|
1390 | 1390 | |
|
1391 | 1391 | [[items]] |
|
1392 | 1392 | section = "hooks" |
|
1393 | 1393 | name = ".*:run-with-plain" |
|
1394 | 1394 | default = true |
|
1395 | 1395 | generic = true |
|
1396 | 1396 | |
|
1397 | 1397 | [[items]] |
|
1398 | 1398 | section = "hooks" |
|
1399 | 1399 | name = "[^:]*" |
|
1400 | 1400 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1401 | 1401 | generic = true |
|
1402 | 1402 | |
|
1403 | 1403 | [[items]] |
|
1404 | 1404 | section = "hostfingerprints" |
|
1405 | 1405 | name = ".*" |
|
1406 | 1406 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
1407 | 1407 | generic = true |
|
1408 | 1408 | |
|
1409 | 1409 | [[items]] |
|
1410 | 1410 | section = "hostsecurity" |
|
1411 | 1411 | name = ".*:ciphers$" |
|
1412 | 1412 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1413 | 1413 | generic = true |
|
1414 | 1414 | |
|
1415 | 1415 | [[items]] |
|
1416 | 1416 | section = "hostsecurity" |
|
1417 | 1417 | name = ".*:fingerprints$" |
|
1418 | 1418 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
1419 | 1419 | generic = true |
|
1420 | 1420 | |
|
1421 | 1421 | [[items]] |
|
1422 | 1422 | section = "hostsecurity" |
|
1423 | 1423 | name = ".*:minimumprotocol$" |
|
1424 | 1424 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1425 | 1425 | generic = true |
|
1426 | 1426 | |
|
1427 | 1427 | [[items]] |
|
1428 | 1428 | section = "hostsecurity" |
|
1429 | 1429 | name = ".*:verifycertsfile$" |
|
1430 | 1430 | generic = true |
|
1431 | 1431 | |
|
1432 | 1432 | [[items]] |
|
1433 | 1433 | section = "hostsecurity" |
|
1434 | 1434 | name = "ciphers" |
|
1435 | 1435 | |
|
1436 | 1436 | [[items]] |
|
1437 | 1437 | section = "hostsecurity" |
|
1438 | 1438 | name = "minimumprotocol" |
|
1439 | 1439 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1440 | 1440 | |
|
1441 | 1441 | [[items]] |
|
1442 | 1442 | section = "http" |
|
1443 | 1443 | name = "timeout" |
|
1444 | 1444 | |
|
1445 | 1445 | [[items]] |
|
1446 | 1446 | section = "http_proxy" |
|
1447 | 1447 | name = "always" |
|
1448 | 1448 | default = false |
|
1449 | 1449 | |
|
1450 | 1450 | [[items]] |
|
1451 | 1451 | section = "http_proxy" |
|
1452 | 1452 | name = "host" |
|
1453 | 1453 | |
|
1454 | 1454 | [[items]] |
|
1455 | 1455 | section = "http_proxy" |
|
1456 | 1456 | name = "no" |
|
1457 | 1457 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
1458 | 1458 | |
|
1459 | 1459 | [[items]] |
|
1460 | 1460 | section = "http_proxy" |
|
1461 | 1461 | name = "passwd" |
|
1462 | 1462 | |
|
1463 | 1463 | [[items]] |
|
1464 | 1464 | section = "http_proxy" |
|
1465 | 1465 | name = "user" |
|
1466 | 1466 | |
|
1467 | 1467 | [[items]] |
|
1468 | 1468 | section = "logtoprocess" |
|
1469 | 1469 | name = "command" |
|
1470 | 1470 | |
|
1471 | 1471 | [[items]] |
|
1472 | 1472 | section = "logtoprocess" |
|
1473 | 1473 | name = "commandexception" |
|
1474 | 1474 | |
|
1475 | 1475 | [[items]] |
|
1476 | 1476 | section = "logtoprocess" |
|
1477 | 1477 | name = "commandfinish" |
|
1478 | 1478 | |
|
1479 | 1479 | [[items]] |
|
1480 | 1480 | section = "logtoprocess" |
|
1481 | 1481 | name = "develwarn" |
|
1482 | 1482 | |
|
1483 | 1483 | [[items]] |
|
1484 | 1484 | section = "logtoprocess" |
|
1485 | 1485 | name = "uiblocked" |
|
1486 | 1486 | |
|
1487 | 1487 | [[items]] |
|
1488 | 1488 | section = "merge" |
|
1489 | 1489 | name = "checkignored" |
|
1490 | 1490 | default = "abort" |
|
1491 | 1491 | |
|
1492 | 1492 | [[items]] |
|
1493 | 1493 | section = "merge" |
|
1494 | 1494 | name = "checkunknown" |
|
1495 | 1495 | default = "abort" |
|
1496 | 1496 | |
|
1497 | 1497 | [[items]] |
|
1498 | 1498 | section = "merge" |
|
1499 | 1499 | name = "disable-partial-tools" |
|
1500 | 1500 | default = false |
|
1501 | 1501 | experimental = true |
|
1502 | 1502 | |
|
1503 | 1503 | [[items]] |
|
1504 | 1504 | section = "merge" |
|
1505 | 1505 | name = "followcopies" |
|
1506 | 1506 | default = true |
|
1507 | 1507 | |
|
1508 | 1508 | [[items]] |
|
1509 | 1509 | section = "merge" |
|
1510 | 1510 | name = "on-failure" |
|
1511 | 1511 | default = "continue" |
|
1512 | 1512 | |
|
1513 | 1513 | [[items]] |
|
1514 | 1514 | section = "merge" |
|
1515 | 1515 | name = "preferancestor" |
|
1516 | 1516 | default-type = "lambda" |
|
1517 | 1517 | default = ["*"] |
|
1518 | 1518 | experimental = true |
|
1519 | 1519 | |
|
1520 | 1520 | [[items]] |
|
1521 | 1521 | section = "merge" |
|
1522 | 1522 | name = "strict-capability-check" |
|
1523 | 1523 | default = false |
|
1524 | 1524 | |
|
1525 | 1525 | [[items]] |
|
1526 | 1526 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1527 | 1527 | name = ".*" |
|
1528 | 1528 | generic = true |
|
1529 | 1529 | |
|
1530 | 1530 | [[items]] |
|
1531 | 1531 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1532 | 1532 | name = '.*\.args$' |
|
1533 | 1533 | default = "$local $base $other" |
|
1534 | 1534 | generic = true |
|
1535 | 1535 | priority = -1 |
|
1536 | 1536 | |
|
1537 | 1537 | [[items]] |
|
1538 | 1538 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1539 | 1539 | name = '.*\.binary$' |
|
1540 | 1540 | default = false |
|
1541 | 1541 | generic = true |
|
1542 | 1542 | priority = -1 |
|
1543 | 1543 | |
|
1544 | 1544 | [[items]] |
|
1545 | 1545 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1546 | 1546 | name = '.*\.check$' |
|
1547 | 1547 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
1548 | 1548 | generic = true |
|
1549 | 1549 | priority = -1 |
|
1550 | 1550 | |
|
1551 | 1551 | [[items]] |
|
1552 | 1552 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1553 | 1553 | name = '.*\.checkchanged$' |
|
1554 | 1554 | default = false |
|
1555 | 1555 | generic = true |
|
1556 | 1556 | priority = -1 |
|
1557 | 1557 | |
|
1558 | 1558 | [[items]] |
|
1559 | 1559 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1560 | 1560 | name = '.*\.executable$' |
|
1561 | 1561 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1562 | 1562 | generic = true |
|
1563 | 1563 | priority = -1 |
|
1564 | 1564 | |
|
1565 | 1565 | [[items]] |
|
1566 | 1566 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1567 | 1567 | name = '.*\.fixeol$' |
|
1568 | 1568 | default = false |
|
1569 | 1569 | generic = true |
|
1570 | 1570 | priority = -1 |
|
1571 | 1571 | |
|
1572 | 1572 | [[items]] |
|
1573 | 1573 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1574 | 1574 | name = '.*\.gui$' |
|
1575 | 1575 | default = false |
|
1576 | 1576 | generic = true |
|
1577 | 1577 | priority = -1 |
|
1578 | 1578 | |
|
1579 | 1579 | [[items]] |
|
1580 | 1580 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1581 | 1581 | name = '.*\.mergemarkers$' |
|
1582 | 1582 | default = "basic" |
|
1583 | 1583 | generic = true |
|
1584 | 1584 | priority = -1 |
|
1585 | 1585 | |
|
1586 | 1586 | [[items]] |
|
1587 | 1587 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1588 | 1588 | name = '.*\.mergemarkertemplate$' # take from command-templates.mergemarker |
|
1589 | 1589 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1590 | 1590 | generic = true |
|
1591 | 1591 | priority = -1 |
|
1592 | 1592 | |
|
1593 | 1593 | [[items]] |
|
1594 | 1594 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1595 | 1595 | name = '.*\.premerge$' |
|
1596 | 1596 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1597 | 1597 | generic = true |
|
1598 | 1598 | priority = -1 |
|
1599 | 1599 | |
|
1600 | 1600 | [[items]] |
|
1601 | 1601 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1602 | 1602 | name = '.*\.priority$' |
|
1603 | 1603 | default = 0 |
|
1604 | 1604 | generic = true |
|
1605 | 1605 | priority = -1 |
|
1606 | 1606 | |
|
1607 | 1607 | [[items]] |
|
1608 | 1608 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1609 | 1609 | name = '.*\.regappend$' |
|
1610 | 1610 | default = "" |
|
1611 | 1611 | generic = true |
|
1612 | 1612 | priority = -1 |
|
1613 | 1613 | |
|
1614 | 1614 | [[items]] |
|
1615 | 1615 | section = "merge-tools" |
|
1616 | 1616 | name = '.*\.symlink$' |
|
1617 | 1617 | default = false |
|
1618 | 1618 | generic = true |
|
1619 | 1619 | priority = -1 |
|
1620 | 1620 | |
|
1621 | 1621 | [[items]] |
|
1622 | 1622 | section = "pager" |
|
1623 | 1623 | name = "attend-.*" |
|
1624 | 1624 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1625 | 1625 | generic = true |
|
1626 | 1626 | |
|
1627 | 1627 | [[items]] |
|
1628 | 1628 | section = "pager" |
|
1629 | 1629 | name = "ignore" |
|
1630 | 1630 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
1631 | 1631 | |
|
1632 | 1632 | [[items]] |
|
1633 | 1633 | section = "pager" |
|
1634 | 1634 | name = "pager" |
|
1635 | 1635 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1636 | 1636 | |
|
1637 | 1637 | [[items]] |
|
1638 | 1638 | section = "partial-merge-tools" |
|
1639 | 1639 | name = ".*" |
|
1640 | 1640 | generic = true |
|
1641 | 1641 | experimental = true |
|
1642 | 1642 | |
|
1643 | 1643 | [[items]] |
|
1644 | 1644 | section = "partial-merge-tools" |
|
1645 | 1645 | name = '.*\.args' |
|
1646 | 1646 | default = "$local $base $other" |
|
1647 | 1647 | generic = true |
|
1648 | 1648 | priority = -1 |
|
1649 | 1649 | experimental = true |
|
1650 | 1650 | |
|
1651 | 1651 | [[items]] |
|
1652 | 1652 | section = "partial-merge-tools" |
|
1653 | 1653 | name = '.*\.disable' |
|
1654 | 1654 | default = false |
|
1655 | 1655 | generic = true |
|
1656 | 1656 | priority = -1 |
|
1657 | 1657 | experimental = true |
|
1658 | 1658 | |
|
1659 | 1659 | [[items]] |
|
1660 | 1660 | section = "partial-merge-tools" |
|
1661 | 1661 | name = '.*\.executable$' |
|
1662 | 1662 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1663 | 1663 | generic = true |
|
1664 | 1664 | priority = -1 |
|
1665 | 1665 | experimental = true |
|
1666 | 1666 | |
|
1667 | 1667 | [[items]] |
|
1668 | 1668 | section = "partial-merge-tools" |
|
1669 | 1669 | name = '.*\.order' |
|
1670 | 1670 | default = 0 |
|
1671 | 1671 | generic = true |
|
1672 | 1672 | priority = -1 |
|
1673 | 1673 | experimental = true |
|
1674 | 1674 | |
|
1675 | 1675 | [[items]] |
|
1676 | 1676 | section = "partial-merge-tools" |
|
1677 | 1677 | name = '.*\.patterns' |
|
1678 | 1678 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1679 | 1679 | generic = true |
|
1680 | 1680 | priority = -1 |
|
1681 | 1681 | experimental = true |
|
1682 | 1682 | |
|
1683 | 1683 | [[items]] |
|
1684 | 1684 | section = "patch" |
|
1685 | 1685 | name = "eol" |
|
1686 | 1686 | default = "strict" |
|
1687 | 1687 | |
|
1688 | 1688 | [[items]] |
|
1689 | 1689 | section = "patch" |
|
1690 | 1690 | name = "fuzz" |
|
1691 | 1691 | default = 2 |
|
1692 | 1692 | |
|
1693 | 1693 | [[items]] |
|
1694 | 1694 | section = "paths" |
|
1695 | 1695 | name = "[^:]*" |
|
1696 | 1696 | generic = true |
|
1697 | 1697 | |
|
1698 | 1698 | [[items]] |
|
1699 | 1699 | section = "paths" |
|
1700 | 1700 | name = ".*:bookmarks.mode" |
|
1701 | 1701 | default = "default" |
|
1702 | 1702 | generic = true |
|
1703 | 1703 | |
|
1704 | 1704 | [[items]] |
|
1705 | 1705 | section = "paths" |
|
1706 | 1706 | name = ".*:multi-urls" |
|
1707 | 1707 | default = false |
|
1708 | 1708 | generic = true |
|
1709 | 1709 | |
|
1710 | 1710 | [[items]] |
|
1711 | 1711 | section = "paths" |
|
1712 | 1712 | name = ".*:pulled-delta-reuse-policy" |
|
1713 | 1713 | generic = true |
|
1714 | 1714 | |
|
1715 | 1715 | [[items]] |
|
1716 | 1716 | section = "paths" |
|
1717 | 1717 | name = ".*:pushrev" |
|
1718 | 1718 | generic = true |
|
1719 | 1719 | |
|
1720 | 1720 | [[items]] |
|
1721 | 1721 | section = "paths" |
|
1722 | 1722 | name = ".*:pushurl" |
|
1723 | 1723 | generic = true |
|
1724 | 1724 | |
|
1725 | 1725 | [[items]] |
|
1726 | 1726 | section = "paths" |
|
1727 | 1727 | name = "default" |
|
1728 | 1728 | |
|
1729 | 1729 | [[items]] |
|
1730 | 1730 | section = "paths" |
|
1731 | 1731 | name = "default-push" |
|
1732 | 1732 | |
|
1733 | 1733 | [[items]] |
|
1734 | 1734 | section = "phases" |
|
1735 | 1735 | name = "checksubrepos" |
|
1736 | 1736 | default = "follow" |
|
1737 | 1737 | |
|
1738 | 1738 | [[items]] |
|
1739 | 1739 | section = "phases" |
|
1740 | 1740 | name = "new-commit" |
|
1741 | 1741 | default = "draft" |
|
1742 | 1742 | |
|
1743 | 1743 | [[items]] |
|
1744 | 1744 | section = "phases" |
|
1745 | 1745 | name = "publish" |
|
1746 | 1746 | default = true |
|
1747 | 1747 | |
|
1748 | 1748 | [[items]] |
|
1749 | 1749 | section = "profiling" |
|
1750 | 1750 | name = "enabled" |
|
1751 | 1751 | default = false |
|
1752 | 1752 | |
|
1753 | 1753 | [[items]] |
|
1754 | 1754 | section = "profiling" |
|
1755 | 1755 | name = "format" |
|
1756 | 1756 | default = "text" |
|
1757 | 1757 | |
|
1758 | 1758 | [[items]] |
|
1759 | 1759 | section = "profiling" |
|
1760 | 1760 | name = "freq" |
|
1761 | 1761 | default = 1000 |
|
1762 | 1762 | |
|
1763 | 1763 | [[items]] |
|
1764 | 1764 | section = "profiling" |
|
1765 | 1765 | name = "limit" |
|
1766 | 1766 | default = 30 |
|
1767 | 1767 | |
|
1768 | 1768 | [[items]] |
|
1769 | 1769 | section = "profiling" |
|
1770 | 1770 | name = "nested" |
|
1771 | 1771 | default = 0 |
|
1772 | 1772 | |
|
1773 | 1773 | [[items]] |
|
1774 | 1774 | section = "profiling" |
|
1775 | 1775 | name = "output" |
|
1776 | 1776 | |
|
1777 | 1777 | [[items]] |
|
1778 | 1778 | section = "profiling" |
|
1779 | 1779 | name = "showmax" |
|
1780 | 1780 | default = 0.999 |
|
1781 | 1781 | |
|
1782 | 1782 | [[items]] |
|
1783 | 1783 | section = "profiling" |
|
1784 | 1784 | name = "showmin" |
|
1785 | 1785 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1786 | 1786 | |
|
1787 | 1787 | [[items]] |
|
1788 | 1788 | section = "profiling" |
|
1789 | 1789 | name = "showtime" |
|
1790 | 1790 | default = true |
|
1791 | 1791 | |
|
1792 | 1792 | [[items]] |
|
1793 | 1793 | section = "profiling" |
|
1794 | 1794 | name = "sort" |
|
1795 | 1795 | default = "inlinetime" |
|
1796 | 1796 | |
|
1797 | 1797 | [[items]] |
|
1798 | 1798 | section = "profiling" |
|
1799 | 1799 | name = "statformat" |
|
1800 | 1800 | default = "hotpath" |
|
1801 | 1801 | |
|
1802 | 1802 | [[items]] |
|
1803 | 1803 | section = "profiling" |
|
1804 | 1804 | name = "time-track" |
|
1805 | 1805 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1806 | 1806 | |
|
1807 | 1807 | [[items]] |
|
1808 | 1808 | section = "profiling" |
|
1809 | 1809 | name = "type" |
|
1810 | 1810 | default = "stat" |
|
1811 | 1811 | |
|
1812 | 1812 | [[items]] |
|
1813 | 1813 | section = "progress" |
|
1814 | 1814 | name = "assume-tty" |
|
1815 | 1815 | default = false |
|
1816 | 1816 | |
|
1817 | 1817 | [[items]] |
|
1818 | 1818 | section = "progress" |
|
1819 | 1819 | name = "changedelay" |
|
1820 | 1820 | default = 1 |
|
1821 | 1821 | |
|
1822 | 1822 | [[items]] |
|
1823 | 1823 | section = "progress" |
|
1824 | 1824 | name = "clear-complete" |
|
1825 | 1825 | default = true |
|
1826 | 1826 | |
|
1827 | 1827 | [[items]] |
|
1828 | 1828 | section = "progress" |
|
1829 | 1829 | name = "debug" |
|
1830 | 1830 | default = false |
|
1831 | 1831 | |
|
1832 | 1832 | [[items]] |
|
1833 | 1833 | section = "progress" |
|
1834 | 1834 | name = "delay" |
|
1835 | 1835 | default = 3 |
|
1836 | 1836 | |
|
1837 | 1837 | [[items]] |
|
1838 | 1838 | section = "progress" |
|
1839 | 1839 | name = "disable" |
|
1840 | 1840 | default = false |
|
1841 | 1841 | |
|
1842 | 1842 | [[items]] |
|
1843 | 1843 | section = "progress" |
|
1844 | 1844 | name = "estimateinterval" |
|
1845 | 1845 | default = 60.0 |
|
1846 | 1846 | |
|
1847 | 1847 | [[items]] |
|
1848 | 1848 | section = "progress" |
|
1849 | 1849 | name = "format" |
|
1850 | 1850 | default-type = "lambda" |
|
1851 | 1851 | default = [ "topic", "bar", "number", "estimate",] |
|
1852 | 1852 | |
|
1853 | 1853 | [[items]] |
|
1854 | 1854 | section = "progress" |
|
1855 | 1855 | name = "refresh" |
|
1856 | 1856 | default = 0.1 |
|
1857 | 1857 | |
|
1858 | 1858 | [[items]] |
|
1859 | 1859 | section = "progress" |
|
1860 | 1860 | name = "width" |
|
1861 | 1861 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
1862 | 1862 | |
|
1863 | 1863 | [[items]] |
|
1864 | 1864 | section = "pull" |
|
1865 | 1865 | name = "confirm" |
|
1866 | 1866 | default = false |
|
1867 | 1867 | |
|
1868 | 1868 | [[items]] |
|
1869 | 1869 | section = "push" |
|
1870 | 1870 | name = "pushvars.server" |
|
1871 | 1871 | default = false |
|
1872 | 1872 | |
|
1873 | 1873 | [[items]] |
|
1874 | 1874 | section = "rebase" |
|
1875 | 1875 | name = "experimental.inmemory" |
|
1876 | 1876 | default = false |
|
1877 | 1877 | |
|
1878 | 1878 | [[items]] |
|
1879 | 1879 | section = "rebase" |
|
1880 | 1880 | name = "singletransaction" |
|
1881 | 1881 | default = false |
|
1882 | 1882 | |
|
1883 | 1883 | [[items]] |
|
1884 | 1884 | section = "rebase" |
|
1885 | 1885 | name = "store-source" |
|
1886 | 1886 | default = true |
|
1887 | 1887 | experimental = true |
|
1888 | 1888 | documentation = """Controls creation of a `rebase_source` extra field during rebase. |
|
1889 | 1889 | When false, no such field is created. This is useful e.g. for incrementally \ |
|
1890 | 1890 | converting changesets and then rebasing them onto an existing repo. |
|
1891 | 1891 | WARNING: this is an advanced setting reserved for people who know \ |
|
1892 | 1892 | exactly what they are doing. Misuse of this setting can easily \ |
|
1893 | 1893 | result in obsmarker cycles and a vivid headache.""" |
|
1894 | 1894 | |
|
1895 | 1895 | [[items]] |
|
1896 | 1896 | section = "rewrite" |
|
1897 | 1897 | name = "backup-bundle" |
|
1898 | 1898 | default = true |
|
1899 | 1899 | alias = [["ui", "history-editing-backup"]] |
|
1900 | 1900 | |
|
1901 | 1901 | [[items]] |
|
1902 | 1902 | section = "rewrite" |
|
1903 | 1903 | name = "empty-successor" |
|
1904 | 1904 | default = "skip" |
|
1905 | 1905 | experimental = true |
|
1906 | 1906 | |
|
1907 | 1907 | [[items]] |
|
1908 | 1908 | section = "rewrite" |
|
1909 | 1909 | name = "update-timestamp" |
|
1910 | 1910 | default = false |
|
1911 | 1911 | |
|
1912 | 1912 | [[items]] |
|
1913 | 1913 | section = "rhg" |
|
1914 | 1914 | name = "cat" |
|
1915 | 1915 | default = true |
|
1916 | 1916 | experimental = true |
|
1917 | 1917 | documentation = """rhg cat has some quirks that need to be ironed out. \ |
|
1918 | 1918 | In particular, the `-r` argument accepts a partial hash, but does not \ |
|
1919 | 1919 | correctly resolve `abcdef` as a potential bookmark, tag or branch name.""" |
|
1920 | 1920 | |
|
1921 | 1921 | [[items]] |
|
1922 | 1922 | section = "rhg" |
|
1923 | 1923 | name = "fallback-exectutable" |
|
1924 | 1924 | experimental = true |
|
1925 | 1925 | |
|
1926 | 1926 | [[items]] |
|
1927 | 1927 | section = "rhg" |
|
1928 | 1928 | name = "fallback-immediately" |
|
1929 | 1929 | default = false |
|
1930 | 1930 | experimental = true |
|
1931 | 1931 | |
|
1932 | 1932 | [[items]] |
|
1933 | 1933 | section = "rhg" |
|
1934 | 1934 | name = "ignored-extensions" |
|
1935 | 1935 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
1936 | 1936 | experimental = true |
|
1937 | 1937 | |
|
1938 | 1938 | [[items]] |
|
1939 | 1939 | section = "rhg" |
|
1940 | 1940 | name = "on-unsupported" |
|
1941 | 1941 | default = "abort" |
|
1942 | 1942 | experimental = true |
|
1943 | 1943 | |
|
1944 | 1944 | [[items]] |
|
1945 | 1945 | section = "server" |
|
1946 | 1946 | name = "bookmarks-pushkey-compat" |
|
1947 | 1947 | default = true |
|
1948 | 1948 | |
|
1949 | 1949 | [[items]] |
|
1950 | 1950 | section = "server" |
|
1951 | 1951 | name = "bundle1" |
|
1952 | 1952 | default = true |
|
1953 | 1953 | |
|
1954 | 1954 | [[items]] |
|
1955 | 1955 | section = "server" |
|
1956 | 1956 | name = "bundle1.pull" |
|
1957 | 1957 | |
|
1958 | 1958 | [[items]] |
|
1959 | 1959 | section = "server" |
|
1960 | 1960 | name = "bundle1.push" |
|
1961 | 1961 | |
|
1962 | 1962 | [[items]] |
|
1963 | 1963 | section = "server" |
|
1964 | 1964 | name = "bundle1gd" |
|
1965 | 1965 | |
|
1966 | 1966 | [[items]] |
|
1967 | 1967 | section = "server" |
|
1968 | 1968 | name = "bundle1gd.pull" |
|
1969 | 1969 | |
|
1970 | 1970 | [[items]] |
|
1971 | 1971 | section = "server" |
|
1972 | 1972 | name = "bundle1gd.push" |
|
1973 | 1973 | |
|
1974 | 1974 | [[items]] |
|
1975 | 1975 | section = "server" |
|
1976 | 1976 | name = "bundle2.stream" |
|
1977 | 1977 | default = true |
|
1978 | 1978 | alias = [["experimental", "bundle2.stream"]] |
|
1979 | 1979 | |
|
1980 | 1980 | [[items]] |
|
1981 | 1981 | section = "server" |
|
1982 | 1982 | name = "compressionengines" |
|
1983 | 1983 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
1984 | 1984 | |
|
1985 | 1985 | [[items]] |
|
1986 | 1986 | section = "server" |
|
1987 | 1987 | name = "concurrent-push-mode" |
|
1988 | 1988 | default = "check-related" |
|
1989 | 1989 | |
|
1990 | 1990 | [[items]] |
|
1991 | 1991 | section = "server" |
|
1992 | 1992 | name = "disablefullbundle" |
|
1993 | 1993 | default = false |
|
1994 | 1994 | |
|
1995 | 1995 | [[items]] |
|
1996 | 1996 | section = "server" |
|
1997 | 1997 | name = "maxhttpheaderlen" |
|
1998 | 1998 | default = 1024 |
|
1999 | 1999 | |
|
2000 | 2000 | [[items]] |
|
2001 | 2001 | section = "server" |
|
2002 | 2002 | name = "preferuncompressed" |
|
2003 | 2003 | default = false |
|
2004 | 2004 | |
|
2005 | 2005 | [[items]] |
|
2006 | 2006 | section = "server" |
|
2007 | 2007 | name = "pullbundle" |
|
2008 | 2008 | default = true |
|
2009 | 2009 | |
|
2010 | 2010 | [[items]] |
|
2011 | 2011 | section = "server" |
|
2012 | 2012 | name = "streamunbundle" |
|
2013 | 2013 | default = false |
|
2014 | 2014 | |
|
2015 | 2015 | [[items]] |
|
2016 | 2016 | section = "server" |
|
2017 | 2017 | name = "uncompressed" |
|
2018 | 2018 | default = true |
|
2019 | 2019 | |
|
2020 | 2020 | [[items]] |
|
2021 | 2021 | section = "server" |
|
2022 | 2022 | name = "uncompressedallowsecret" |
|
2023 | 2023 | default = false |
|
2024 | 2024 | |
|
2025 | 2025 | [[items]] |
|
2026 | 2026 | section = "server" |
|
2027 | 2027 | name = "validate" |
|
2028 | 2028 | default = false |
|
2029 | 2029 | |
|
2030 | 2030 | [[items]] |
|
2031 | 2031 | section = "server" |
|
2032 | 2032 | name = "view" |
|
2033 | 2033 | default = "served" |
|
2034 | 2034 | |
|
2035 | 2035 | [[items]] |
|
2036 | 2036 | section = "server" |
|
2037 | 2037 | name = "zliblevel" |
|
2038 | 2038 | default = -1 |
|
2039 | 2039 | |
|
2040 | 2040 | [[items]] |
|
2041 | 2041 | section = "server" |
|
2042 | 2042 | name = "zstdlevel" |
|
2043 | 2043 | default = 3 |
|
2044 | 2044 | |
|
2045 | 2045 | [[items]] |
|
2046 | 2046 | section = "share" |
|
2047 | 2047 | name = "pool" |
|
2048 | 2048 | |
|
2049 | 2049 | [[items]] |
|
2050 | 2050 | section = "share" |
|
2051 | 2051 | name = "poolnaming" |
|
2052 | 2052 | default = "identity" |
|
2053 | 2053 | |
|
2054 | 2054 | [[items]] |
|
2055 | 2055 | section = "share" |
|
2056 | 2056 | name = "safe-mismatch.source-not-safe" |
|
2057 | 2057 | default = "abort" |
|
2058 | 2058 | |
|
2059 | 2059 | [[items]] |
|
2060 | 2060 | section = "share" |
|
2061 | 2061 | name = "safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn" |
|
2062 | 2062 | default = true |
|
2063 | 2063 | |
|
2064 | 2064 | [[items]] |
|
2065 | 2065 | section = "share" |
|
2066 | 2066 | name = "safe-mismatch.source-not-safe:verbose-upgrade" |
|
2067 | 2067 | default = true |
|
2068 | 2068 | |
|
2069 | 2069 | [[items]] |
|
2070 | 2070 | section = "share" |
|
2071 | 2071 | name = "safe-mismatch.source-safe" |
|
2072 | 2072 | default = "abort" |
|
2073 | 2073 | |
|
2074 | 2074 | [[items]] |
|
2075 | 2075 | section = "share" |
|
2076 | 2076 | name = "safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn" |
|
2077 | 2077 | default = true |
|
2078 | 2078 | |
|
2079 | 2079 | [[items]] |
|
2080 | 2080 | section = "share" |
|
2081 | 2081 | name = "safe-mismatch.source-safe:verbose-upgrade" |
|
2082 | 2082 | default = true |
|
2083 | 2083 | |
|
2084 | 2084 | [[items]] |
|
2085 | 2085 | section = "shelve" |
|
2086 | 2086 | name = "maxbackups" |
|
2087 | 2087 | default = 10 |
|
2088 | 2088 | |
|
2089 | 2089 | [[items]] |
|
2090 | 2090 | section = "shelve" |
|
2091 | 2091 | name = "store" |
|
2092 | 2092 | default = "internal" |
|
2093 | 2093 | experimental = true |
|
2094 | 2094 | |
|
2095 | 2095 | [[items]] |
|
2096 | 2096 | section = "smtp" |
|
2097 | 2097 | name = "host" |
|
2098 | 2098 | |
|
2099 | 2099 | [[items]] |
|
2100 | 2100 | section = "smtp" |
|
2101 | 2101 | name = "local_hostname" |
|
2102 | 2102 | |
|
2103 | 2103 | [[items]] |
|
2104 | 2104 | section = "smtp" |
|
2105 | 2105 | name = "password" |
|
2106 | 2106 | |
|
2107 | 2107 | [[items]] |
|
2108 | 2108 | section = "smtp" |
|
2109 | 2109 | name = "port" |
|
2110 | 2110 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
2111 | 2111 | |
|
2112 | 2112 | [[items]] |
|
2113 | 2113 | section = "smtp" |
|
2114 | 2114 | name = "tls" |
|
2115 | 2115 | default = "none" |
|
2116 | 2116 | |
|
2117 | 2117 | [[items]] |
|
2118 | 2118 | section = "smtp" |
|
2119 | 2119 | name = "username" |
|
2120 | 2120 | |
|
2121 | 2121 | [[items]] |
|
2122 | 2122 | section = "sparse" |
|
2123 | 2123 | name = "missingwarning" |
|
2124 | 2124 | default = true |
|
2125 | 2125 | experimental = true |
|
2126 | 2126 | |
|
2127 | 2127 | [[items]] |
|
2128 | 2128 | section = "storage" |
|
2129 | 2129 | name = "dirstate-v2.slow-path" |
|
2130 | 2130 | default = "abort" |
|
2131 | 2131 | experimental = true # experimental as long as format.use-dirstate-v2 is. |
|
2132 | 2132 | |
|
2133 | 2133 | [[items]] |
|
2134 | 2134 | section = "storage" |
|
2135 | 2135 | name = "new-repo-backend" |
|
2136 | 2136 | default = "revlogv1" |
|
2137 | 2137 | experimental = true |
|
2138 | 2138 | |
|
2139 | 2139 | [[items]] |
|
2140 | 2140 | section = "storage" |
|
2141 | 2141 | name = "revlog.delta-parent-search.candidate-group-chunk-size" |
|
2142 | 2142 | default = 20 |
|
2143 | 2143 | |
|
2144 | 2144 | [[items]] |
|
2145 | 2145 | section = "storage" |
|
2146 | 2146 | name = "revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming" |
|
2147 | 2147 | default = true |
|
2148 | 2148 | |
|
2149 | 2149 | [[items]] |
|
2150 | 2150 | section = "storage" |
|
2151 | 2151 | name = "revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice" |
|
2152 | 2152 | default = true |
|
2153 | 2153 | alias = [["format", "aggressivemergedeltas"]] |
|
2154 | 2154 | |
|
2155 | 2155 | [[items]] |
|
2156 | 2156 | section = "storage" |
|
2157 | 2157 | name = "revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap" |
|
2158 | 2158 | default = true |
|
2159 | 2159 | |
|
2160 | 2160 | [[items]] |
|
2161 | 2161 | section = "storage" |
|
2162 | 2162 | name = "revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path" |
|
2163 | 2163 | default = "abort" |
|
2164 | 2164 | |
|
2165 | 2165 | [[items]] |
|
2166 | 2166 | section = "storage" |
|
2167 | 2167 | name = "revlog.reuse-external-delta" |
|
2168 | 2168 | default = true |
|
2169 | 2169 | |
|
2170 | 2170 | [[items]] |
|
2171 | 2171 | section = "storage" |
|
2172 | 2172 | name = "revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent" |
|
2173 | 2173 | documentation = """This option is true unless `format.generaldelta` is set.""" |
|
2174 | 2174 | |
|
2175 | 2175 | [[items]] |
|
2176 | 2176 | section = "storage" |
|
2177 | 2177 | name = "revlog.zlib.level" |
|
2178 | 2178 | |
|
2179 | 2179 | [[items]] |
|
2180 | 2180 | section = "storage" |
|
2181 | 2181 | name = "revlog.zstd.level" |
|
2182 | 2182 | |
|
2183 | 2183 | [[items]] |
|
2184 | 2184 | section = "subrepos" |
|
2185 | 2185 | name = "allowed" |
|
2186 | 2186 | default-type = "dynamic" # to make backporting simpler |
|
2187 | 2187 | |
|
2188 | 2188 | [[items]] |
|
2189 | 2189 | section = "subrepos" |
|
2190 | 2190 | name = "git:allowed" |
|
2191 | 2191 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
2192 | 2192 | |
|
2193 | 2193 | [[items]] |
|
2194 | 2194 | section = "subrepos" |
|
2195 | 2195 | name = "hg:allowed" |
|
2196 | 2196 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
2197 | 2197 | |
|
2198 | 2198 | [[items]] |
|
2199 | 2199 | section = "subrepos" |
|
2200 | 2200 | name = "svn:allowed" |
|
2201 | 2201 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
2202 | 2202 | |
|
2203 | 2203 | [[items]] |
|
2204 | 2204 | section = "templateconfig" |
|
2205 | 2205 | name = ".*" |
|
2206 | 2206 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
2207 | 2207 | generic = true |
|
2208 | 2208 | |
|
2209 | 2209 | [[items]] |
|
2210 | 2210 | section = "templates" |
|
2211 | 2211 | name = ".*" |
|
2212 | 2212 | generic = true |
|
2213 | 2213 | |
|
2214 | 2214 | [[items]] |
|
2215 | 2215 | section = "trusted" |
|
2216 | 2216 | name = "groups" |
|
2217 | 2217 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
2218 | 2218 | |
|
2219 | 2219 | [[items]] |
|
2220 | 2220 | section = "trusted" |
|
2221 | 2221 | name = "users" |
|
2222 | 2222 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
2223 | 2223 | |
|
2224 | 2224 | [[items]] |
|
2225 | 2225 | section = "ui" |
|
2226 | 2226 | name = "_usedassubrepo" |
|
2227 | 2227 | default = false |
|
2228 | 2228 | |
|
2229 | 2229 | [[items]] |
|
2230 | 2230 | section = "ui" |
|
2231 | 2231 | name = "allowemptycommit" |
|
2232 | 2232 | default = false |
|
2233 | 2233 | |
|
2234 | 2234 | [[items]] |
|
2235 | 2235 | section = "ui" |
|
2236 | 2236 | name = "archivemeta" |
|
2237 | 2237 | default = true |
|
2238 | 2238 | |
|
2239 | 2239 | [[items]] |
|
2240 | 2240 | section = "ui" |
|
2241 | 2241 | name = "askusername" |
|
2242 | 2242 | default = false |
|
2243 | 2243 | |
|
2244 | 2244 | [[items]] |
|
2245 | 2245 | section = "ui" |
|
2246 | 2246 | name = "available-memory" |
|
2247 | 2247 | |
|
2248 | 2248 | [[items]] |
|
2249 | 2249 | section = "ui" |
|
2250 | 2250 | name = "clonebundlefallback" |
|
2251 | 2251 | default = false |
|
2252 | 2252 | |
|
2253 | 2253 | [[items]] |
|
2254 | 2254 | section = "ui" |
|
2255 | 2255 | name = "clonebundleprefers" |
|
2256 | 2256 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
2257 | 2257 | |
|
2258 | 2258 | [[items]] |
|
2259 | 2259 | section = "ui" |
|
2260 | 2260 | name = "clonebundles" |
|
2261 | 2261 | default = true |
|
2262 | 2262 | |
|
2263 | 2263 | [[items]] |
|
2264 | 2264 | section = "ui" |
|
2265 | 2265 | name = "color" |
|
2266 | 2266 | default = "auto" |
|
2267 | 2267 | |
|
2268 | 2268 | [[items]] |
|
2269 | 2269 | section = "ui" |
|
2270 | 2270 | name = "commitsubrepos" |
|
2271 | 2271 | default = false |
|
2272 | 2272 | |
|
2273 | 2273 | [[items]] |
|
2274 | 2274 | section = "ui" |
|
2275 | 2275 | name = "debug" |
|
2276 | 2276 | default = false |
|
2277 | 2277 | |
|
2278 | 2278 | [[items]] |
|
2279 | 2279 | section = "ui" |
|
2280 | 2280 | name = "debugger" |
|
2281 | 2281 | |
|
2282 | 2282 | [[items]] |
|
2283 | 2283 | section = "ui" |
|
2284 | 2284 | name = "detailed-exit-code" |
|
2285 | 2285 | default = false |
|
2286 | 2286 | experimental = true |
|
2287 | 2287 | |
|
2288 | 2288 | [[items]] |
|
2289 | 2289 | section = "ui" |
|
2290 | 2290 | name = "editor" |
|
2291 | 2291 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
2292 | 2292 | |
|
2293 | 2293 | [[items]] |
|
2294 | 2294 | section = "ui" |
|
2295 | 2295 | name = "fallbackencoding" |
|
2296 | 2296 | |
|
2297 | 2297 | [[items]] |
|
2298 | 2298 | section = "ui" |
|
2299 | 2299 | name = "forcecwd" |
|
2300 | 2300 | |
|
2301 | 2301 | [[items]] |
|
2302 | 2302 | section = "ui" |
|
2303 | 2303 | name = "forcemerge" |
|
2304 | 2304 | |
|
2305 | 2305 | [[items]] |
|
2306 | 2306 | section = "ui" |
|
2307 | 2307 | name = "formatdebug" |
|
2308 | 2308 | default = false |
|
2309 | 2309 | |
|
2310 | 2310 | [[items]] |
|
2311 | 2311 | section = "ui" |
|
2312 | 2312 | name = "formatjson" |
|
2313 | 2313 | default = false |
|
2314 | 2314 | |
|
2315 | 2315 | [[items]] |
|
2316 | 2316 | section = "ui" |
|
2317 | 2317 | name = "formatted" |
|
2318 | 2318 | |
|
2319 | 2319 | [[items]] |
|
2320 | 2320 | section = "ui" |
|
2321 | 2321 | name = "interactive" |
|
2322 | 2322 | |
|
2323 | 2323 | [[items]] |
|
2324 | 2324 | section = "ui" |
|
2325 | 2325 | name = "interface" |
|
2326 | 2326 | |
|
2327 | 2327 | [[items]] |
|
2328 | 2328 | section = "ui" |
|
2329 | 2329 | name = "interface.chunkselector" |
|
2330 | 2330 | |
|
2331 | 2331 | [[items]] |
|
2332 | 2332 | section = "ui" |
|
2333 | 2333 | name = "large-file-limit" |
|
2334 | 2334 | default = 10485760 |
|
2335 | 2335 | |
|
2336 | 2336 | [[items]] |
|
2337 | 2337 | section = "ui" |
|
2338 | 2338 | name = "logblockedtimes" |
|
2339 | 2339 | default = false |
|
2340 | 2340 | |
|
2341 | 2341 | [[items]] |
|
2342 | 2342 | section = "ui" |
|
2343 | 2343 | name = "merge" |
|
2344 | 2344 | |
|
2345 | 2345 | [[items]] |
|
2346 | 2346 | section = "ui" |
|
2347 | 2347 | name = "mergemarkers" |
|
2348 | 2348 | default = "basic" |
|
2349 | 2349 | |
|
2350 | 2350 | [[items]] |
|
2351 | 2351 | section = "ui" |
|
2352 | 2352 | name = "message-output" |
|
2353 | 2353 | default = "stdio" |
|
2354 | 2354 | |
|
2355 | 2355 | [[items]] |
|
2356 | 2356 | section = "ui" |
|
2357 | 2357 | name = "nontty" |
|
2358 | 2358 | default = false |
|
2359 | 2359 | |
|
2360 | 2360 | [[items]] |
|
2361 | 2361 | section = "ui" |
|
2362 | 2362 | name = "origbackuppath" |
|
2363 | 2363 | |
|
2364 | 2364 | [[items]] |
|
2365 | 2365 | section = "ui" |
|
2366 | 2366 | name = "paginate" |
|
2367 | 2367 | default = true |
|
2368 | 2368 | |
|
2369 | 2369 | [[items]] |
|
2370 | 2370 | section = "ui" |
|
2371 | 2371 | name = "patch" |
|
2372 | 2372 | |
|
2373 | 2373 | [[items]] |
|
2374 | 2374 | section = "ui" |
|
2375 | 2375 | name = "portablefilenames" |
|
2376 | 2376 | default = "warn" |
|
2377 | 2377 | |
|
2378 | 2378 | [[items]] |
|
2379 | 2379 | section = "ui" |
|
2380 | 2380 | name = "promptecho" |
|
2381 | 2381 | default = false |
|
2382 | 2382 | |
|
2383 | 2383 | [[items]] |
|
2384 | 2384 | section = "ui" |
|
2385 | 2385 | name = "quiet" |
|
2386 | 2386 | default = false |
|
2387 | 2387 | |
|
2388 | 2388 | [[items]] |
|
2389 | 2389 | section = "ui" |
|
2390 | 2390 | name = "quietbookmarkmove" |
|
2391 | 2391 | default = false |
|
2392 | 2392 | |
|
2393 | 2393 | [[items]] |
|
2394 | 2394 | section = "ui" |
|
2395 | 2395 | name = "relative-paths" |
|
2396 | 2396 | default = "legacy" |
|
2397 | 2397 | |
|
2398 | 2398 | [[items]] |
|
2399 | 2399 | section = "ui" |
|
2400 | 2400 | name = "remotecmd" |
|
2401 | 2401 | default = "hg" |
|
2402 | 2402 | |
|
2403 | 2403 | [[items]] |
|
2404 | 2404 | section = "ui" |
|
2405 | 2405 | name = "report_untrusted" |
|
2406 | 2406 | default = true |
|
2407 | 2407 | |
|
2408 | 2408 | [[items]] |
|
2409 | 2409 | section = "ui" |
|
2410 | 2410 | name = "rollback" |
|
2411 | 2411 | default = true |
|
2412 | 2412 | |
|
2413 | 2413 | [[items]] |
|
2414 | 2414 | section = "ui" |
|
2415 | 2415 | name = "signal-safe-lock" |
|
2416 | 2416 | default = true |
|
2417 | 2417 | |
|
2418 | 2418 | [[items]] |
|
2419 | 2419 | section = "ui" |
|
2420 | 2420 | name = "slash" |
|
2421 | 2421 | default = false |
|
2422 | 2422 | |
|
2423 | 2423 | [[items]] |
|
2424 | 2424 | section = "ui" |
|
2425 | 2425 | name = "ssh" |
|
2426 | 2426 | default = "ssh" |
|
2427 | 2427 | |
|
2428 | 2428 | [[items]] |
|
2429 | 2429 | section = "ui" |
|
2430 | 2430 | name = "ssherrorhint" |
|
2431 | 2431 | |
|
2432 | 2432 | [[items]] |
|
2433 | 2433 | section = "ui" |
|
2434 | 2434 | name = "statuscopies" |
|
2435 | 2435 | default = false |
|
2436 | 2436 | |
|
2437 | 2437 | [[items]] |
|
2438 | 2438 | section = "ui" |
|
2439 | 2439 | name = "strict" |
|
2440 | 2440 | default = false |
|
2441 | 2441 | |
|
2442 | 2442 | [[items]] |
|
2443 | 2443 | section = "ui" |
|
2444 | 2444 | name = "style" |
|
2445 | 2445 | default = "" |
|
2446 | 2446 | |
|
2447 | 2447 | [[items]] |
|
2448 | 2448 | section = "ui" |
|
2449 | 2449 | name = "supportcontact" |
|
2450 | 2450 | |
|
2451 | 2451 | [[items]] |
|
2452 | 2452 | section = "ui" |
|
2453 | 2453 | name = "textwidth" |
|
2454 | 2454 | default = 78 |
|
2455 | 2455 | |
|
2456 | 2456 | [[items]] |
|
2457 | 2457 | section = "ui" |
|
2458 | 2458 | name = "timeout" |
|
2459 | 2459 | default = "600" |
|
2460 | 2460 | |
|
2461 | 2461 | [[items]] |
|
2462 | 2462 | section = "ui" |
|
2463 | 2463 | name = "timeout.warn" |
|
2464 | 2464 | default = 0 |
|
2465 | 2465 | |
|
2466 | 2466 | [[items]] |
|
2467 | 2467 | section = "ui" |
|
2468 | 2468 | name = "timestamp-output" |
|
2469 | 2469 | default = false |
|
2470 | 2470 | |
|
2471 | 2471 | [[items]] |
|
2472 | 2472 | section = "ui" |
|
2473 | 2473 | name = "traceback" |
|
2474 | 2474 | default = false |
|
2475 | 2475 | |
|
2476 | 2476 | [[items]] |
|
2477 | 2477 | section = "ui" |
|
2478 | 2478 | name = "tweakdefaults" |
|
2479 | 2479 | default = false |
|
2480 | 2480 | |
|
2481 | 2481 | [[items]] |
|
2482 | 2482 | section = "ui" |
|
2483 | 2483 | name = "username" |
|
2484 | 2484 | alias = [["ui", "user"]] |
|
2485 | 2485 | |
|
2486 | 2486 | [[items]] |
|
2487 | 2487 | section = "ui" |
|
2488 | 2488 | name = "verbose" |
|
2489 | 2489 | default = false |
|
2490 | 2490 | |
|
2491 | 2491 | [[items]] |
|
2492 | 2492 | section = "usage" |
|
2493 | 2493 | name = "repository-role" |
|
2494 | 2494 | default = "default" |
|
2495 | 2495 | documentation = """What this repository is used for. |
|
2496 | 2496 | |
|
2497 | 2497 | This is used to adjust behavior and performance to best fit the repository purpose. |
|
2498 | 2498 | |
|
2499 | 2499 | Currently recognised values are: |
|
2500 | 2500 | - default: an all purpose repository |
|
2501 | 2501 | """ |
|
2502 | 2502 | |
|
2503 | 2503 | [[items]] |
|
2504 | section = "usage" | |
|
2505 | name = "resources" | |
|
2506 | default = "default" | |
|
2507 | documentation = """How aggressive Mercurial can be with resource usage: | |
|
2508 | ||
|
2509 | Currently recognised values are: | |
|
2510 | - default: the default value currently is equivalent to medium, | |
|
2511 | - high: allows for higher cpu, memory and disk-space usage to improve the performance of some operations. | |
|
2512 | - medium: aims at a moderate resource usage, | |
|
2513 | - low: reduces resources usage when possible, decreasing overall performance. | |
|
2514 | ||
|
2515 | For finer configuration, see also `usage.resources.cpu`, | |
|
2516 | `usage.resources.disk` and `usage.resources.memory`. | |
|
2517 | """ | |
|
2518 | ||
|
2519 | [[items]] | |
|
2520 | section = "usage" | |
|
2521 | name = "resources.cpu" | |
|
2522 | default = "default" | |
|
2523 | documentation = """How aggressive Mercurial can be in terms of cpu usage: | |
|
2524 | ||
|
2525 | Currently recognised values are: | |
|
2526 | - default: the default value, inherits the value from `usage.resources`, | |
|
2527 | - high: allows for more aggressive cpu usage, improving storage quality and | |
|
2528 | the performance of some operations at the expense of machine load | |
|
2529 | - medium: aims at a moderate cpu usage, | |
|
2530 | - low: reduces cpu usage when possible, potentially at the expense of | |
|
2531 | slower operations, increased storage and exchange payload. | |
|
2532 | ||
|
2533 | """ | |
|
2534 | ||
|
2535 | [[items]] | |
|
2536 | section = "usage" | |
|
2537 | name = "resources.disk" | |
|
2538 | default = "default" | |
|
2539 | documentation = """How aggressive Mercurial can be in terms of disk usage: | |
|
2540 | ||
|
2541 | Currently recognised values are: | |
|
2542 | - default: the default value, inherits the value from `usage.resources`, | |
|
2543 | - high: allows for more disk space usage where it can improve the performance, | |
|
2544 | - medium: aims at a moderate disk usage, | |
|
2545 | - low: reduces disk usage when possible, decreasing performance in some occasion. | |
|
2546 | """ | |
|
2547 | ||
|
2548 | [[items]] | |
|
2549 | section = "usage" | |
|
2550 | name = "resources.memory" | |
|
2551 | default = "default" | |
|
2552 | documentation = """How aggressive Mercurial can be in terms of memory usage: | |
|
2553 | ||
|
2554 | Currently recognised values are: | |
|
2555 | - default: the default value, inherits the value from `usage.resources`, | |
|
2556 | - high: allows for more aggressive memory usage to improve overall performance, | |
|
2557 | - medium: aims at a moderate memory usage, | |
|
2558 | - low: reduces memory usage when possible at the cost of overall performance. | |
|
2559 | """ | |
|
2560 | ||
|
2561 | [[items]] | |
|
2504 | 2562 | section = "verify" |
|
2505 | 2563 | name = "skipflags" |
|
2506 | 2564 | default = 0 |
|
2507 | 2565 | |
|
2508 | 2566 | [[items]] |
|
2509 | 2567 | section = "web" |
|
2510 | 2568 | name = "accesslog" |
|
2511 | 2569 | default = "-" |
|
2512 | 2570 | |
|
2513 | 2571 | [[items]] |
|
2514 | 2572 | section = "web" |
|
2515 | 2573 | name = "address" |
|
2516 | 2574 | default = "" |
|
2517 | 2575 | |
|
2518 | 2576 | [[items]] |
|
2519 | 2577 | section = "web" |
|
2520 | 2578 | name = "allow-archive" |
|
2521 | 2579 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
2522 | 2580 | alias = [["web", "allow_archive"]] |
|
2523 | 2581 | |
|
2524 | 2582 | [[items]] |
|
2525 | 2583 | section = "web" |
|
2526 | 2584 | name = "allow-pull" |
|
2527 | 2585 | default = true |
|
2528 | 2586 | alias = [["web", "allowpull"]] |
|
2529 | 2587 | |
|
2530 | 2588 | [[items]] |
|
2531 | 2589 | section = "web" |
|
2532 | 2590 | name = "allow-push" |
|
2533 | 2591 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
2534 | 2592 | alias = [["web", "allow_push"]] |
|
2535 | 2593 | |
|
2536 | 2594 | [[items]] |
|
2537 | 2595 | section = "web" |
|
2538 | 2596 | name = "allow_read" |
|
2539 | 2597 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
2540 | 2598 | |
|
2541 | 2599 | [[items]] |
|
2542 | 2600 | section = "web" |
|
2543 | 2601 | name = "allowbz2" |
|
2544 | 2602 | default = false |
|
2545 | 2603 | |
|
2546 | 2604 | [[items]] |
|
2547 | 2605 | section = "web" |
|
2548 | 2606 | name = "allowgz" |
|
2549 | 2607 | default = false |
|
2550 | 2608 | |
|
2551 | 2609 | [[items]] |
|
2552 | 2610 | section = "web" |
|
2553 | 2611 | name = "allowzip" |
|
2554 | 2612 | default = false |
|
2555 | 2613 | |
|
2556 | 2614 | [[items]] |
|
2557 | 2615 | section = "web" |
|
2558 | 2616 | name = "archivesubrepos" |
|
2559 | 2617 | default = false |
|
2560 | 2618 | |
|
2561 | 2619 | [[items]] |
|
2562 | 2620 | section = "web" |
|
2563 | 2621 | name = "baseurl" |
|
2564 | 2622 | |
|
2565 | 2623 | [[items]] |
|
2566 | 2624 | section = "web" |
|
2567 | 2625 | name = "cacerts" |
|
2568 | 2626 | |
|
2569 | 2627 | [[items]] |
|
2570 | 2628 | section = "web" |
|
2571 | 2629 | name = "cache" |
|
2572 | 2630 | default = true |
|
2573 | 2631 | |
|
2574 | 2632 | [[items]] |
|
2575 | 2633 | section = "web" |
|
2576 | 2634 | name = "certificate" |
|
2577 | 2635 | |
|
2578 | 2636 | [[items]] |
|
2579 | 2637 | section = "web" |
|
2580 | 2638 | name = "collapse" |
|
2581 | 2639 | default = false |
|
2582 | 2640 | |
|
2583 | 2641 | [[items]] |
|
2584 | 2642 | section = "web" |
|
2585 | 2643 | name = "comparisoncontext" |
|
2586 | 2644 | default = 5 |
|
2587 | 2645 | |
|
2588 | 2646 | [[items]] |
|
2589 | 2647 | section = "web" |
|
2590 | 2648 | name = "contact" |
|
2591 | 2649 | |
|
2592 | 2650 | [[items]] |
|
2593 | 2651 | section = "web" |
|
2594 | 2652 | name = "csp" |
|
2595 | 2653 | |
|
2596 | 2654 | [[items]] |
|
2597 | 2655 | section = "web" |
|
2598 | 2656 | name = "deny_push" |
|
2599 | 2657 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
2600 | 2658 | |
|
2601 | 2659 | [[items]] |
|
2602 | 2660 | section = "web" |
|
2603 | 2661 | name = "deny_read" |
|
2604 | 2662 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
2605 | 2663 | |
|
2606 | 2664 | [[items]] |
|
2607 | 2665 | section = "web" |
|
2608 | 2666 | name = "descend" |
|
2609 | 2667 | default = true |
|
2610 | 2668 | |
|
2611 | 2669 | [[items]] |
|
2612 | 2670 | section = "web" |
|
2613 | 2671 | name = "description" |
|
2614 | 2672 | default = "" |
|
2615 | 2673 | |
|
2616 | 2674 | [[items]] |
|
2617 | 2675 | section = "web" |
|
2618 | 2676 | name = "encoding" |
|
2619 | 2677 | default-type = "lazy_module" |
|
2620 | 2678 | default = "encoding.encoding" |
|
2621 | 2679 | |
|
2622 | 2680 | [[items]] |
|
2623 | 2681 | section = "web" |
|
2624 | 2682 | name = "errorlog" |
|
2625 | 2683 | default = "-" |
|
2626 | 2684 | |
|
2627 | 2685 | [[items]] |
|
2628 | 2686 | section = "web" |
|
2629 | 2687 | name = "guessmime" |
|
2630 | 2688 | default = false |
|
2631 | 2689 | |
|
2632 | 2690 | [[items]] |
|
2633 | 2691 | section = "web" |
|
2634 | 2692 | name = "hidden" |
|
2635 | 2693 | default = false |
|
2636 | 2694 | |
|
2637 | 2695 | [[items]] |
|
2638 | 2696 | section = "web" |
|
2639 | 2697 | name = "ipv6" |
|
2640 | 2698 | default = false |
|
2641 | 2699 | |
|
2642 | 2700 | [[items]] |
|
2643 | 2701 | section = "web" |
|
2644 | 2702 | name = "labels" |
|
2645 | 2703 | default-type = "list_type" |
|
2646 | 2704 | |
|
2647 | 2705 | [[items]] |
|
2648 | 2706 | section = "web" |
|
2649 | 2707 | name = "logoimg" |
|
2650 | 2708 | default = "hglogo.png" |
|
2651 | 2709 | |
|
2652 | 2710 | [[items]] |
|
2653 | 2711 | section = "web" |
|
2654 | 2712 | name = "logourl" |
|
2655 | 2713 | default = "https://mercurial-scm.org/" |
|
2656 | 2714 | |
|
2657 | 2715 | [[items]] |
|
2658 | 2716 | section = "web" |
|
2659 | 2717 | name = "maxchanges" |
|
2660 | 2718 | default = 10 |
|
2661 | 2719 | |
|
2662 | 2720 | [[items]] |
|
2663 | 2721 | section = "web" |
|
2664 | 2722 | name = "maxfiles" |
|
2665 | 2723 | default = 10 |
|
2666 | 2724 | |
|
2667 | 2725 | [[items]] |
|
2668 | 2726 | section = "web" |
|
2669 | 2727 | name = "maxshortchanges" |
|
2670 | 2728 | default = 60 |
|
2671 | 2729 | |
|
2672 | 2730 | [[items]] |
|
2673 | 2731 | section = "web" |
|
2674 | 2732 | name = "motd" |
|
2675 | 2733 | default = "" |
|
2676 | 2734 | |
|
2677 | 2735 | [[items]] |
|
2678 | 2736 | section = "web" |
|
2679 | 2737 | name = "name" |
|
2680 | 2738 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
2681 | 2739 | |
|
2682 | 2740 | [[items]] |
|
2683 | 2741 | section = "web" |
|
2684 | 2742 | name = "port" |
|
2685 | 2743 | default = 8000 |
|
2686 | 2744 | |
|
2687 | 2745 | [[items]] |
|
2688 | 2746 | section = "web" |
|
2689 | 2747 | name = "prefix" |
|
2690 | 2748 | default = "" |
|
2691 | 2749 | |
|
2692 | 2750 | [[items]] |
|
2693 | 2751 | section = "web" |
|
2694 | 2752 | name = "push_ssl" |
|
2695 | 2753 | default = true |
|
2696 | 2754 | |
|
2697 | 2755 | [[items]] |
|
2698 | 2756 | section = "web" |
|
2699 | 2757 | name = "refreshinterval" |
|
2700 | 2758 | default = 20 |
|
2701 | 2759 | |
|
2702 | 2760 | [[items]] |
|
2703 | 2761 | section = "web" |
|
2704 | 2762 | name = "server-header" |
|
2705 | 2763 | |
|
2706 | 2764 | [[items]] |
|
2707 | 2765 | section = "web" |
|
2708 | 2766 | name = "static" |
|
2709 | 2767 | |
|
2710 | 2768 | [[items]] |
|
2711 | 2769 | section = "web" |
|
2712 | 2770 | name = "staticurl" |
|
2713 | 2771 | |
|
2714 | 2772 | [[items]] |
|
2715 | 2773 | section = "web" |
|
2716 | 2774 | name = "stripes" |
|
2717 | 2775 | default = 1 |
|
2718 | 2776 | |
|
2719 | 2777 | [[items]] |
|
2720 | 2778 | section = "web" |
|
2721 | 2779 | name = "style" |
|
2722 | 2780 | default = "paper" |
|
2723 | 2781 | |
|
2724 | 2782 | [[items]] |
|
2725 | 2783 | section = "web" |
|
2726 | 2784 | name = "templates" |
|
2727 | 2785 | |
|
2728 | 2786 | [[items]] |
|
2729 | 2787 | section = "web" |
|
2730 | 2788 | name = "view" |
|
2731 | 2789 | default = "served" |
|
2732 | 2790 | experimental = true |
|
2733 | 2791 | |
|
2734 | 2792 | [[items]] |
|
2735 | 2793 | section = "worker" |
|
2736 | 2794 | name = "backgroundclose" |
|
2737 | 2795 | default-type = "dynamic" |
|
2738 | 2796 | |
|
2739 | 2797 | [[items]] |
|
2740 | 2798 | section = "worker" |
|
2741 | 2799 | name = "backgroundclosemaxqueue" |
|
2742 | 2800 | # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128 |
|
2743 | 2801 | # should give us enough headway. |
|
2744 | 2802 | default = 384 |
|
2745 | 2803 | |
|
2746 | 2804 | [[items]] |
|
2747 | 2805 | section = "worker" |
|
2748 | 2806 | name = "backgroundcloseminfilecount" |
|
2749 | 2807 | default = 2048 |
|
2750 | 2808 | |
|
2751 | 2809 | [[items]] |
|
2752 | 2810 | section = "worker" |
|
2753 | 2811 | name = "backgroundclosethreadcount" |
|
2754 | 2812 | default = 4 |
|
2755 | 2813 | |
|
2756 | 2814 | [[items]] |
|
2757 | 2815 | section = "worker" |
|
2758 | 2816 | name = "enabled" |
|
2759 | 2817 | default = true |
|
2760 | 2818 | |
|
2761 | 2819 | [[items]] |
|
2762 | 2820 | section = "worker" |
|
2763 | 2821 | name = "numcpus" |
|
2764 | 2822 | |
|
2765 | 2823 | # Templates and template applications |
|
2766 | 2824 | |
|
2767 | 2825 | [[template-applications]] |
|
2768 | 2826 | template = "diff-options" |
|
2769 | 2827 | section = "annotate" |
|
2770 | 2828 | |
|
2771 | 2829 | [[template-applications]] |
|
2772 | 2830 | template = "diff-options" |
|
2773 | 2831 | section = "commands" |
|
2774 | 2832 | prefix = "commit.interactive" |
|
2775 | 2833 | |
|
2776 | 2834 | [[template-applications]] |
|
2777 | 2835 | template = "diff-options" |
|
2778 | 2836 | section = "commands" |
|
2779 | 2837 | prefix = "revert.interactive" |
|
2780 | 2838 | |
|
2781 | 2839 | [[template-applications]] |
|
2782 | 2840 | template = "diff-options" |
|
2783 | 2841 | section = "diff" |
|
2784 | 2842 | |
|
2785 | 2843 | [templates] |
|
2786 | 2844 | [[templates.diff-options]] |
|
2787 | 2845 | suffix = "nodates" |
|
2788 | 2846 | default = false |
|
2789 | 2847 | |
|
2790 | 2848 | [[templates.diff-options]] |
|
2791 | 2849 | suffix = "showfunc" |
|
2792 | 2850 | default = false |
|
2793 | 2851 | |
|
2794 | 2852 | [[templates.diff-options]] |
|
2795 | 2853 | suffix = "unified" |
|
2796 | 2854 | |
|
2797 | 2855 | [[templates.diff-options]] |
|
2798 | 2856 | suffix = "git" |
|
2799 | 2857 | default = false |
|
2800 | 2858 | |
|
2801 | 2859 | [[templates.diff-options]] |
|
2802 | 2860 | suffix = "ignorews" |
|
2803 | 2861 | default = false |
|
2804 | 2862 | |
|
2805 | 2863 | [[templates.diff-options]] |
|
2806 | 2864 | suffix = "ignorewsamount" |
|
2807 | 2865 | default = false |
|
2808 | 2866 | |
|
2809 | 2867 | [[templates.diff-options]] |
|
2810 | 2868 | suffix = "ignoreblanklines" |
|
2811 | 2869 | default = false |
|
2812 | 2870 | |
|
2813 | 2871 | [[templates.diff-options]] |
|
2814 | 2872 | suffix = "ignorewseol" |
|
2815 | 2873 | default = false |
|
2816 | 2874 | |
|
2817 | 2875 | [[templates.diff-options]] |
|
2818 | 2876 | suffix = "nobinary" |
|
2819 | 2877 | default = false |
|
2820 | 2878 | |
|
2821 | 2879 | [[templates.diff-options]] |
|
2822 | 2880 | suffix = "noprefix" |
|
2823 | 2881 | default = false |
|
2824 | 2882 | |
|
2825 | 2883 | [[templates.diff-options]] |
|
2826 | 2884 | suffix = "word-diff" |
|
2827 | 2885 | default = false |
|
2828 | 2886 | |
|
2829 | 2887 | # In-core extensions |
|
2830 | 2888 | |
|
2831 | 2889 | [[items]] |
|
2832 | 2890 | section = "blackbox" |
|
2833 | 2891 | name = "debug.to-stderr" |
|
2834 | 2892 | default = false |
|
2835 | 2893 | in_core_extension = "blackbox" |
|
2836 | 2894 | |
|
2837 | 2895 | [[items]] |
|
2838 | 2896 | section = "blackbox" |
|
2839 | 2897 | name = "dirty" |
|
2840 | 2898 | default = false |
|
2841 | 2899 | in_core_extension = "blackbox" |
|
2842 | 2900 | |
|
2843 | 2901 | [[items]] |
|
2844 | 2902 | section = "blackbox" |
|
2845 | 2903 | name = "maxsize" |
|
2846 | 2904 | default = "1 MB" |
|
2847 | 2905 | in_core_extension = "blackbox" |
|
2848 | 2906 | |
|
2849 | 2907 | [[items]] |
|
2850 | 2908 | section = "blackbox" |
|
2851 | 2909 | name = "logsource" |
|
2852 | 2910 | default = false |
|
2853 | 2911 | in_core_extension = "blackbox" |
|
2854 | 2912 | |
|
2855 | 2913 | [[items]] |
|
2856 | 2914 | section = "blackbox" |
|
2857 | 2915 | name = "maxfiles" |
|
2858 | 2916 | default = 7 |
|
2859 | 2917 | in_core_extension = "blackbox" |
|
2860 | 2918 | |
|
2861 | 2919 | [[items]] |
|
2862 | 2920 | section = "blackbox" |
|
2863 | 2921 | name = "track" |
|
2864 | 2922 | default-type = "lambda" |
|
2865 | 2923 | default = ["*"] |
|
2866 | 2924 | in_core_extension = "blackbox" |
|
2867 | 2925 | |
|
2868 | 2926 | [[items]] |
|
2869 | 2927 | section = "blackbox" |
|
2870 | 2928 | name = "ignore" |
|
2871 | 2929 | default-type = "lambda" |
|
2872 | 2930 | default = ["chgserver", "cmdserver", "extension"] |
|
2873 | 2931 | in_core_extension = "blackbox" |
|
2874 | 2932 | |
|
2875 | 2933 | [[items]] |
|
2876 | 2934 | section = "blackbox" |
|
2877 | 2935 | name = "date-format" |
|
2878 | 2936 | default = "" |
|
2879 | 2937 | in_core_extension = "blackbox" |
@@ -1,3401 +1,3447 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control |
|
2 | 2 | aspects of its behavior. |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 | 4 | Troubleshooting |
|
5 | 5 | =============== |
|
6 | 6 | |
|
7 | 7 | If you're having problems with your configuration, |
|
8 | 8 | :hg:`config --source` can help you understand what is introducing |
|
9 | 9 | a setting into your environment. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files` |
|
12 | 12 | for information about how and where to override things. |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | Structure |
|
15 | 15 | ========= |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 | 17 | The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration |
|
18 | 18 | file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed |
|
19 | 19 | by ``name = value`` entries:: |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | [ui] |
|
22 | 22 | username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net> |
|
23 | 23 | verbose = True |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and |
|
26 | 26 | ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`. |
|
27 | 27 | |
|
28 | 28 | Files |
|
29 | 29 | ===== |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist. |
|
32 | 32 | These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the |
|
33 | 33 | appropriate configuration files yourself: |
|
34 | 34 | |
|
35 | 35 | Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file. |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into: |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | .. container:: windows |
|
40 | 40 | |
|
41 | 41 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows) |
|
42 | 42 | |
|
43 | 43 | .. container:: unix.plan9 |
|
44 | 44 | |
|
45 | 45 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9) |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is |
|
48 | 48 | installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in |
|
49 | 49 | alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple |
|
50 | 50 | paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later |
|
51 | 51 | ones. |
|
52 | 52 | |
|
53 | 53 | .. container:: verbose.unix |
|
54 | 54 | |
|
55 | 55 | On Unix, the following files are consulted: |
|
56 | 56 | |
|
57 | 57 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository) |
|
58 | 58 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
59 | 59 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
60 | 60 | - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
61 | 61 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
62 | 62 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
63 | 63 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
64 | 64 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
65 | 65 | - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
66 | 66 | |
|
67 | 67 | .. container:: verbose.windows |
|
68 | 68 | |
|
69 | 69 | On Windows, the following files are consulted: |
|
70 | 70 | |
|
71 | 71 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository) |
|
72 | 72 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
73 | 73 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
74 | 74 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
75 | 75 | - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
76 | 76 | - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
77 | 77 | - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system) |
|
78 | 78 | - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
79 | 79 | - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation) |
|
80 | 80 | - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
81 | 81 | - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system) |
|
82 | 82 | - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
83 | 83 | - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
84 | 84 | |
|
85 | 85 | .. note:: |
|
86 | 86 | |
|
87 | 87 | The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial`` |
|
88 | 88 | is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows. |
|
89 | 89 | |
|
90 | 90 | .. container:: verbose.plan9 |
|
91 | 91 | |
|
92 | 92 | On Plan9, the following files are consulted: |
|
93 | 93 | |
|
94 | 94 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository) |
|
95 | 95 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
96 | 96 | - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
97 | 97 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
98 | 98 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
99 | 99 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
100 | 100 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
101 | 101 | - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
102 | 102 | |
|
103 | 103 | Per-repository configuration options only apply in a |
|
104 | 104 | particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and |
|
105 | 105 | will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in |
|
106 | 106 | this file override options in all other configuration files. |
|
107 | 107 | |
|
108 | 108 | .. container:: unix.plan9 |
|
109 | 109 | |
|
110 | 110 | On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't |
|
111 | 111 | belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See |
|
112 | 112 | :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details. |
|
113 | 113 | |
|
114 | 114 | Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options |
|
115 | 115 | in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any |
|
116 | 116 | directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation |
|
117 | 117 | options. |
|
118 | 118 | |
|
119 | 119 | Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the |
|
120 | 120 | directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the |
|
121 | 121 | parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run. |
|
122 | 122 | |
|
123 | 123 | .. container:: unix.plan9 |
|
124 | 124 | |
|
125 | 125 | For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial |
|
126 | 126 | will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these |
|
127 | 127 | files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any |
|
128 | 128 | directory. |
|
129 | 129 | |
|
130 | 130 | Per-installation configuration files are for the system on |
|
131 | 131 | which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all |
|
132 | 132 | Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry |
|
133 | 133 | keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference |
|
134 | 134 | a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will |
|
135 | 135 | be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified |
|
136 | 136 | order until one or more configuration files are detected. |
|
137 | 137 | |
|
138 | 138 | Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial |
|
139 | 139 | is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands |
|
140 | 140 | executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files |
|
141 | 141 | override per-installation options. |
|
142 | 142 | |
|
143 | 143 | Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration |
|
144 | 144 | files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default |
|
145 | 145 | configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can |
|
146 | 146 | be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains |
|
147 | 147 | merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration |
|
148 | 148 | there. |
|
149 | 149 | |
|
150 | 150 | On versions 5.7 and later, if share-safe functionality is enabled, |
|
151 | 151 | shares will read config file of share source too. |
|
152 | 152 | `<share-source/.hg/hgrc>` is read before reading `<repo/.hg/hgrc>`. |
|
153 | 153 | |
|
154 | 154 | For configs which should not be shared, `<repo/.hg/hgrc-not-shared>` |
|
155 | 155 | should be used. |
|
156 | 156 | |
|
157 | 157 | Syntax |
|
158 | 158 | ====== |
|
159 | 159 | |
|
160 | 160 | A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header |
|
161 | 161 | and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called |
|
162 | 162 | ``configuration keys``):: |
|
163 | 163 | |
|
164 | 164 | [spam] |
|
165 | 165 | eggs=ham |
|
166 | 166 | green= |
|
167 | 167 | eggs |
|
168 | 168 | |
|
169 | 169 | Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented, |
|
170 | 170 | they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is |
|
171 | 171 | removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with |
|
172 | 172 | ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments. |
|
173 | 173 | |
|
174 | 174 | Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial |
|
175 | 175 | will use the value that was configured last. As an example:: |
|
176 | 176 | |
|
177 | 177 | [spam] |
|
178 | 178 | eggs=large |
|
179 | 179 | ham=serrano |
|
180 | 180 | eggs=small |
|
181 | 181 | |
|
182 | 182 | This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``. |
|
183 | 183 | |
|
184 | 184 | It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can |
|
185 | 185 | be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For |
|
186 | 186 | example:: |
|
187 | 187 | |
|
188 | 188 | [foo] |
|
189 | 189 | eggs=large |
|
190 | 190 | ham=serrano |
|
191 | 191 | eggs=small |
|
192 | 192 | |
|
193 | 193 | [bar] |
|
194 | 194 | eggs=ham |
|
195 | 195 | green= |
|
196 | 196 | eggs |
|
197 | 197 | |
|
198 | 198 | [foo] |
|
199 | 199 | ham=prosciutto |
|
200 | 200 | eggs=medium |
|
201 | 201 | bread=toasted |
|
202 | 202 | |
|
203 | 203 | This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys |
|
204 | 204 | of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``, |
|
205 | 205 | respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last |
|
206 | 206 | value that was set for each of the configuration keys. |
|
207 | 207 | |
|
208 | 208 | If a configuration key is set multiple times in different |
|
209 | 209 | configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which |
|
210 | 210 | the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier |
|
211 | 211 | paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section |
|
212 | 212 | above. |
|
213 | 213 | |
|
214 | 214 | A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the |
|
215 | 215 | current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means |
|
216 | 216 | that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to |
|
217 | 217 | the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found. |
|
218 | 218 | Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in |
|
219 | 219 | ``file``. This lets you do something like:: |
|
220 | 220 | |
|
221 | 221 | %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc |
|
222 | 222 | |
|
223 | 223 | to include a different configuration file on each computer you use. |
|
224 | 224 | |
|
225 | 225 | A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current |
|
226 | 226 | section, if it has been set previously. |
|
227 | 227 | |
|
228 | 228 | The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings, |
|
229 | 229 | or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1", |
|
230 | 230 | "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off" |
|
231 | 231 | (all case insensitive). |
|
232 | 232 | |
|
233 | 233 | List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are |
|
234 | 234 | placed in double quotation marks:: |
|
235 | 235 | |
|
236 | 236 | allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty |
|
237 | 237 | |
|
238 | 238 | Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only |
|
239 | 239 | quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation |
|
240 | 240 | (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``). |
|
241 | 241 | |
|
242 | 242 | Sections |
|
243 | 243 | ======== |
|
244 | 244 | |
|
245 | 245 | This section describes the different sections that may appear in a |
|
246 | 246 | Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible |
|
247 | 247 | keys, and their possible values. |
|
248 | 248 | |
|
249 | 249 | ``alias`` |
|
250 | 250 | --------- |
|
251 | 251 | |
|
252 | 252 | Defines command aliases. |
|
253 | 253 | |
|
254 | 254 | Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other |
|
255 | 255 | commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional |
|
256 | 256 | arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
257 | 257 | are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not |
|
258 | 258 | already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the |
|
259 | 259 | command to be executed. |
|
260 | 260 | |
|
261 | 261 | Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:: |
|
262 | 262 | |
|
263 | 263 | <alias> = <command> [<argument>]... |
|
264 | 264 | |
|
265 | 265 | For example, this definition:: |
|
266 | 266 | |
|
267 | 267 | latest = log --limit 5 |
|
268 | 268 | |
|
269 | 269 | creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent |
|
270 | 270 | changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:: |
|
271 | 271 | |
|
272 | 272 | stable5 = latest -b stable |
|
273 | 273 | |
|
274 | 274 | .. note:: |
|
275 | 275 | |
|
276 | 276 | It is possible to create aliases with the same names as |
|
277 | 277 | existing commands, which will then override the original |
|
278 | 278 | definitions. This is almost always a bad idea! |
|
279 | 279 | |
|
280 | 280 | An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a |
|
281 | 281 | shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you |
|
282 | 282 | run arbitrary commands. As an example, :: |
|
283 | 283 | |
|
284 | 284 | echo = !echo $@ |
|
285 | 285 | |
|
286 | 286 | will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your |
|
287 | 287 | terminal. A better example might be:: |
|
288 | 288 | |
|
289 | 289 | purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f |
|
290 | 290 | |
|
291 | 291 | which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the |
|
292 | 292 | repository in the same manner as the purge extension. |
|
293 | 293 | |
|
294 | 294 | Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
295 | 295 | expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are |
|
296 | 296 | removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all |
|
297 | 297 | arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all |
|
298 | 298 | arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions |
|
299 | 299 | happen before the command is passed to the shell. |
|
300 | 300 | |
|
301 | 301 | Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to |
|
302 | 302 | the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is |
|
303 | 303 | useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell |
|
304 | 304 | alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition, |
|
305 | 305 | ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg |
|
306 | 306 | echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``. |
|
307 | 307 | |
|
308 | 308 | .. note:: |
|
309 | 309 | |
|
310 | 310 | Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are |
|
311 | 311 | processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to |
|
312 | 312 | aliases. |
|
313 | 313 | |
|
314 | 314 | |
|
315 | 315 | ``annotate`` |
|
316 | 316 | ------------ |
|
317 | 317 | |
|
318 | 318 | Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are |
|
319 | 319 | Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for |
|
320 | 320 | related options for the diff command. |
|
321 | 321 | |
|
322 | 322 | ``ignorews`` |
|
323 | 323 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
324 | 324 | |
|
325 | 325 | ``ignorewseol`` |
|
326 | 326 | Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines. |
|
327 | 327 | |
|
328 | 328 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
329 | 329 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
330 | 330 | |
|
331 | 331 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
332 | 332 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
333 | 333 | |
|
334 | 334 | |
|
335 | 335 | ``auth`` |
|
336 | 336 | -------- |
|
337 | 337 | |
|
338 | 338 | Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration |
|
339 | 339 | for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and |
|
340 | 340 | passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See |
|
341 | 341 | :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to |
|
342 | 342 | your HTTP server. |
|
343 | 343 | |
|
344 | 344 | The following options apply to all hosts. |
|
345 | 345 | |
|
346 | 346 | ``cookiefile`` |
|
347 | 347 | Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a |
|
348 | 348 | host will be sent automatically. |
|
349 | 349 | |
|
350 | 350 | The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies |
|
351 | 351 | on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab |
|
352 | 352 | character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name, |
|
353 | 353 | value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt |
|
354 | 354 | format." |
|
355 | 355 | |
|
356 | 356 | Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You |
|
357 | 357 | will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized. |
|
358 | 358 | This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server. |
|
359 | 359 | |
|
360 | 360 | The cookies file is read-only. |
|
361 | 361 | |
|
362 | 362 | Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following |
|
363 | 363 | format:: |
|
364 | 364 | |
|
365 | 365 | <name>.<argument> = <value> |
|
366 | 366 | |
|
367 | 367 | where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication |
|
368 | 368 | entries. Example:: |
|
369 | 369 | |
|
370 | 370 | foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial |
|
371 | 371 | foo.username = foo |
|
372 | 372 | foo.password = bar |
|
373 | 373 | foo.schemes = http https |
|
374 | 374 | |
|
375 | 375 | bar.prefix = secure.example.org |
|
376 | 376 | bar.key = path/to/file.key |
|
377 | 377 | bar.cert = path/to/file.cert |
|
378 | 378 | bar.schemes = https |
|
379 | 379 | |
|
380 | 380 | Supported arguments: |
|
381 | 381 | |
|
382 | 382 | ``prefix`` |
|
383 | 383 | Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part. |
|
384 | 384 | The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used |
|
385 | 385 | (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length |
|
386 | 386 | 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed |
|
387 | 387 | against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes |
|
388 | 388 | argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted. |
|
389 | 389 | |
|
390 | 390 | ``username`` |
|
391 | 391 | Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
392 | 392 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will |
|
393 | 393 | be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the |
|
394 | 394 | username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI |
|
395 | 395 | includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching |
|
396 | 396 | username or without a username will be considered. |
|
397 | 397 | |
|
398 | 398 | ``password`` |
|
399 | 399 | Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
400 | 400 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user |
|
401 | 401 | will be prompted for it. |
|
402 | 402 | |
|
403 | 403 | ``key`` |
|
404 | 404 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment |
|
405 | 405 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
406 | 406 | |
|
407 | 407 | ``cert`` |
|
408 | 408 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment |
|
409 | 409 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
410 | 410 | |
|
411 | 411 | ``schemes`` |
|
412 | 412 | Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this |
|
413 | 413 | authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include |
|
414 | 414 | a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match |
|
415 | 415 | static-http and static-https respectively, as well. |
|
416 | 416 | (default: https) |
|
417 | 417 | |
|
418 | 418 | If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted |
|
419 | 419 | for credentials as usual if required by the remote. |
|
420 | 420 | |
|
421 | 421 | ``cmdserver`` |
|
422 | 422 | ------------- |
|
423 | 423 | |
|
424 | 424 | Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED) |
|
425 | 425 | |
|
426 | 426 | ``message-encodings`` |
|
427 | 427 | List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding |
|
428 | 428 | supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello |
|
429 | 429 | message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to |
|
430 | 430 | ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``. |
|
431 | 431 | |
|
432 | 432 | ``shutdown-on-interrupt`` |
|
433 | 433 | If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after |
|
434 | 434 | SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by |
|
435 | 435 | SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server |
|
436 | 436 | process gracefully. |
|
437 | 437 | (default: True) |
|
438 | 438 | |
|
439 | 439 | ``color`` |
|
440 | 440 | --------- |
|
441 | 441 | |
|
442 | 442 | Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom |
|
443 | 443 | effect and style see :hg:`help color`. |
|
444 | 444 | |
|
445 | 445 | ``mode`` |
|
446 | 446 | String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``, |
|
447 | 447 | ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will |
|
448 | 448 | use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a |
|
449 | 449 | terminal. Any invalid value will disable color. |
|
450 | 450 | |
|
451 | 451 | ``pagermode`` |
|
452 | 452 | String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager. |
|
453 | 453 | |
|
454 | 454 | On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using |
|
455 | 455 | color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option |
|
456 | 456 | will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes |
|
457 | 457 | emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by |
|
458 | 458 | either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will |
|
459 | 459 | pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control |
|
460 | 460 | codes). |
|
461 | 461 | |
|
462 | 462 | On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support |
|
463 | 463 | a different color mode than the pager program. |
|
464 | 464 | |
|
465 | 465 | ``commands`` |
|
466 | 466 | ------------ |
|
467 | 467 | |
|
468 | 468 | ``commit.post-status`` |
|
469 | 469 | Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit. |
|
470 | 470 | (default: False) |
|
471 | 471 | |
|
472 | 472 | ``merge.require-rev`` |
|
473 | 473 | Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on |
|
474 | 474 | the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the |
|
475 | 475 | command aborts. |
|
476 | 476 | (default: False) |
|
477 | 477 | |
|
478 | 478 | ``push.require-revs`` |
|
479 | 479 | Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as |
|
480 | 480 | specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``, |
|
481 | 481 | and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the |
|
482 | 482 | configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the |
|
483 | 483 | command aborts. |
|
484 | 484 | (default: False) |
|
485 | 485 | |
|
486 | 486 | ``resolve.confirm`` |
|
487 | 487 | Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed. |
|
488 | 488 | (default: False) |
|
489 | 489 | |
|
490 | 490 | ``resolve.explicit-re-merge`` |
|
491 | 491 | Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform, |
|
492 | 492 | instead of re-merging files by default. |
|
493 | 493 | (default: False) |
|
494 | 494 | |
|
495 | 495 | ``resolve.mark-check`` |
|
496 | 496 | Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before |
|
497 | 497 | marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and |
|
498 | 498 | ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still |
|
499 | 499 | have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved. |
|
500 | 500 | ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved. |
|
501 | 501 | If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be |
|
502 | 502 | shown (an error will not be raised). |
|
503 | 503 | (default: ``none``) |
|
504 | 504 | |
|
505 | 505 | ``status.relative`` |
|
506 | 506 | Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory. |
|
507 | 507 | (default: False) |
|
508 | 508 | |
|
509 | 509 | ``status.terse`` |
|
510 | 510 | Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output. |
|
511 | 511 | (default: empty) |
|
512 | 512 | |
|
513 | 513 | ``update.check`` |
|
514 | 514 | Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving |
|
515 | 515 | to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``, |
|
516 | 516 | ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. |
|
517 | 517 | |
|
518 | 518 | - ``abort`` always fails if the working directory has uncommitted changes. |
|
519 | 519 | |
|
520 | 520 | - ``none`` performs no checking, and may result in a merge with uncommitted changes. |
|
521 | 521 | |
|
522 | 522 | - ``linear`` allows any update as long as it follows a straight line in the |
|
523 | 523 | revision history, and may trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. |
|
524 | 524 | |
|
525 | 525 | - ``noconflict`` will allow any update which would not trigger a merge with |
|
526 | 526 | uncommitted changes, if any are present. |
|
527 | 527 | |
|
528 | 528 | (default: ``linear``) |
|
529 | 529 | |
|
530 | 530 | ``update.requiredest`` |
|
531 | 531 | Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`. |
|
532 | 532 | For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update` |
|
533 | 533 | will be disallowed. |
|
534 | 534 | (default: False) |
|
535 | 535 | |
|
536 | 536 | ``committemplate`` |
|
537 | 537 | ------------------ |
|
538 | 538 | |
|
539 | 539 | ``changeset`` |
|
540 | 540 | String: configuration in this section is used as the template to |
|
541 | 541 | customize the text shown in the editor when committing. |
|
542 | 542 | |
|
543 | 543 | In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one |
|
544 | 544 | below can be used for customization: |
|
545 | 545 | |
|
546 | 546 | ``extramsg`` |
|
547 | 547 | String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort |
|
548 | 548 | commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions. |
|
549 | 549 | |
|
550 | 550 | For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as |
|
551 | 551 | one shown by default:: |
|
552 | 552 | |
|
553 | 553 | [committemplate] |
|
554 | 554 | changeset = {desc}\n\n |
|
555 | 555 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. |
|
556 | 556 | HG: {extramsg} |
|
557 | 557 | HG: -- |
|
558 | 558 | HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "", |
|
559 | 559 | "HG: branch merge\n") |
|
560 | 560 | }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark, |
|
561 | 561 | "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos % |
|
562 | 562 | "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds % |
|
563 | 563 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
564 | 564 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
565 | 565 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
566 | 566 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
567 | 567 | |
|
568 | 568 | ``diff()`` |
|
569 | 569 | String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail) |
|
570 | 570 | |
|
571 | 571 | Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without |
|
572 | 572 | having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For |
|
573 | 573 | this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below |
|
574 | 574 | it:: |
|
575 | 575 | |
|
576 | 576 | HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------ |
|
577 | 577 | |
|
578 | 578 | For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the |
|
579 | 579 | extra message:: |
|
580 | 580 | |
|
581 | 581 | [committemplate] |
|
582 | 582 | changeset = {desc}\n\n |
|
583 | 583 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. |
|
584 | 584 | HG: {extramsg} |
|
585 | 585 | HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------ |
|
586 | 586 | HG: Do not touch the line above. |
|
587 | 587 | HG: Everything below will be removed. |
|
588 | 588 | {diff()} |
|
589 | 589 | |
|
590 | 590 | .. note:: |
|
591 | 591 | |
|
592 | 592 | For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for |
|
593 | 593 | detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to |
|
594 | 594 | avoid showing broken characters. |
|
595 | 595 | |
|
596 | 596 | For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is |
|
597 | 597 | followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template, |
|
598 | 598 | the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly |
|
599 | 599 | (and the multibyte character is broken, too). |
|
600 | 600 | |
|
601 | 601 | Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be |
|
602 | 602 | required): |
|
603 | 603 | |
|
604 | 604 | - :hg:`backout` |
|
605 | 605 | - :hg:`commit` |
|
606 | 606 | - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only) |
|
607 | 607 | - :hg:`graft` |
|
608 | 608 | - :hg:`histedit` |
|
609 | 609 | - :hg:`import` |
|
610 | 610 | - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
611 | 611 | - :hg:`rebase` |
|
612 | 612 | - :hg:`shelve` |
|
613 | 613 | - :hg:`sign` |
|
614 | 614 | - :hg:`tag` |
|
615 | 615 | - :hg:`transplant` |
|
616 | 616 | |
|
617 | 617 | Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing |
|
618 | 618 | customized message only for specific actions, or showing different |
|
619 | 619 | messages for each action. |
|
620 | 620 | |
|
621 | 621 | - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout` |
|
622 | 622 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges |
|
623 | 623 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other |
|
624 | 624 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges |
|
625 | 625 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other |
|
626 | 626 | - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit) |
|
627 | 627 | - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign` |
|
628 | 628 | - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft` |
|
629 | 629 | - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
630 | 630 | - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
631 | 631 | - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
632 | 632 | - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
633 | 633 | - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass` |
|
634 | 634 | - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges |
|
635 | 635 | - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other |
|
636 | 636 | - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew` |
|
637 | 637 | - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold` |
|
638 | 638 | - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
639 | 639 | - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse` |
|
640 | 640 | - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges |
|
641 | 641 | - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other |
|
642 | 642 | - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve` |
|
643 | 643 | - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove`` |
|
644 | 644 | - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove` |
|
645 | 645 | - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges |
|
646 | 646 | - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other |
|
647 | 647 | |
|
648 | 648 | These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones. |
|
649 | 649 | For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message |
|
650 | 650 | only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the |
|
651 | 651 | commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option. |
|
652 | 652 | |
|
653 | 653 | When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding |
|
654 | 654 | dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix |
|
655 | 655 | (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment |
|
656 | 656 | variable. |
|
657 | 657 | |
|
658 | 658 | In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from |
|
659 | 659 | others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up |
|
660 | 660 | below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``:: |
|
661 | 661 | |
|
662 | 662 | [committemplate] |
|
663 | 663 | listupfiles = {file_adds % |
|
664 | 664 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
665 | 665 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
666 | 666 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
667 | 667 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
668 | 668 | |
|
669 | 669 | ``decode/encode`` |
|
670 | 670 | ----------------- |
|
671 | 671 | |
|
672 | 672 | Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would |
|
673 | 673 | typically be used for newline processing or other |
|
674 | 674 | localization/canonicalization of files. |
|
675 | 675 | |
|
676 | 676 | Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command. |
|
677 | 677 | Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root. |
|
678 | 678 | For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root |
|
679 | 679 | directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending |
|
680 | 680 | in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``. |
|
681 | 681 | For each file only the first matching filter applies. |
|
682 | 682 | |
|
683 | 683 | The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or |
|
684 | 684 | ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default. |
|
685 | 685 | |
|
686 | 686 | A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed |
|
687 | 687 | data on stdout. |
|
688 | 688 | |
|
689 | 689 | Pipe example:: |
|
690 | 690 | |
|
691 | 691 | [encode] |
|
692 | 692 | # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression |
|
693 | 693 | # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example |
|
694 | 694 | *.gz = pipe: gunzip |
|
695 | 695 | |
|
696 | 696 | [decode] |
|
697 | 697 | # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we |
|
698 | 698 | # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default) |
|
699 | 699 | *.gz = gzip |
|
700 | 700 | |
|
701 | 701 | A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced |
|
702 | 702 | with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be |
|
703 | 703 | filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name |
|
704 | 704 | of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by |
|
705 | 705 | the command. |
|
706 | 706 | |
|
707 | 707 | .. container:: windows |
|
708 | 708 | |
|
709 | 709 | .. note:: |
|
710 | 710 | |
|
711 | 711 | The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems, |
|
712 | 712 | where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have |
|
713 | 713 | strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files. |
|
714 | 714 | |
|
715 | 715 | This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to |
|
716 | 716 | translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) |
|
717 | 717 | format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience. |
|
718 | 718 | |
|
719 | 719 | |
|
720 | 720 | ``defaults`` |
|
721 | 721 | ------------ |
|
722 | 722 | |
|
723 | 723 | (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.) |
|
724 | 724 | |
|
725 | 725 | Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the |
|
726 | 726 | default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands. |
|
727 | 727 | |
|
728 | 728 | The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and |
|
729 | 729 | :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default:: |
|
730 | 730 | |
|
731 | 731 | [defaults] |
|
732 | 732 | log = -v |
|
733 | 733 | status = -m |
|
734 | 734 | |
|
735 | 735 | The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when |
|
736 | 736 | defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied |
|
737 | 737 | to the aliases of the commands defined. |
|
738 | 738 | |
|
739 | 739 | |
|
740 | 740 | ``diff`` |
|
741 | 741 | -------- |
|
742 | 742 | |
|
743 | 743 | Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified`` |
|
744 | 744 | is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate` |
|
745 | 745 | for related options for the annotate command. |
|
746 | 746 | |
|
747 | 747 | ``git`` |
|
748 | 748 | Use git extended diff format. |
|
749 | 749 | |
|
750 | 750 | ``nobinary`` |
|
751 | 751 | Omit git binary patches. |
|
752 | 752 | |
|
753 | 753 | ``nodates`` |
|
754 | 754 | Don't include dates in diff headers. |
|
755 | 755 | |
|
756 | 756 | ``noprefix`` |
|
757 | 757 | Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode. |
|
758 | 758 | |
|
759 | 759 | ``showfunc`` |
|
760 | 760 | Show which function each change is in. |
|
761 | 761 | |
|
762 | 762 | ``ignorews`` |
|
763 | 763 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
764 | 764 | |
|
765 | 765 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
766 | 766 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
767 | 767 | |
|
768 | 768 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
769 | 769 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
770 | 770 | |
|
771 | 771 | ``unified`` |
|
772 | 772 | Number of lines of context to show. |
|
773 | 773 | |
|
774 | 774 | ``word-diff`` |
|
775 | 775 | Highlight changed words. |
|
776 | 776 | |
|
777 | 777 | ``email`` |
|
778 | 778 | --------- |
|
779 | 779 | |
|
780 | 780 | Settings for extensions that send email messages. |
|
781 | 781 | |
|
782 | 782 | ``from`` |
|
783 | 783 | Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope |
|
784 | 784 | of outgoing messages. |
|
785 | 785 | |
|
786 | 786 | ``to`` |
|
787 | 787 | Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses. |
|
788 | 788 | |
|
789 | 789 | ``cc`` |
|
790 | 790 | Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients' |
|
791 | 791 | email addresses. |
|
792 | 792 | |
|
793 | 793 | ``bcc`` |
|
794 | 794 | Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients' |
|
795 | 795 | email addresses. |
|
796 | 796 | |
|
797 | 797 | ``method`` |
|
798 | 798 | Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp`` |
|
799 | 799 | (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration). |
|
800 | 800 | Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail |
|
801 | 801 | (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line, |
|
802 | 802 | message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or |
|
803 | 803 | ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages. |
|
804 | 804 | |
|
805 | 805 | ``charsets`` |
|
806 | 806 | Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered |
|
807 | 807 | convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not |
|
808 | 808 | containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the |
|
809 | 809 | first character set to which conversion from local encoding |
|
810 | 810 | (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct |
|
811 | 811 | conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is. |
|
812 | 812 | (default: '') |
|
813 | 813 | |
|
814 | 814 | Order of outgoing email character sets: |
|
815 | 815 | |
|
816 | 816 | 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings |
|
817 | 817 | 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user |
|
818 | 818 | 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets |
|
819 | 819 | 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets |
|
820 | 820 | 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings |
|
821 | 821 | |
|
822 | 822 | Email example:: |
|
823 | 823 | |
|
824 | 824 | [email] |
|
825 | 825 | from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com> |
|
826 | 826 | method = /usr/sbin/sendmail |
|
827 | 827 | # charsets for western Europeans |
|
828 | 828 | # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last |
|
829 | 829 | charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252 |
|
830 | 830 | |
|
831 | 831 | |
|
832 | 832 | ``extensions`` |
|
833 | 833 | -------------- |
|
834 | 834 | |
|
835 | 835 | Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To |
|
836 | 836 | enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section. |
|
837 | 837 | |
|
838 | 838 | If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path, |
|
839 | 839 | you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing |
|
840 | 840 | after the ``=``. |
|
841 | 841 | |
|
842 | 842 | Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by |
|
843 | 843 | the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that |
|
844 | 844 | defines the extension. |
|
845 | 845 | |
|
846 | 846 | To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of |
|
847 | 847 | broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path`` |
|
848 | 848 | or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied. |
|
849 | 849 | |
|
850 | 850 | Example for ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
851 | 851 | |
|
852 | 852 | [extensions] |
|
853 | 853 | # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path) |
|
854 | 854 | churn = |
|
855 | 855 | # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified) |
|
856 | 856 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
857 | 857 | |
|
858 | 858 | If an extension fails to load, a warning will be issued, and Mercurial will |
|
859 | 859 | proceed. To enforce that an extension must be loaded, one can set the `required` |
|
860 | 860 | suboption in the config:: |
|
861 | 861 | |
|
862 | 862 | [extensions] |
|
863 | 863 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
864 | 864 | myfeature:required = yes |
|
865 | 865 | |
|
866 | 866 | To debug extension loading issue, one can add `--traceback` to their mercurial |
|
867 | 867 | invocation. |
|
868 | 868 | |
|
869 | 869 | A default setting can we set using the special `*` extension key:: |
|
870 | 870 | |
|
871 | 871 | [extensions] |
|
872 | 872 | *:required = yes |
|
873 | 873 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
874 | 874 | rebase= |
|
875 | 875 | |
|
876 | 876 | |
|
877 | 877 | ``format`` |
|
878 | 878 | ---------- |
|
879 | 879 | |
|
880 | 880 | Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more |
|
881 | 881 | powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options |
|
882 | 882 | are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone |
|
883 | 883 | for config changes to be taken into account. |
|
884 | 884 | |
|
885 | 885 | For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see |
|
886 | 886 | https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement |
|
887 | 887 | |
|
888 | 888 | ``usegeneraldelta`` |
|
889 | 889 | Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves |
|
890 | 890 | repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against |
|
891 | 891 | arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides |
|
892 | 892 | significant improvement for repositories with branches. |
|
893 | 893 | |
|
894 | 894 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9. |
|
895 | 895 | |
|
896 | 896 | Enabled by default. |
|
897 | 897 | |
|
898 | 898 | ``dotencode`` |
|
899 | 899 | Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances |
|
900 | 900 | the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
901 | 901 | dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on |
|
902 | 902 | Mac OS X and spaces on Windows. |
|
903 | 903 | |
|
904 | 904 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7. |
|
905 | 905 | |
|
906 | 906 | Enabled by default. |
|
907 | 907 | |
|
908 | 908 | ``usefncache`` |
|
909 | 909 | Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances |
|
910 | 910 | the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
911 | 911 | fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows |
|
912 | 912 | reserved names, e.g. "nul". |
|
913 | 913 | |
|
914 | 914 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1. |
|
915 | 915 | |
|
916 | 916 | Enabled by default. |
|
917 | 917 | |
|
918 | 918 | ``use-dirstate-v2`` |
|
919 | 919 | Enable or disable the experimental "dirstate-v2" feature. The dirstate |
|
920 | 920 | functionality is shared by all commands interacting with the working copy. |
|
921 | 921 | The new version is more robust, faster and stores more information. |
|
922 | 922 | |
|
923 | 923 | The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only |
|
924 | 924 | implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of |
|
925 | 925 | Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown. |
|
926 | 926 | For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories |
|
927 | 927 | with "dirstate-v2" enabled. |
|
928 | 928 | |
|
929 | 929 | This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check |
|
930 | 930 | :hg:`help config.storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path` for details. |
|
931 | 931 | |
|
932 | 932 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 6.0 or above. |
|
933 | 933 | |
|
934 | 934 | By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not |
|
935 | 935 | available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available. |
|
936 | 936 | |
|
937 | 937 | To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation, |
|
938 | 938 | you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command: |
|
939 | 939 | |
|
940 | 940 | $ hg debugupgraderepo \ |
|
941 | 941 | --run \ |
|
942 | 942 | --config format.use-dirstate-v2=False \ |
|
943 | 943 | --config storage.dirstate-v2.slow-path=allow |
|
944 | 944 | |
|
945 | 945 | For a more comprehensive guide, see :hg:`help internals.dirstate-v2`. |
|
946 | 946 | |
|
947 | 947 | ``use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories`` |
|
948 | 948 | When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format |
|
949 | 949 | does not match its `use-dirstate-v2` config. |
|
950 | 950 | |
|
951 | 951 | This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you |
|
952 | 952 | don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install |
|
953 | 953 | base. |
|
954 | 954 | |
|
955 | 955 | Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will |
|
956 | 956 | upgrade the repository format to use `dirstate-v2`. This only triggers if a |
|
957 | 957 | change is needed. This also applies to operations that would have been |
|
958 | 958 | read-only (like hg status). |
|
959 | 959 | |
|
960 | 960 | If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be |
|
961 | 961 | skipped. The next operation will attempt it again. |
|
962 | 962 | |
|
963 | 963 | This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the |
|
964 | 964 | `dirstate-v2` format if `format.use-dirstate-v2=yes` or removing the |
|
965 | 965 | `dirstate-v2` requirement if `format.use-dirstate-v2=no`. So we recommend |
|
966 | 966 | setting both this value and `format.use-dirstate-v2` at the same time. |
|
967 | 967 | |
|
968 | 968 | ``use-dirstate-v2.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet`` |
|
969 | 969 | Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade. |
|
970 | 970 | |
|
971 | 971 | ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint`` |
|
972 | 972 | Enable or disable the writing of "tracked key" file alongside the dirstate. |
|
973 | 973 | (default to disabled) |
|
974 | 974 | |
|
975 | 975 | That "tracked-hint" can help external automations to detect changes to the |
|
976 | 976 | set of tracked files. (i.e the result of `hg files` or `hg status -macd`) |
|
977 | 977 | |
|
978 | 978 | The tracked-hint is written in a new `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`. That file |
|
979 | 979 | contains two lines: |
|
980 | 980 | - the first line is the file version (currently: 1), |
|
981 | 981 | - the second line contains the "tracked-hint". |
|
982 | 982 | That file is written right after the dirstate is written. |
|
983 | 983 | |
|
984 | 984 | The tracked-hint changes whenever the set of file tracked in the dirstate |
|
985 | 985 | changes. The general idea is: |
|
986 | 986 | - if the hint is identical, the set of tracked file SHOULD be identical, |
|
987 | 987 | - if the hint is different, the set of tracked file MIGHT be different. |
|
988 | 988 | |
|
989 | 989 | The "hint is identical" case uses `SHOULD` as the dirstate and the hint file |
|
990 | 990 | are two distinct files and therefore that cannot be read or written to in an |
|
991 | 991 | atomic way. If the key is identical, nothing garantees that the dirstate is |
|
992 | 992 | not updated right after the hint file. This is considered a negligible |
|
993 | 993 | limitation for the intended usecase. It is actually possible to prevent this |
|
994 | 994 | race by taking the repository lock during read operations. |
|
995 | 995 | |
|
996 | 996 | They are two "ways" to use this feature: |
|
997 | 997 | |
|
998 | 998 | 1) monitoring changes to the `.hg/dirstate-tracked-hint`, if the file |
|
999 | 999 | changes, the tracked set might have changed. |
|
1000 | 1000 | |
|
1001 | 1001 | 2) storing the value and comparing it to a later value. |
|
1002 | 1002 | |
|
1003 | 1003 | |
|
1004 | 1004 | ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories`` |
|
1005 | 1005 | When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format |
|
1006 | 1006 | does not match its `use-dirstate-tracked-hint` config. |
|
1007 | 1007 | |
|
1008 | 1008 | This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you |
|
1009 | 1009 | don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install |
|
1010 | 1010 | base. |
|
1011 | 1011 | |
|
1012 | 1012 | Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will |
|
1013 | 1013 | upgrade the repository format to use `dirstate-tracked-hint`. This only |
|
1014 | 1014 | triggers if a change is needed. This also applies to operations that would |
|
1015 | 1015 | have been read-only (like hg status). |
|
1016 | 1016 | |
|
1017 | 1017 | If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be |
|
1018 | 1018 | skipped. The next operation will attempt it again. |
|
1019 | 1019 | |
|
1020 | 1020 | This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the |
|
1021 | 1021 | `dirstate-tracked-hint` format if `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint=yes` or |
|
1022 | 1022 | removing the `dirstate-tracked-hint` requirement if |
|
1023 | 1023 | `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint=no`. So we recommend setting both this |
|
1024 | 1024 | value and `format.use-dirstate-tracked-hint` at the same time. |
|
1025 | 1025 | |
|
1026 | 1026 | |
|
1027 | 1027 | ``use-dirstate-tracked-hint.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet`` |
|
1028 | 1028 | Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade. |
|
1029 | 1029 | |
|
1030 | 1030 | |
|
1031 | 1031 | ``use-persistent-nodemap`` |
|
1032 | 1032 | Enable or disable the "persistent-nodemap" feature which improves |
|
1033 | 1033 | performance if the Rust extensions are available. |
|
1034 | 1034 | |
|
1035 | 1035 | The "persistent-nodemap" persist the "node -> rev" on disk removing the |
|
1036 | 1036 | need to dynamically build that mapping for each Mercurial invocation. This |
|
1037 | 1037 | significantly reduces the startup cost of various local and server-side |
|
1038 | 1038 | operation for larger repositories. |
|
1039 | 1039 | |
|
1040 | 1040 | The performance-improving version of this feature is currently only |
|
1041 | 1041 | implemented in Rust (see :hg:`help rust`), so people not using a version of |
|
1042 | 1042 | Mercurial compiled with the Rust parts might actually suffer some slowdown. |
|
1043 | 1043 | For this reason, such versions will by default refuse to access repositories |
|
1044 | 1044 | with "persistent-nodemap". |
|
1045 | 1045 | |
|
1046 | 1046 | This behavior can be adjusted via configuration: check |
|
1047 | 1047 | :hg:`help config.storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path` for details. |
|
1048 | 1048 | |
|
1049 | 1049 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial 5.4 or above. |
|
1050 | 1050 | |
|
1051 | 1051 | By default this format variant is disabled if the fast implementation is not |
|
1052 | 1052 | available, and enabled by default if the fast implementation is available. |
|
1053 | 1053 | |
|
1054 | 1054 | To accomodate installations of Mercurial without the fast implementation, |
|
1055 | 1055 | you can downgrade your repository. To do so run the following command: |
|
1056 | 1056 | |
|
1057 | 1057 | $ hg debugupgraderepo \ |
|
1058 | 1058 | --run \ |
|
1059 | 1059 | --config format.use-persistent-nodemap=False \ |
|
1060 | 1060 | --config storage.revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path=allow |
|
1061 | 1061 | |
|
1062 | 1062 | ``use-share-safe`` |
|
1063 | 1063 | Enforce "safe" behaviors for all "shares" that access this repository. |
|
1064 | 1064 | |
|
1065 | 1065 | With this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will: |
|
1066 | 1066 | |
|
1067 | 1067 | * read the source repository's configuration (`<source>/.hg/hgrc`). |
|
1068 | 1068 | * read and use the source repository's "requirements" |
|
1069 | 1069 | (except the working copy specific one). |
|
1070 | 1070 | |
|
1071 | 1071 | Without this feature, "shares" using this repository as a source will: |
|
1072 | 1072 | |
|
1073 | 1073 | * keep tracking the repository "requirements" in the share only, ignoring |
|
1074 | 1074 | the source "requirements", possibly diverging from them. |
|
1075 | 1075 | * ignore source repository config. This can create problems, like silently |
|
1076 | 1076 | ignoring important hooks. |
|
1077 | 1077 | |
|
1078 | 1078 | Beware that existing shares will not be upgraded/downgraded, and by |
|
1079 | 1079 | default, Mercurial will refuse to interact with them until the mismatch |
|
1080 | 1080 | is resolved. See :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-safe` and |
|
1081 | 1081 | :hg:`help config.share.safe-mismatch.source-not-safe` for details. |
|
1082 | 1082 | |
|
1083 | 1083 | Introduced in Mercurial 5.7. |
|
1084 | 1084 | |
|
1085 | 1085 | Enabled by default in Mercurial 6.1. |
|
1086 | 1086 | |
|
1087 | 1087 | ``use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories`` |
|
1088 | 1088 | When enabled, an automatic upgrade will be triggered when a repository format |
|
1089 | 1089 | does not match its `use-share-safe` config. |
|
1090 | 1090 | |
|
1091 | 1091 | This is an advanced behavior that most users will not need. We recommend you |
|
1092 | 1092 | don't use this unless you are a seasoned administrator of a Mercurial install |
|
1093 | 1093 | base. |
|
1094 | 1094 | |
|
1095 | 1095 | Automatic upgrade means that any process accessing the repository will |
|
1096 | 1096 | upgrade the repository format to use `share-safe`. This only triggers if a |
|
1097 | 1097 | change is needed. This also applies to operation that would have been |
|
1098 | 1098 | read-only (like hg status). |
|
1099 | 1099 | |
|
1100 | 1100 | If the repository cannot be locked, the automatic-upgrade operation will be |
|
1101 | 1101 | skipped. The next operation will attempt it again. |
|
1102 | 1102 | |
|
1103 | 1103 | This configuration will apply for moves in any direction, either adding the |
|
1104 | 1104 | `share-safe` format if `format.use-share-safe=yes` or removing the |
|
1105 | 1105 | `share-safe` requirement if `format.use-share-safe=no`. So we recommend |
|
1106 | 1106 | setting both this value and `format.use-share-safe` at the same time. |
|
1107 | 1107 | |
|
1108 | 1108 | ``use-share-safe.automatic-upgrade-of-mismatching-repositories:quiet`` |
|
1109 | 1109 | Hide message when performing such automatic upgrade. |
|
1110 | 1110 | |
|
1111 | 1111 | ``usestore`` |
|
1112 | 1112 | Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves |
|
1113 | 1113 | compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle |
|
1114 | 1114 | filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames |
|
1115 | 1115 | in some situations at the expense of compatibility. |
|
1116 | 1116 | |
|
1117 | 1117 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4. |
|
1118 | 1118 | |
|
1119 | 1119 | Enabled by default. |
|
1120 | 1120 | |
|
1121 | 1121 | ``sparse-revlog`` |
|
1122 | 1122 | Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves |
|
1123 | 1123 | delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a |
|
1124 | 1124 | smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps |
|
1125 | 1125 | performance (by using shortened delta chains.) |
|
1126 | 1126 | |
|
1127 | 1127 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7 |
|
1128 | 1128 | |
|
1129 | 1129 | Enabled by default. |
|
1130 | 1130 | |
|
1131 | 1131 | ``revlog-compression`` |
|
1132 | 1132 | Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and |
|
1133 | 1133 | `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is |
|
1134 | 1134 | a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at |
|
1135 | 1135 | better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values |
|
1136 | 1136 | can be specified, the first available one will be used. |
|
1137 | 1137 | |
|
1138 | 1138 | On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support. |
|
1139 | 1139 | |
|
1140 | 1140 | Default is `zstd` if available, `zlib` otherwise. |
|
1141 | 1141 | |
|
1142 | 1142 | ``bookmarks-in-store`` |
|
1143 | 1143 | Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when |
|
1144 | 1144 | using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option. |
|
1145 | 1145 | |
|
1146 | 1146 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1. |
|
1147 | 1147 | |
|
1148 | 1148 | Disabled by default. |
|
1149 | 1149 | |
|
1150 | 1150 | |
|
1151 | 1151 | ``graph`` |
|
1152 | 1152 | --------- |
|
1153 | 1153 | |
|
1154 | 1154 | Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph |
|
1155 | 1155 | elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the |
|
1156 | 1156 | ``default`` branch stand out. |
|
1157 | 1157 | |
|
1158 | 1158 | Each line has the following format:: |
|
1159 | 1159 | |
|
1160 | 1160 | <branch>.<argument> = <value> |
|
1161 | 1161 | |
|
1162 | 1162 | where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being |
|
1163 | 1163 | customized. Example:: |
|
1164 | 1164 | |
|
1165 | 1165 | [graph] |
|
1166 | 1166 | # 2px width |
|
1167 | 1167 | default.width = 2 |
|
1168 | 1168 | # red color |
|
1169 | 1169 | default.color = FF0000 |
|
1170 | 1170 | |
|
1171 | 1171 | Supported arguments: |
|
1172 | 1172 | |
|
1173 | 1173 | ``width`` |
|
1174 | 1174 | Set branch edges width in pixels. |
|
1175 | 1175 | |
|
1176 | 1176 | ``color`` |
|
1177 | 1177 | Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation. |
|
1178 | 1178 | |
|
1179 | 1179 | ``hooks`` |
|
1180 | 1180 | --------- |
|
1181 | 1181 | |
|
1182 | 1182 | Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by |
|
1183 | 1183 | various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple |
|
1184 | 1184 | hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the |
|
1185 | 1185 | action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its |
|
1186 | 1186 | value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized |
|
1187 | 1187 | by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line |
|
1188 | 1188 | and setting the priority. The default priority is 0. |
|
1189 | 1189 | |
|
1190 | 1190 | Example ``.hg/hgrc``:: |
|
1191 | 1191 | |
|
1192 | 1192 | [hooks] |
|
1193 | 1193 | # update working directory after adding changesets |
|
1194 | 1194 | changegroup.update = hg update |
|
1195 | 1195 | # do not use the site-wide hook |
|
1196 | 1196 | incoming = |
|
1197 | 1197 | incoming.email = /my/email/hook |
|
1198 | 1198 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook |
|
1199 | 1199 | # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks |
|
1200 | 1200 | priority.incoming.autobuild = 1 |
|
1201 | 1201 | ### control HGPLAIN setting when running autobuild hook |
|
1202 | 1202 | # HGPLAIN always set (default from Mercurial 5.7) |
|
1203 | 1203 | incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = yes |
|
1204 | 1204 | # HGPLAIN never set |
|
1205 | 1205 | incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = no |
|
1206 | 1206 | # HGPLAIN inherited from environment (default before Mercurial 5.7) |
|
1207 | 1207 | incoming.autobuild:run-with-plain = auto |
|
1208 | 1208 | |
|
1209 | 1209 | Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful |
|
1210 | 1210 | additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables |
|
1211 | 1211 | it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The |
|
1212 | 1212 | ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks. |
|
1213 | 1213 | They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name |
|
1214 | 1214 | of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will |
|
1215 | 1215 | be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``. |
|
1216 | 1216 | |
|
1217 | 1217 | .. container:: windows |
|
1218 | 1218 | |
|
1219 | 1219 | Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR`` |
|
1220 | 1220 | and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will |
|
1221 | 1221 | be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion |
|
1222 | 1222 | on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back |
|
1223 | 1223 | slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by |
|
1224 | 1224 | double quotes after processing. |
|
1225 | 1225 | |
|
1226 | 1226 | This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook |
|
1227 | 1227 | name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example:: |
|
1228 | 1228 | |
|
1229 | 1229 | [hooks] |
|
1230 | 1230 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook |
|
1231 | 1231 | # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook |
|
1232 | 1232 | tonative.incoming.autobuild = True |
|
1233 | 1233 | |
|
1234 | 1234 | ``changegroup`` |
|
1235 | 1235 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of |
|
1236 | 1236 | the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. |
|
1237 | 1237 | The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
1238 | 1238 | |
|
1239 | 1239 | ``commit`` |
|
1240 | 1240 | Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID |
|
1241 | 1241 | of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset |
|
1242 | 1242 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
1243 | 1243 | |
|
1244 | 1244 | ``incoming`` |
|
1245 | 1245 | Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into |
|
1246 | 1246 | the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in |
|
1247 | 1247 | ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
1248 | 1248 | |
|
1249 | 1249 | ``outgoing`` |
|
1250 | 1250 | Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of |
|
1251 | 1251 | first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in |
|
1252 | 1252 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`. |
|
1253 | 1253 | |
|
1254 | 1254 | ``post-<command>`` |
|
1255 | 1255 | Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The |
|
1256 | 1256 | contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result |
|
1257 | 1257 | code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as |
|
1258 | 1258 | ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of |
|
1259 | 1259 | the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a |
|
1260 | 1260 | dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults). |
|
1261 | 1261 | ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored. |
|
1262 | 1262 | |
|
1263 | 1263 | ``fail-<command>`` |
|
1264 | 1264 | Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents |
|
1265 | 1265 | of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line |
|
1266 | 1266 | arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain |
|
1267 | 1267 | string representations of the python data internally passed to |
|
1268 | 1268 | <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified |
|
1269 | 1269 | options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. |
|
1270 | 1270 | Hook failure is ignored. |
|
1271 | 1271 | |
|
1272 | 1272 | ``pre-<command>`` |
|
1273 | 1273 | Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the |
|
1274 | 1274 | command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments |
|
1275 | 1275 | are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string |
|
1276 | 1276 | representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` |
|
1277 | 1277 | is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their |
|
1278 | 1278 | defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns |
|
1279 | 1279 | failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure |
|
1280 | 1280 | code. |
|
1281 | 1281 | |
|
1282 | 1282 | ``prechangegroup`` |
|
1283 | 1283 | Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit |
|
1284 | 1284 | status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will |
|
1285 | 1285 | cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes |
|
1286 | 1286 | will come is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
1287 | 1287 | |
|
1288 | 1288 | ``precommit`` |
|
1289 | 1289 | Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
1290 | 1290 | commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail. |
|
1291 | 1291 | Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
1292 | 1292 | |
|
1293 | 1293 | ``prelistkeys`` |
|
1294 | 1294 | Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the |
|
1295 | 1295 | repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is |
|
1296 | 1296 | in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. |
|
1297 | 1297 | |
|
1298 | 1298 | ``preoutgoing`` |
|
1299 | 1299 | Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to |
|
1300 | 1300 | another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent |
|
1301 | 1301 | pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via |
|
1302 | 1302 | local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely, |
|
1303 | 1303 | since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in |
|
1304 | 1304 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote |
|
1305 | 1305 | SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation |
|
1306 | 1306 | is happening on behalf of a repository on same system. |
|
1307 | 1307 | |
|
1308 | 1308 | ``prepushkey`` |
|
1309 | 1309 | Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
1310 | 1310 | repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The |
|
1311 | 1311 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``, |
|
1312 | 1312 | the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in |
|
1313 | 1313 | ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
1314 | 1314 | |
|
1315 | 1315 | ``pretag`` |
|
1316 | 1316 | Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be |
|
1317 | 1317 | created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the |
|
1318 | 1318 | changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The |
|
1319 | 1319 | tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
1320 | 1320 | |
|
1321 | 1321 | ``pretransmit-inline-clone-bundle`` |
|
1322 | 1322 | Run before transferring an inline clonebundle to the peer. |
|
1323 | 1323 | If the exit status is 0, the inline clonebundle will be allowed to be |
|
1324 | 1324 | transferred. A non-zero status will cause the transfer to fail. |
|
1325 | 1325 | The path of the inline clonebundle is in ``$HG_CLONEBUNDLEPATH``. |
|
1326 | 1326 | |
|
1327 | 1327 | ``pretxnopen`` |
|
1328 | 1328 | Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the |
|
1329 | 1329 | transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the |
|
1330 | 1330 | transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the |
|
1331 | 1331 | transaction from being opened. |
|
1332 | 1332 | |
|
1333 | 1333 | ``pretxnclose`` |
|
1334 | 1334 | Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change |
|
1335 | 1335 | will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction |
|
1336 | 1336 | content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero |
|
1337 | 1337 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the |
|
1338 | 1338 | transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for |
|
1339 | 1339 | the transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will |
|
1340 | 1340 | vary according the transaction type. Changes unbundled to the repository will |
|
1341 | 1341 | add ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE``. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (the |
|
1342 | 1342 | ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last added |
|
1343 | 1343 | changeset). Bookmark and phase changes will set ``$HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and |
|
1344 | 1344 | ``$HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1`` respectively. The number of new obsmarkers, if |
|
1345 | 1345 | any, will be in ``$HG_NEW_OBSMARKERS``, etc. |
|
1346 | 1346 | |
|
1347 | 1347 | ``pretxnclose-bookmark`` |
|
1348 | 1348 | Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository |
|
1349 | 1349 | change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the |
|
1350 | 1350 | transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to |
|
1351 | 1351 | proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. |
|
1352 | 1352 | The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new |
|
1353 | 1353 | bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous |
|
1354 | 1354 | location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark |
|
1355 | 1355 | creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE`` |
|
1356 | 1356 | will be empty. |
|
1357 | 1357 | In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in |
|
1358 | 1358 | ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in |
|
1359 | 1359 | ``$HG_TXNID``. |
|
1360 | 1360 | |
|
1361 | 1361 | ``pretxnclose-phase`` |
|
1362 | 1362 | Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change |
|
1363 | 1363 | will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction |
|
1364 | 1364 | content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero |
|
1365 | 1365 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called |
|
1366 | 1366 | multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change. |
|
1367 | 1367 | The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE`` |
|
1368 | 1368 | while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` |
|
1369 | 1369 | will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in |
|
1370 | 1370 | ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in |
|
1371 | 1371 | ``$HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case |
|
1372 | 1372 | the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty. |
|
1373 | 1373 | |
|
1374 | 1374 | ``txnclose`` |
|
1375 | 1375 | Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this |
|
1376 | 1376 | point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run |
|
1377 | 1377 | after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for |
|
1378 | 1378 | details about available variables. |
|
1379 | 1379 | |
|
1380 | 1380 | ``txnclose-bookmark`` |
|
1381 | 1381 | Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the |
|
1382 | 1382 | transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock |
|
1383 | 1383 | is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details |
|
1384 | 1384 | about available variables. |
|
1385 | 1385 | |
|
1386 | 1386 | ``txnclose-phase`` |
|
1387 | 1387 | Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the |
|
1388 | 1388 | transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock |
|
1389 | 1389 | is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about |
|
1390 | 1390 | available variables. |
|
1391 | 1391 | |
|
1392 | 1392 | ``txnabort`` |
|
1393 | 1393 | Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` |
|
1394 | 1394 | for details about available variables. |
|
1395 | 1395 | |
|
1396 | 1396 | ``pretxnchangegroup`` |
|
1397 | 1397 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before |
|
1398 | 1398 | the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook |
|
1399 | 1399 | program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them. |
|
1400 | 1400 | The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in |
|
1401 | 1401 | ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero |
|
1402 | 1402 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or |
|
1403 | 1403 | unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
1404 | 1404 | |
|
1405 | 1405 | ``pretxncommit`` |
|
1406 | 1406 | Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is |
|
1407 | 1407 | committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows |
|
1408 | 1408 | validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
1409 | 1409 | commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to |
|
1410 | 1410 | be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent |
|
1411 | 1411 | changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
1412 | 1412 | |
|
1413 | 1413 | ``preupdate`` |
|
1414 | 1414 | Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows |
|
1415 | 1415 | the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update. |
|
1416 | 1416 | The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a |
|
1417 | 1417 | merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
1418 | 1418 | |
|
1419 | 1419 | ``listkeys`` |
|
1420 | 1420 | Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The |
|
1421 | 1421 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a |
|
1422 | 1422 | dictionary containing the keys and values. |
|
1423 | 1423 | |
|
1424 | 1424 | ``pushkey`` |
|
1425 | 1425 | Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
1426 | 1426 | repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in |
|
1427 | 1427 | ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new |
|
1428 | 1428 | value is in ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
1429 | 1429 | |
|
1430 | 1430 | ``tag`` |
|
1431 | 1431 | Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. |
|
1432 | 1432 | The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in |
|
1433 | 1433 | the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
1434 | 1434 | |
|
1435 | 1435 | ``update`` |
|
1436 | 1436 | Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first |
|
1437 | 1437 | new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new |
|
1438 | 1438 | parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the |
|
1439 | 1439 | update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``. |
|
1440 | 1440 | |
|
1441 | 1441 | .. note:: |
|
1442 | 1442 | |
|
1443 | 1443 | It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the |
|
1444 | 1444 | generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be |
|
1445 | 1445 | called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions. |
|
1446 | 1446 | Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that |
|
1447 | 1447 | generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command. |
|
1448 | 1448 | |
|
1449 | 1449 | .. note:: |
|
1450 | 1450 | |
|
1451 | 1451 | Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to |
|
1452 | 1452 | hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2`` |
|
1453 | 1453 | will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge |
|
1454 | 1454 | changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows. |
|
1455 | 1455 | |
|
1456 | 1456 | The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:: |
|
1457 | 1457 | |
|
1458 | 1458 | hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable |
|
1459 | 1459 | hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable |
|
1460 | 1460 | |
|
1461 | 1461 | Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is |
|
1462 | 1462 | called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword |
|
1463 | 1463 | ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype`` |
|
1464 | 1464 | keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as |
|
1465 | 1465 | environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no |
|
1466 | 1466 | ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case. |
|
1467 | 1467 | |
|
1468 | 1468 | If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this |
|
1469 | 1469 | is treated as a failure. |
|
1470 | 1470 | |
|
1471 | 1471 | |
|
1472 | 1472 | ``hostfingerprints`` |
|
1473 | 1473 | -------------------- |
|
1474 | 1474 | |
|
1475 | 1475 | (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.) |
|
1476 | 1476 | |
|
1477 | 1477 | Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers. |
|
1478 | 1478 | |
|
1479 | 1479 | A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will |
|
1480 | 1480 | only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint. |
|
1481 | 1481 | This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works. |
|
1482 | 1482 | |
|
1483 | 1483 | The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate. |
|
1484 | 1484 | Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can |
|
1485 | 1485 | be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions |
|
1486 | 1486 | to a new certificate. |
|
1487 | 1487 | |
|
1488 | 1488 | The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint. |
|
1489 | 1489 | |
|
1490 | 1490 | For example:: |
|
1491 | 1491 | |
|
1492 | 1492 | [hostfingerprints] |
|
1493 | 1493 | hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 |
|
1494 | 1494 | hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 |
|
1495 | 1495 | |
|
1496 | 1496 | ``hostsecurity`` |
|
1497 | 1497 | ---------------- |
|
1498 | 1498 | |
|
1499 | 1499 | Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to |
|
1500 | 1500 | other machines. |
|
1501 | 1501 | |
|
1502 | 1502 | The following options control default behavior for all hosts. |
|
1503 | 1503 | |
|
1504 | 1504 | ``ciphers`` |
|
1505 | 1505 | Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections. |
|
1506 | 1506 | |
|
1507 | 1507 | Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at |
|
1508 | 1508 | https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT. |
|
1509 | 1509 | |
|
1510 | 1510 | This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values |
|
1511 | 1511 | can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance. |
|
1512 | 1512 | You have been warned. |
|
1513 | 1513 | |
|
1514 | 1514 | This option requires Python 2.7. |
|
1515 | 1515 | |
|
1516 | 1516 | ``minimumprotocol`` |
|
1517 | 1517 | Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use. |
|
1518 | 1518 | |
|
1519 | 1519 | By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server |
|
1520 | 1520 | is used. |
|
1521 | 1521 | |
|
1522 | 1522 | Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``. |
|
1523 | 1523 | |
|
1524 | 1524 | When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since |
|
1525 | 1525 | old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0. |
|
1526 | 1526 | |
|
1527 | 1527 | When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is |
|
1528 | 1528 | ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this |
|
1529 | 1529 | weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if |
|
1530 | 1530 | a server does not support TLS 1.1+. |
|
1531 | 1531 | |
|
1532 | 1532 | Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form |
|
1533 | 1533 | ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a |
|
1534 | 1534 | per-host basis. |
|
1535 | 1535 | |
|
1536 | 1536 | The following per-host settings can be defined. |
|
1537 | 1537 | |
|
1538 | 1538 | ``ciphers`` |
|
1539 | 1539 | This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies |
|
1540 | 1540 | to the host on which it is defined. |
|
1541 | 1541 | |
|
1542 | 1542 | ``fingerprints`` |
|
1543 | 1543 | A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have |
|
1544 | 1544 | the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g. |
|
1545 | 1545 | ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``. |
|
1546 | 1546 | In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part. |
|
1547 | 1547 | |
|
1548 | 1548 | The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``, |
|
1549 | 1549 | ``sha512``. |
|
1550 | 1550 | |
|
1551 | 1551 | Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred. |
|
1552 | 1552 | |
|
1553 | 1553 | If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this |
|
1554 | 1554 | host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one |
|
1555 | 1555 | of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its |
|
1556 | 1556 | certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined. |
|
1557 | 1557 | This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation |
|
1558 | 1558 | at the expense of convenience. |
|
1559 | 1559 | |
|
1560 | 1560 | This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``. |
|
1561 | 1561 | |
|
1562 | 1562 | ``minimumprotocol`` |
|
1563 | 1563 | This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it |
|
1564 | 1564 | only applies to the host on which it is defined. |
|
1565 | 1565 | |
|
1566 | 1566 | ``verifycertsfile`` |
|
1567 | 1567 | Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to |
|
1568 | 1568 | verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user`` |
|
1569 | 1569 | constructs are expanded in the filename. |
|
1570 | 1570 | |
|
1571 | 1571 | The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA) |
|
1572 | 1572 | must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification |
|
1573 | 1573 | will fail and connections to the server will be refused. |
|
1574 | 1574 | |
|
1575 | 1575 | If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used: |
|
1576 | 1576 | ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be |
|
1577 | 1577 | used. |
|
1578 | 1578 | |
|
1579 | 1579 | This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option |
|
1580 | 1580 | is set. |
|
1581 | 1581 | |
|
1582 | 1582 | The format of the file is as follows:: |
|
1583 | 1583 | |
|
1584 | 1584 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1585 | 1585 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1586 | 1586 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1587 | 1587 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1588 | 1588 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1589 | 1589 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1590 | 1590 | |
|
1591 | 1591 | For example:: |
|
1592 | 1592 | |
|
1593 | 1593 | [hostsecurity] |
|
1594 | 1594 | hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2 |
|
1595 | 1595 | hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 |
|
1596 | 1596 | hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2 |
|
1597 | 1597 | foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem |
|
1598 | 1598 | |
|
1599 | 1599 | To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1 |
|
1600 | 1600 | when connecting to ``hg.example.com``:: |
|
1601 | 1601 | |
|
1602 | 1602 | [hostsecurity] |
|
1603 | 1603 | minimumprotocol = tls1.2 |
|
1604 | 1604 | hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1 |
|
1605 | 1605 | |
|
1606 | 1606 | ``http_proxy`` |
|
1607 | 1607 | -------------- |
|
1608 | 1608 | |
|
1609 | 1609 | Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP |
|
1610 | 1610 | proxy. |
|
1611 | 1611 | |
|
1612 | 1612 | ``host`` |
|
1613 | 1613 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example |
|
1614 | 1614 | "myproxy:8000". |
|
1615 | 1615 | |
|
1616 | 1616 | ``no`` |
|
1617 | 1617 | Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass |
|
1618 | 1618 | the proxy. |
|
1619 | 1619 | |
|
1620 | 1620 | ``passwd`` |
|
1621 | 1621 | Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
1622 | 1622 | |
|
1623 | 1623 | ``user`` |
|
1624 | 1624 | Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
1625 | 1625 | |
|
1626 | 1626 | ``always`` |
|
1627 | 1627 | Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries |
|
1628 | 1628 | in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False) |
|
1629 | 1629 | |
|
1630 | 1630 | ``http`` |
|
1631 | 1631 | -------- |
|
1632 | 1632 | |
|
1633 | 1633 | Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP. |
|
1634 | 1634 | |
|
1635 | 1635 | ``timeout`` |
|
1636 | 1636 | If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds. |
|
1637 | 1637 | (default: None) |
|
1638 | 1638 | |
|
1639 | 1639 | ``merge`` |
|
1640 | 1640 | --------- |
|
1641 | 1641 | |
|
1642 | 1642 | This section specifies behavior during merges and updates. |
|
1643 | 1643 | |
|
1644 | 1644 | ``checkignored`` |
|
1645 | 1645 | Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked |
|
1646 | 1646 | file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different |
|
1647 | 1647 | contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``, |
|
1648 | 1648 | abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as |
|
1649 | 1649 | ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as |
|
1650 | 1650 | ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``) |
|
1651 | 1651 | |
|
1652 | 1652 | ``checkunknown`` |
|
1653 | 1653 | Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name |
|
1654 | 1654 | as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has |
|
1655 | 1655 | different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that |
|
1656 | 1656 | are not ignored. (default: ``abort``) |
|
1657 | 1657 | |
|
1658 | 1658 | ``on-failure`` |
|
1659 | 1659 | When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to |
|
1660 | 1660 | merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of |
|
1661 | 1661 | whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not. |
|
1662 | 1662 | Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue |
|
1663 | 1663 | or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically |
|
1664 | 1664 | halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process |
|
1665 | 1665 | can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is |
|
1666 | 1666 | halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state. |
|
1667 | 1667 | (default: ``continue``) |
|
1668 | 1668 | |
|
1669 | 1669 | ``strict-capability-check`` |
|
1670 | 1670 | Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly |
|
1671 | 1671 | or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used. |
|
1672 | 1672 | (default: False) |
|
1673 | 1673 | |
|
1674 | 1674 | ``merge-patterns`` |
|
1675 | 1675 | ------------------ |
|
1676 | 1676 | |
|
1677 | 1677 | This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file |
|
1678 | 1678 | patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default |
|
1679 | 1679 | merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository |
|
1680 | 1680 | root. |
|
1681 | 1681 | |
|
1682 | 1682 | Example:: |
|
1683 | 1683 | |
|
1684 | 1684 | [merge-patterns] |
|
1685 | 1685 | **.c = kdiff3 |
|
1686 | 1686 | **.jpg = myimgmerge |
|
1687 | 1687 | |
|
1688 | 1688 | ``merge-tools`` |
|
1689 | 1689 | --------------- |
|
1690 | 1690 | |
|
1691 | 1691 | This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level |
|
1692 | 1692 | merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time. |
|
1693 | 1693 | Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration. |
|
1694 | 1694 | Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details. |
|
1695 | 1695 | |
|
1696 | 1696 | Example ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
1697 | 1697 | |
|
1698 | 1698 | [merge-tools] |
|
1699 | 1699 | # Override stock tool location |
|
1700 | 1700 | kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3 |
|
1701 | 1701 | # Specify command line |
|
1702 | 1702 | kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output |
|
1703 | 1703 | # Give higher priority |
|
1704 | 1704 | kdiff3.priority = 1 |
|
1705 | 1705 | |
|
1706 | 1706 | # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool |
|
1707 | 1707 | meld.priority = 0 |
|
1708 | 1708 | |
|
1709 | 1709 | # Disable a preconfigured tool |
|
1710 | 1710 | vimdiff.disabled = yes |
|
1711 | 1711 | |
|
1712 | 1712 | # Define new tool |
|
1713 | 1713 | myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output |
|
1714 | 1714 | myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge |
|
1715 | 1715 | myHtmlTool.priority = 1 |
|
1716 | 1716 | |
|
1717 | 1717 | Supported arguments: |
|
1718 | 1718 | |
|
1719 | 1719 | ``priority`` |
|
1720 | 1720 | The priority in which to evaluate this tool. |
|
1721 | 1721 | (default: 0) |
|
1722 | 1722 | |
|
1723 | 1723 | ``executable`` |
|
1724 | 1724 | Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. |
|
1725 | 1725 | |
|
1726 | 1726 | .. container:: windows |
|
1727 | 1727 | |
|
1728 | 1728 | On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} |
|
1729 | 1729 | syntax. |
|
1730 | 1730 | |
|
1731 | 1731 | (default: the tool name) |
|
1732 | 1732 | |
|
1733 | 1733 | ``args`` |
|
1734 | 1734 | The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the |
|
1735 | 1735 | files being merged as well as the output file through these |
|
1736 | 1736 | variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. |
|
1737 | 1737 | |
|
1738 | 1738 | The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is |
|
1739 | 1739 | being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original |
|
1740 | 1740 | state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or |
|
1741 | 1741 | the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the |
|
1742 | 1742 | destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased. |
|
1743 | 1743 | |
|
1744 | 1744 | Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions, |
|
1745 | 1745 | accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom |
|
1746 | 1746 | labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``, |
|
1747 | 1747 | respectively. |
|
1748 | 1748 | (default: ``$local $base $other``) |
|
1749 | 1749 | |
|
1750 | 1750 | ``premerge`` |
|
1751 | 1751 | Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before |
|
1752 | 1752 | launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep``, |
|
1753 | 1753 | ``keep-merge3``, or ``keep-mergediff`` (experimental). The ``keep`` option |
|
1754 | 1754 | will leave markers in the file if the premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` |
|
1755 | 1755 | will do the same but include information about the base of the merge in the |
|
1756 | 1756 | marker (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). The |
|
1757 | 1757 | ``keep-mergediff`` option is similar but uses a different marker style |
|
1758 | 1758 | (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). (default: True) |
|
1759 | 1759 | |
|
1760 | 1760 | ``binary`` |
|
1761 | 1761 | This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool |
|
1762 | 1762 | was selected by file pattern match) |
|
1763 | 1763 | |
|
1764 | 1764 | ``symlink`` |
|
1765 | 1765 | This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False) |
|
1766 | 1766 | |
|
1767 | 1767 | ``check`` |
|
1768 | 1768 | A list of merge success-checking options: |
|
1769 | 1769 | |
|
1770 | 1770 | ``changed`` |
|
1771 | 1771 | Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes. |
|
1772 | 1772 | ``conflicts`` |
|
1773 | 1773 | Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success. |
|
1774 | 1774 | ``prompt`` |
|
1775 | 1775 | Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool. |
|
1776 | 1776 | |
|
1777 | 1777 | ``fixeol`` |
|
1778 | 1778 | Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool. |
|
1779 | 1779 | (default: False) |
|
1780 | 1780 | |
|
1781 | 1781 | ``gui`` |
|
1782 | 1782 | This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False) |
|
1783 | 1783 | |
|
1784 | 1784 | ``mergemarkers`` |
|
1785 | 1785 | Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and |
|
1786 | 1786 | ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or |
|
1787 | 1787 | ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict |
|
1788 | 1788 | markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or |
|
1789 | 1789 | the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``. |
|
1790 | 1790 | (default: ``basic``) |
|
1791 | 1791 | |
|
1792 | 1792 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` |
|
1793 | 1793 | This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the |
|
1794 | 1794 | ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the |
|
1795 | 1795 | ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated |
|
1796 | 1796 | if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable |
|
1797 | 1797 | in ``[ui]`` for more information. |
|
1798 | 1798 | |
|
1799 | 1799 | .. container:: windows |
|
1800 | 1800 | |
|
1801 | 1801 | ``regkey`` |
|
1802 | 1802 | Windows registry key which describes install location of this |
|
1803 | 1803 | tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under |
|
1804 | 1804 | ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``. |
|
1805 | 1805 | (default: None) |
|
1806 | 1806 | |
|
1807 | 1807 | ``regkeyalt`` |
|
1808 | 1808 | An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not |
|
1809 | 1809 | found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend`` |
|
1810 | 1810 | semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key |
|
1811 | 1811 | is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems. |
|
1812 | 1812 | (default: None) |
|
1813 | 1813 | |
|
1814 | 1814 | ``regname`` |
|
1815 | 1815 | Name of value to read from specified registry key. |
|
1816 | 1816 | (default: the unnamed (default) value) |
|
1817 | 1817 | |
|
1818 | 1818 | ``regappend`` |
|
1819 | 1819 | String to append to the value read from the registry, typically |
|
1820 | 1820 | the executable name of the tool. |
|
1821 | 1821 | (default: None) |
|
1822 | 1822 | |
|
1823 | 1823 | ``pager`` |
|
1824 | 1824 | --------- |
|
1825 | 1825 | |
|
1826 | 1826 | Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See |
|
1827 | 1827 | :hg:`help pager` for details. |
|
1828 | 1828 | |
|
1829 | 1829 | ``pager`` |
|
1830 | 1830 | Define the external tool used as pager. |
|
1831 | 1831 | |
|
1832 | 1832 | If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER. |
|
1833 | 1833 | If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be |
|
1834 | 1834 | used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example:: |
|
1835 | 1835 | |
|
1836 | 1836 | [pager] |
|
1837 | 1837 | pager = less -FRX |
|
1838 | 1838 | |
|
1839 | 1839 | ``ignore`` |
|
1840 | 1840 | List of commands to disable the pager for. Example:: |
|
1841 | 1841 | |
|
1842 | 1842 | [pager] |
|
1843 | 1843 | ignore = version, help, update |
|
1844 | 1844 | |
|
1845 | 1845 | ``patch`` |
|
1846 | 1846 | --------- |
|
1847 | 1847 | |
|
1848 | 1848 | Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import' |
|
1849 | 1849 | command or with Mercurial Queues extension. |
|
1850 | 1850 | |
|
1851 | 1851 | ``eol`` |
|
1852 | 1852 | When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines |
|
1853 | 1853 | are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of |
|
1854 | 1854 | lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are |
|
1855 | 1855 | normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to |
|
1856 | 1856 | ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line |
|
1857 | 1857 | endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting |
|
1858 | 1858 | on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end |
|
1859 | 1859 | of line, patch line endings are preserved. |
|
1860 | 1860 | (default: strict) |
|
1861 | 1861 | |
|
1862 | 1862 | ``fuzz`` |
|
1863 | 1863 | The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This |
|
1864 | 1864 | controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when |
|
1865 | 1865 | trying to apply a patch. |
|
1866 | 1866 | (default: 2) |
|
1867 | 1867 | |
|
1868 | 1868 | ``paths`` |
|
1869 | 1869 | --------- |
|
1870 | 1870 | |
|
1871 | 1871 | Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories. |
|
1872 | 1872 | |
|
1873 | 1873 | Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the |
|
1874 | 1874 | location of the repository. Example:: |
|
1875 | 1875 | |
|
1876 | 1876 | [paths] |
|
1877 | 1877 | my_server = https://example.com/my_repo |
|
1878 | 1878 | local_path = /home/me/repo |
|
1879 | 1879 | |
|
1880 | 1880 | These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull |
|
1881 | 1881 | from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``: |
|
1882 | 1882 | :hg:`push local_path`. You can check :hg:`help urls` for details about |
|
1883 | 1883 | valid URLs. |
|
1884 | 1884 | |
|
1885 | 1885 | Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence |
|
1886 | 1886 | behavior for that specific path. Example:: |
|
1887 | 1887 | |
|
1888 | 1888 | [paths] |
|
1889 | 1889 | my_server = https://example.com/my_path |
|
1890 | 1890 | my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path |
|
1891 | 1891 | |
|
1892 | 1892 | Paths using the `path://otherpath` scheme will inherit the sub-options value from |
|
1893 | 1893 | the path they point to. |
|
1894 | 1894 | |
|
1895 | 1895 | The following sub-options can be defined: |
|
1896 | 1896 | |
|
1897 | 1897 | ``multi-urls`` |
|
1898 | 1898 | A boolean option. When enabled the value of the `[paths]` entry will be |
|
1899 | 1899 | parsed as a list and the alias will resolve to multiple destination. If some |
|
1900 | 1900 | of the list entry use the `path://` syntax, the suboption will be inherited |
|
1901 | 1901 | individually. |
|
1902 | 1902 | |
|
1903 | 1903 | ``pushurl`` |
|
1904 | 1904 | The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location |
|
1905 | 1905 | defined by the path's main entry is used. |
|
1906 | 1906 | |
|
1907 | 1907 | ``pushrev`` |
|
1908 | 1908 | A revset defining which revisions to push by default. |
|
1909 | 1909 | |
|
1910 | 1910 | When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset |
|
1911 | 1911 | defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push. |
|
1912 | 1912 | |
|
1913 | 1913 | For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's |
|
1914 | 1914 | revision by default. |
|
1915 | 1915 | |
|
1916 | 1916 | Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being |
|
1917 | 1917 | pushed. |
|
1918 | 1918 | |
|
1919 | 1919 | ``bookmarks.mode`` |
|
1920 | 1920 | How bookmark will be dealt during the exchange. It support the following value |
|
1921 | 1921 | |
|
1922 | 1922 | - ``default``: the default behavior, local and remote bookmarks are "merged" |
|
1923 | 1923 | on push/pull. |
|
1924 | 1924 | |
|
1925 | 1925 | - ``mirror``: when pulling, replace local bookmarks by remote bookmarks. This |
|
1926 | 1926 | is useful to replicate a repository, or as an optimization. |
|
1927 | 1927 | |
|
1928 | 1928 | - ``ignore``: ignore bookmarks during exchange. |
|
1929 | 1929 | (This currently only affect pulling) |
|
1930 | 1930 | |
|
1931 | 1931 | .. container:: verbose |
|
1932 | 1932 | |
|
1933 | 1933 | ``pulled-delta-reuse-policy`` |
|
1934 | 1934 | Control the policy regarding deltas sent by the remote during pulls. |
|
1935 | 1935 | |
|
1936 | 1936 | This is an advanced option that non-admin users should not need to understand |
|
1937 | 1937 | or set. This option can be used to speed up pulls from trusted central |
|
1938 | 1938 | servers, or to fix-up deltas from older servers. |
|
1939 | 1939 | |
|
1940 | 1940 | It supports the following values: |
|
1941 | 1941 | |
|
1942 | 1942 | - ``default``: use the policy defined by |
|
1943 | 1943 | `storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`, |
|
1944 | 1944 | |
|
1945 | 1945 | - ``no-reuse``: start a new optimal delta search for each new revision we add |
|
1946 | 1946 | to the repository. The deltas from the server will be reused when the base |
|
1947 | 1947 | it applies to is tested (this can be frequent if that base is the one and |
|
1948 | 1948 | unique parent of that revision). This can significantly slowdown pulls but |
|
1949 | 1949 | will result in an optimized storage space if the remote peer is sending poor |
|
1950 | 1950 | quality deltas. |
|
1951 | 1951 | |
|
1952 | 1952 | - ``try-base``: try to reuse the deltas from the remote peer as long as they |
|
1953 | 1953 | create a valid delta-chain in the local repository. This speeds up the |
|
1954 | 1954 | unbundling process, but can result in sub-optimal storage space if the |
|
1955 | 1955 | remote peer is sending poor quality deltas. |
|
1956 | 1956 | |
|
1957 | 1957 | - ``forced``: the deltas from the peer will be reused in all cases, even if |
|
1958 | 1958 | the resulting delta-chain is "invalid". This setting will ensure the bundle |
|
1959 | 1959 | is applied at minimal CPU cost, but it can result in longer delta chains |
|
1960 | 1960 | being created on the client, making revisions potentially slower to access |
|
1961 | 1961 | in the future. If you think you need this option, you should make sure you |
|
1962 | 1962 | are also talking to the Mercurial developer community to get confirmation. |
|
1963 | 1963 | |
|
1964 | 1964 | See `hg help config.storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent` for a similar |
|
1965 | 1965 | global option. That option defines the behavior of `default`. |
|
1966 | 1966 | |
|
1967 | 1967 | The following special named paths exist: |
|
1968 | 1968 | |
|
1969 | 1969 | ``default`` |
|
1970 | 1970 | The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified. |
|
1971 | 1971 | |
|
1972 | 1972 | :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the |
|
1973 | 1973 | repository was cloned from. |
|
1974 | 1974 | |
|
1975 | 1975 | ``default-push`` |
|
1976 | 1976 | (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location. |
|
1977 | 1977 | ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead. |
|
1978 | 1978 | |
|
1979 | 1979 | ``phases`` |
|
1980 | 1980 | ---------- |
|
1981 | 1981 | |
|
1982 | 1982 | Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more |
|
1983 | 1983 | information about working with phases. |
|
1984 | 1984 | |
|
1985 | 1985 | ``publish`` |
|
1986 | 1986 | Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true, |
|
1987 | 1987 | pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and |
|
1988 | 1988 | pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client. |
|
1989 | 1989 | (default: True) |
|
1990 | 1990 | |
|
1991 | 1991 | ``new-commit`` |
|
1992 | 1992 | Phase of newly-created commits. |
|
1993 | 1993 | (default: draft) |
|
1994 | 1994 | |
|
1995 | 1995 | ``checksubrepos`` |
|
1996 | 1996 | Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed |
|
1997 | 1997 | values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than |
|
1998 | 1998 | "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is |
|
1999 | 1999 | checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is |
|
2000 | 2000 | greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a |
|
2001 | 2001 | "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is |
|
2002 | 2002 | either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is |
|
2003 | 2003 | used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow"). |
|
2004 | 2004 | (default: follow) |
|
2005 | 2005 | |
|
2006 | 2006 | |
|
2007 | 2007 | ``profiling`` |
|
2008 | 2008 | ------------- |
|
2009 | 2009 | |
|
2010 | 2010 | Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are |
|
2011 | 2011 | supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling |
|
2012 | 2012 | profiler (named ``stat``). |
|
2013 | 2013 | |
|
2014 | 2014 | In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data |
|
2015 | 2015 | collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a |
|
2016 | 2016 | statistical text report generated from the profiling data. |
|
2017 | 2017 | |
|
2018 | 2018 | ``enabled`` |
|
2019 | 2019 | Enable the profiler. |
|
2020 | 2020 | (default: false) |
|
2021 | 2021 | |
|
2022 | 2022 | This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line. |
|
2023 | 2023 | |
|
2024 | 2024 | ``type`` |
|
2025 | 2025 | The type of profiler to use. |
|
2026 | 2026 | (default: stat) |
|
2027 | 2027 | |
|
2028 | 2028 | ``ls`` |
|
2029 | 2029 | Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler |
|
2030 | 2030 | works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the |
|
2031 | 2031 | first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to |
|
2032 | 2032 | identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function. |
|
2033 | 2033 | ``stat`` |
|
2034 | 2034 | Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most |
|
2035 | 2035 | useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1 |
|
2036 | 2036 | seconds. |
|
2037 | 2037 | |
|
2038 | 2038 | ``format`` |
|
2039 | 2039 | Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
2040 | 2040 | (default: text) |
|
2041 | 2041 | |
|
2042 | 2042 | ``text`` |
|
2043 | 2043 | Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be |
|
2044 | 2044 | noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is |
|
2045 | 2045 | not kept. |
|
2046 | 2046 | ``kcachegrind`` |
|
2047 | 2047 | Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a |
|
2048 | 2048 | file, the generated file can directly be loaded into |
|
2049 | 2049 | kcachegrind. |
|
2050 | 2050 | |
|
2051 | 2051 | ``statformat`` |
|
2052 | 2052 | Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler. |
|
2053 | 2053 | (default: hotpath) |
|
2054 | 2054 | |
|
2055 | 2055 | ``hotpath`` |
|
2056 | 2056 | Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where |
|
2057 | 2057 | most time was spent). |
|
2058 | 2058 | ``bymethod`` |
|
2059 | 2059 | Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active. |
|
2060 | 2060 | ``byline`` |
|
2061 | 2061 | Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active. |
|
2062 | 2062 | ``json`` |
|
2063 | 2063 | Render profiling data as JSON. |
|
2064 | 2064 | |
|
2065 | 2065 | ``freq`` |
|
2066 | 2066 | Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler. |
|
2067 | 2067 | (default: 1000) |
|
2068 | 2068 | |
|
2069 | 2069 | ``output`` |
|
2070 | 2070 | File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the |
|
2071 | 2071 | file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on |
|
2072 | 2072 | stderr) |
|
2073 | 2073 | |
|
2074 | 2074 | ``sort`` |
|
2075 | 2075 | Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
2076 | 2076 | One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and |
|
2077 | 2077 | ``inlinetime``. |
|
2078 | 2078 | (default: inlinetime) |
|
2079 | 2079 | |
|
2080 | 2080 | ``time-track`` |
|
2081 | 2081 | Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time. |
|
2082 | 2082 | (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``) |
|
2083 | 2083 | |
|
2084 | 2084 | ``limit`` |
|
2085 | 2085 | Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
2086 | 2086 | (default: 30) |
|
2087 | 2087 | |
|
2088 | 2088 | ``nested`` |
|
2089 | 2089 | Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry. |
|
2090 | 2090 | This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline. |
|
2091 | 2091 | Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
2092 | 2092 | (default: 0) |
|
2093 | 2093 | |
|
2094 | 2094 | ``showmin`` |
|
2095 | 2095 | Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed. |
|
2096 | 2096 | Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a |
|
2097 | 2097 | ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``. |
|
2098 | 2098 | |
|
2099 | 2099 | Only used by the ``stat`` profiler. |
|
2100 | 2100 | |
|
2101 | 2101 | For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``. |
|
2102 | 2102 | For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``. |
|
2103 | 2103 | |
|
2104 | 2104 | The option is unused on other formats. |
|
2105 | 2105 | |
|
2106 | 2106 | ``showmax`` |
|
2107 | 2107 | Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in |
|
2108 | 2108 | display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``. |
|
2109 | 2109 | |
|
2110 | 2110 | Only used by the ``stat`` profiler. |
|
2111 | 2111 | |
|
2112 | 2112 | For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``. |
|
2113 | 2113 | |
|
2114 | 2114 | The option is unused on other formats. |
|
2115 | 2115 | |
|
2116 | 2116 | ``showtime`` |
|
2117 | 2117 | Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages. |
|
2118 | 2118 | Only used by the ``hotpath`` format. |
|
2119 | 2119 | (default: true) |
|
2120 | 2120 | |
|
2121 | 2121 | ``progress`` |
|
2122 | 2122 | ------------ |
|
2123 | 2123 | |
|
2124 | 2124 | Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as |
|
2125 | 2125 | possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others |
|
2126 | 2126 | have a definite end point. |
|
2127 | 2127 | |
|
2128 | 2128 | ``debug`` |
|
2129 | 2129 | Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False) |
|
2130 | 2130 | |
|
2131 | 2131 | ``delay`` |
|
2132 | 2132 | Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3) |
|
2133 | 2133 | |
|
2134 | 2134 | ``changedelay`` |
|
2135 | 2135 | Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh, |
|
2136 | 2136 | that value will be used instead. (default: 1) |
|
2137 | 2137 | |
|
2138 | 2138 | ``estimateinterval`` |
|
2139 | 2139 | Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time |
|
2140 | 2140 | calculation. (default: 60) |
|
2141 | 2141 | |
|
2142 | 2142 | ``refresh`` |
|
2143 | 2143 | Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1) |
|
2144 | 2144 | |
|
2145 | 2145 | ``format`` |
|
2146 | 2146 | Format of the progress bar. |
|
2147 | 2147 | |
|
2148 | 2148 | Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``, |
|
2149 | 2149 | ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the |
|
2150 | 2150 | last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either |
|
2151 | 2151 | ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the |
|
2152 | 2152 | first num characters. |
|
2153 | 2153 | |
|
2154 | 2154 | (default: topic bar number estimate) |
|
2155 | 2155 | |
|
2156 | 2156 | ``width`` |
|
2157 | 2157 | If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width, |
|
2158 | 2158 | term width) will be used). |
|
2159 | 2159 | |
|
2160 | 2160 | ``clear-complete`` |
|
2161 | 2161 | Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True) |
|
2162 | 2162 | |
|
2163 | 2163 | ``disable`` |
|
2164 | 2164 | If true, don't show a progress bar. |
|
2165 | 2165 | |
|
2166 | 2166 | ``assume-tty`` |
|
2167 | 2167 | If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given. |
|
2168 | 2168 | |
|
2169 | 2169 | ``rebase`` |
|
2170 | 2170 | ---------- |
|
2171 | 2171 | |
|
2172 | 2172 | ``evolution.allowdivergence`` |
|
2173 | 2173 | Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing |
|
2174 | 2174 | rebase of obsolete changesets. |
|
2175 | 2175 | |
|
2176 | 2176 | ``revsetalias`` |
|
2177 | 2177 | --------------- |
|
2178 | 2178 | |
|
2179 | 2179 | Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details. |
|
2180 | 2180 | |
|
2181 | 2181 | ``rewrite`` |
|
2182 | 2182 | ----------- |
|
2183 | 2183 | |
|
2184 | 2184 | ``backup-bundle`` |
|
2185 | 2185 | Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True) |
|
2186 | 2186 | |
|
2187 | 2187 | ``update-timestamp`` |
|
2188 | 2188 | If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only |
|
2189 | 2189 | applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the |
|
2190 | 2190 | current version. |
|
2191 | 2191 | |
|
2192 | 2192 | ``empty-successor`` |
|
2193 | 2193 | |
|
2194 | 2194 | Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite |
|
2195 | 2195 | operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to |
|
2196 | 2196 | ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept. |
|
2197 | 2197 | |
|
2198 | 2198 | Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration. |
|
2199 | 2199 | (EXPERIMENTAL) |
|
2200 | 2200 | |
|
2201 | 2201 | ``rhg`` |
|
2202 | 2202 | ------- |
|
2203 | 2203 | |
|
2204 | 2204 | The pure Rust fast-path for Mercurial. See `rust/README.rst` in the Mercurial repository. |
|
2205 | 2205 | |
|
2206 | 2206 | ``fallback-executable`` |
|
2207 | 2207 | Path to the executable to run in a sub-process when falling back to |
|
2208 | 2208 | another implementation of Mercurial. |
|
2209 | 2209 | |
|
2210 | 2210 | ``fallback-immediately`` |
|
2211 | 2211 | Fall back to ``fallback-executable`` as soon as possible, regardless of |
|
2212 | 2212 | the `rhg.on-unsupported` configuration. Useful for debugging, for example to |
|
2213 | 2213 | bypass `rhg` if the deault `hg` points to `rhg`. |
|
2214 | 2214 | |
|
2215 | 2215 | Note that because this requires loading the configuration, it is possible |
|
2216 | 2216 | that `rhg` error out before being able to fall back. |
|
2217 | 2217 | |
|
2218 | 2218 | ``ignored-extensions`` |
|
2219 | 2219 | Controls which extensions should be ignored by `rhg`. By default, `rhg` |
|
2220 | 2220 | triggers the `rhg.on-unsupported` behavior any unsupported extensions. |
|
2221 | 2221 | Users can disable that behavior when they know that a given extension |
|
2222 | 2222 | does not need support from `rhg`. |
|
2223 | 2223 | |
|
2224 | 2224 | Expects a list of extension names, or ``*`` to ignore all extensions. |
|
2225 | 2225 | |
|
2226 | 2226 | Note: ``*:<suboption>`` is also a valid extension name for this |
|
2227 | 2227 | configuration option. |
|
2228 | 2228 | As of this writing, the only valid "global" suboption is ``required``. |
|
2229 | 2229 | |
|
2230 | 2230 | ``on-unsupported`` |
|
2231 | 2231 | Controls the behavior of `rhg` when detecting unsupported features. |
|
2232 | 2232 | |
|
2233 | 2233 | Possible values are `abort` (default), `abort-silent` and `fallback`. |
|
2234 | 2234 | |
|
2235 | 2235 | ``abort`` |
|
2236 | 2236 | Print an error message describing what feature is not supported, |
|
2237 | 2237 | and exit with code 252 |
|
2238 | 2238 | |
|
2239 | 2239 | ``abort-silent`` |
|
2240 | 2240 | Silently exit with code 252 |
|
2241 | 2241 | |
|
2242 | 2242 | ``fallback`` |
|
2243 | 2243 | Try running the fallback executable with the same parameters |
|
2244 | 2244 | (and trace the fallback reason, use `RUST_LOG=trace` to see). |
|
2245 | 2245 | |
|
2246 | 2246 | ``share`` |
|
2247 | 2247 | --------- |
|
2248 | 2248 | |
|
2249 | 2249 | ``safe-mismatch.source-safe`` |
|
2250 | 2250 | Controls what happens when the shared repository does not use the |
|
2251 | 2251 | share-safe mechanism but its source repository does. |
|
2252 | 2252 | |
|
2253 | 2253 | Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `upgrade-abort` and |
|
2254 | 2254 | `upgrade-allow`. |
|
2255 | 2255 | |
|
2256 | 2256 | ``abort`` |
|
2257 | 2257 | Disallows running any command and aborts |
|
2258 | 2258 | ``allow`` |
|
2259 | 2259 | Respects the feature presence in the share source |
|
2260 | 2260 | ``upgrade-abort`` |
|
2261 | 2261 | Tries to upgrade the share to use share-safe; if it fails, aborts |
|
2262 | 2262 | ``upgrade-allow`` |
|
2263 | 2263 | Tries to upgrade the share; if it fails, continue by |
|
2264 | 2264 | respecting the share source setting |
|
2265 | 2265 | |
|
2266 | 2266 | Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the |
|
2267 | 2267 | share-safe feature. |
|
2268 | 2268 | |
|
2269 | 2269 | ``safe-mismatch.source-safe:verbose-upgrade`` |
|
2270 | 2270 | Display a message when upgrading, (default: True) |
|
2271 | 2271 | |
|
2272 | 2272 | ``safe-mismatch.source-safe.warn`` |
|
2273 | 2273 | Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository does not use |
|
2274 | 2274 | share-safe, but the source repository does. |
|
2275 | 2275 | (default: True) |
|
2276 | 2276 | |
|
2277 | 2277 | ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe`` |
|
2278 | 2278 | Controls what happens when the shared repository uses the share-safe |
|
2279 | 2279 | mechanism but its source does not. |
|
2280 | 2280 | |
|
2281 | 2281 | Possible values are `abort` (default), `allow`, `downgrade-abort` and |
|
2282 | 2282 | `downgrade-allow`. |
|
2283 | 2283 | |
|
2284 | 2284 | ``abort`` |
|
2285 | 2285 | Disallows running any command and aborts |
|
2286 | 2286 | ``allow`` |
|
2287 | 2287 | Respects the feature presence in the share source |
|
2288 | 2288 | ``downgrade-abort`` |
|
2289 | 2289 | Tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe; if it fails, aborts |
|
2290 | 2290 | ``downgrade-allow`` |
|
2291 | 2291 | Tries to downgrade the share to not use share-safe; |
|
2292 | 2292 | if it fails, continue by respecting the shared source setting |
|
2293 | 2293 | |
|
2294 | 2294 | Check :hg:`help config.format.use-share-safe` for details about the |
|
2295 | 2295 | share-safe feature. |
|
2296 | 2296 | |
|
2297 | 2297 | ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe:verbose-upgrade`` |
|
2298 | 2298 | Display a message when upgrading, (default: True) |
|
2299 | 2299 | |
|
2300 | 2300 | ``safe-mismatch.source-not-safe.warn`` |
|
2301 | 2301 | Shows a warning on operations if the shared repository uses share-safe, |
|
2302 | 2302 | but the source repository does not. |
|
2303 | 2303 | (default: True) |
|
2304 | 2304 | |
|
2305 | 2305 | ``storage`` |
|
2306 | 2306 | ----------- |
|
2307 | 2307 | |
|
2308 | 2308 | Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this |
|
2309 | 2309 | category impact performance and repository size. |
|
2310 | 2310 | |
|
2311 | 2311 | ``revlog.issue6528.fix-incoming`` |
|
2312 | 2312 | Version 5.8 of Mercurial had a bug leading to altering the parent of file |
|
2313 | 2313 | revision with copy information (or any other metadata) on exchange. This |
|
2314 | 2314 | leads to the copy metadata to be overlooked by various internal logic. The |
|
2315 | 2315 | issue was fixed in Mercurial 5.8.1. |
|
2316 | 2316 | (See https://bz.mercurial-scm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6528 for details) |
|
2317 | 2317 | |
|
2318 | 2318 | As a result Mercurial is now checking and fixing incoming file revisions to |
|
2319 | 2319 | make sure there parents are in the right order. This behavior can be |
|
2320 | 2320 | disabled by setting this option to `no`. This apply to revisions added |
|
2321 | 2321 | through push, pull, clone and unbundle. |
|
2322 | 2322 | |
|
2323 | 2323 | To fix affected revisions that already exist within the repository, one can |
|
2324 | 2324 | use :hg:`debug-repair-issue-6528`. |
|
2325 | 2325 | |
|
2326 | 2326 | .. container:: verbose |
|
2327 | 2327 | |
|
2328 | 2328 | ``revlog.delta-parent-search.candidate-group-chunk-size`` |
|
2329 | 2329 | Tune the number of delta bases the storage will consider in the |
|
2330 | 2330 | same "round" of search. In some very rare cases, using a smaller value |
|
2331 | 2331 | might result in faster processing at the possible expense of storage |
|
2332 | 2332 | space, while using larger values might result in slower processing at the |
|
2333 | 2333 | possible benefit of storage space. A value of "0" means no limitation. |
|
2334 | 2334 | |
|
2335 | 2335 | default: no limitation |
|
2336 | 2336 | |
|
2337 | 2337 | This is unlikely that you'll have to tune this configuration. If you think |
|
2338 | 2338 | you do, consider talking with the mercurial developer community about your |
|
2339 | 2339 | repositories. |
|
2340 | 2340 | |
|
2341 | 2341 | ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice`` |
|
2342 | 2342 | When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as |
|
2343 | 2343 | a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved |
|
2344 | 2344 | revlog compression. This option is enabled by default. |
|
2345 | 2345 | |
|
2346 | 2346 | Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for |
|
2347 | 2347 | repository with many merges. |
|
2348 | 2348 | |
|
2349 | 2349 | ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap`` |
|
2350 | 2350 | Whether to use the Operating System "memory mapping" feature (when |
|
2351 | 2351 | possible) to access the persistent nodemap data. This improve performance |
|
2352 | 2352 | and reduce memory pressure. |
|
2353 | 2353 | |
|
2354 | 2354 | Default to True. |
|
2355 | 2355 | |
|
2356 | 2356 | For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see: |
|
2357 | 2357 | :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`. |
|
2358 | 2358 | |
|
2359 | 2359 | ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path`` |
|
2360 | 2360 | Control the behavior of Merucrial when using a repository with "persistent" |
|
2361 | 2361 | nodemap with an installation of Mercurial without a fast implementation for |
|
2362 | 2362 | the feature: |
|
2363 | 2363 | |
|
2364 | 2364 | ``allow``: Silently use the slower implementation to access the repository. |
|
2365 | 2365 | ``warn``: Warn, but use the slower implementation to access the repository. |
|
2366 | 2366 | ``abort``: Prevent access to such repositories. (This is the default) |
|
2367 | 2367 | |
|
2368 | 2368 | For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see: |
|
2369 | 2369 | :hg:`help config.format.use-persistent-nodemap`. |
|
2370 | 2370 | |
|
2371 | 2371 | ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` |
|
2372 | 2372 | Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new |
|
2373 | 2373 | revisions from an external source. |
|
2374 | 2374 | (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`). |
|
2375 | 2375 | |
|
2376 | 2376 | New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By |
|
2377 | 2377 | default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the |
|
2378 | 2378 | same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source |
|
2379 | 2379 | reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case, |
|
2380 | 2380 | the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation |
|
2381 | 2381 | is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal |
|
2382 | 2382 | delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad |
|
2383 | 2383 | parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc). |
|
2384 | 2384 | |
|
2385 | 2385 | This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta |
|
2386 | 2386 | parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at |
|
2387 | 2387 | the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption. |
|
2388 | 2388 | |
|
2389 | 2389 | Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are |
|
2390 | 2390 | considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be |
|
2391 | 2391 | reused if the same delta parent is selected. |
|
2392 | 2392 | |
|
2393 | 2393 | ``revlog.reuse-external-delta`` |
|
2394 | 2394 | Control the reuse of delta from external source. |
|
2395 | 2395 | (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`). |
|
2396 | 2396 | |
|
2397 | 2397 | New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By |
|
2398 | 2398 | default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting |
|
2399 | 2399 | externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment |
|
2400 | 2400 | to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing |
|
2401 | 2401 | delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling |
|
2402 | 2402 | this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming |
|
2403 | 2403 | revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations |
|
2404 | 2404 | down. |
|
2405 | 2405 | |
|
2406 | 2406 | This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the |
|
2407 | 2407 | related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option. |
|
2408 | 2408 | |
|
2409 | 2409 | ``revlog.zlib.level`` |
|
2410 | 2410 | Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted |
|
2411 | 2411 | Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib |
|
2412 | 2412 | default value is 6. |
|
2413 | 2413 | |
|
2414 | 2414 | |
|
2415 | 2415 | ``revlog.zstd.level`` |
|
2416 | 2416 | zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted |
|
2417 | 2417 | Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression). |
|
2418 | 2418 | (default 3) |
|
2419 | 2419 | |
|
2420 | 2420 | ``server`` |
|
2421 | 2421 | ---------- |
|
2422 | 2422 | |
|
2423 | 2423 | Controls generic server settings. |
|
2424 | 2424 | |
|
2425 | 2425 | ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat`` |
|
2426 | 2426 | Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist |
|
2427 | 2427 | for compatibility purpose (default to True) |
|
2428 | 2428 | |
|
2429 | 2429 | If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark |
|
2430 | 2430 | movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and |
|
2431 | 2431 | ``pretxnclose-bookmark``. |
|
2432 | 2432 | |
|
2433 | 2433 | ``compressionengines`` |
|
2434 | 2434 | List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise |
|
2435 | 2435 | to clients. |
|
2436 | 2436 | |
|
2437 | 2437 | The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first |
|
2438 | 2438 | having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed |
|
2439 | 2439 | here, it won't be advertised to clients. |
|
2440 | 2440 | |
|
2441 | 2441 | If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run |
|
2442 | 2442 | :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their |
|
2443 | 2443 | default wire protocol priority. |
|
2444 | 2444 | |
|
2445 | 2445 | Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting |
|
2446 | 2446 | has no effect for legacy clients. |
|
2447 | 2447 | |
|
2448 | 2448 | ``uncompressed`` |
|
2449 | 2449 | Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the |
|
2450 | 2450 | uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more |
|
2451 | 2451 | data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both |
|
2452 | 2452 | server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast |
|
2453 | 2453 | WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a |
|
2454 | 2454 | regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than |
|
2455 | 2455 | about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the |
|
2456 | 2456 | extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold |
|
2457 | 2457 | the write lock while determining what data to transfer. |
|
2458 | 2458 | (default: True) |
|
2459 | 2459 | |
|
2460 | 2460 | ``uncompressedallowsecret`` |
|
2461 | 2461 | Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret |
|
2462 | 2462 | changesets. (default: False) |
|
2463 | 2463 | |
|
2464 | 2464 | ``preferuncompressed`` |
|
2465 | 2465 | When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming |
|
2466 | 2466 | protocol. (default: False) |
|
2467 | 2467 | |
|
2468 | 2468 | ``disablefullbundle`` |
|
2469 | 2469 | When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones. |
|
2470 | 2470 | If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles |
|
2471 | 2471 | are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed. |
|
2472 | 2472 | (default: False) |
|
2473 | 2473 | |
|
2474 | 2474 | ``streamunbundle`` |
|
2475 | 2475 | When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly, |
|
2476 | 2476 | otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option |
|
2477 | 2477 | effectively prevents concurrent pushes. |
|
2478 | 2478 | |
|
2479 | 2479 | ``pullbundle`` |
|
2480 | 2480 | When set, the server will check pullbundles.manifest for bundles |
|
2481 | 2481 | covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching |
|
2482 | 2482 | entry will be streamed to the client. |
|
2483 | 2483 | |
|
2484 | 2484 | For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression |
|
2485 | 2485 | for older clients. |
|
2486 | 2486 | |
|
2487 | 2487 | ``concurrent-push-mode`` |
|
2488 | 2488 | Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients. |
|
2489 | 2489 | |
|
2490 | 2490 | - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository |
|
2491 | 2491 | while the push was preparing. |
|
2492 | 2492 | - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also |
|
2493 | 2493 | affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4) |
|
2494 | 2494 | |
|
2495 | 2495 | 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version |
|
2496 | 2496 | 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'. |
|
2497 | 2497 | |
|
2498 | 2498 | ``validate`` |
|
2499 | 2499 | Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by |
|
2500 | 2500 | checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are |
|
2501 | 2501 | present. (default: False) |
|
2502 | 2502 | |
|
2503 | 2503 | ``maxhttpheaderlen`` |
|
2504 | 2504 | Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this |
|
2505 | 2505 | many bytes. (default: 1024) |
|
2506 | 2506 | |
|
2507 | 2507 | ``bundle1`` |
|
2508 | 2508 | Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1 |
|
2509 | 2509 | exchange format. (default: True) |
|
2510 | 2510 | |
|
2511 | 2511 | ``bundle1gd`` |
|
2512 | 2512 | Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the |
|
2513 | 2513 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) |
|
2514 | 2514 | |
|
2515 | 2515 | ``bundle1.push`` |
|
2516 | 2516 | Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange |
|
2517 | 2517 | format. (default: True) |
|
2518 | 2518 | |
|
2519 | 2519 | ``bundle1gd.push`` |
|
2520 | 2520 | Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the |
|
2521 | 2521 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) |
|
2522 | 2522 | |
|
2523 | 2523 | ``bundle1.pull`` |
|
2524 | 2524 | Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange |
|
2525 | 2525 | format. (default: True) |
|
2526 | 2526 | |
|
2527 | 2527 | ``bundle1gd.pull`` |
|
2528 | 2528 | Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the |
|
2529 | 2529 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) |
|
2530 | 2530 | |
|
2531 | 2531 | Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should |
|
2532 | 2532 | consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta* |
|
2533 | 2533 | repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data |
|
2534 | 2534 | format can consume a lot of CPU. |
|
2535 | 2535 | |
|
2536 | 2536 | ``bundle2.stream`` |
|
2537 | 2537 | Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol. |
|
2538 | 2538 | (default: True) |
|
2539 | 2539 | |
|
2540 | 2540 | ``zliblevel`` |
|
2541 | 2541 | Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level |
|
2542 | 2542 | for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the |
|
2543 | 2543 | commands that send repository history data). |
|
2544 | 2544 | |
|
2545 | 2545 | The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is |
|
2546 | 2546 | likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means |
|
2547 | 2547 | maximum compression. |
|
2548 | 2548 | |
|
2549 | 2549 | Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between |
|
2550 | 2550 | bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization |
|
2551 | 2551 | but sends more bytes to clients. |
|
2552 | 2552 | |
|
2553 | 2553 | This option only impacts the HTTP server. |
|
2554 | 2554 | |
|
2555 | 2555 | ``zstdlevel`` |
|
2556 | 2556 | Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level |
|
2557 | 2557 | for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and |
|
2558 | 2558 | ``22`` is the highest amount of compression. |
|
2559 | 2559 | |
|
2560 | 2560 | The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely |
|
2561 | 2561 | delivering better compression ratios. |
|
2562 | 2562 | |
|
2563 | 2563 | This option only impacts the HTTP server. |
|
2564 | 2564 | |
|
2565 | 2565 | See also ``server.zliblevel``. |
|
2566 | 2566 | |
|
2567 | 2567 | ``view`` |
|
2568 | 2568 | Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer. |
|
2569 | 2569 | |
|
2570 | 2570 | The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets. |
|
2571 | 2571 | Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden |
|
2572 | 2572 | changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL) |
|
2573 | 2573 | |
|
2574 | 2574 | ``smtp`` |
|
2575 | 2575 | -------- |
|
2576 | 2576 | |
|
2577 | 2577 | Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages. |
|
2578 | 2578 | |
|
2579 | 2579 | ``host`` |
|
2580 | 2580 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". |
|
2581 | 2581 | |
|
2582 | 2582 | ``port`` |
|
2583 | 2583 | Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if |
|
2584 | 2584 | ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise) |
|
2585 | 2585 | |
|
2586 | 2586 | ``tls`` |
|
2587 | 2587 | Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls, |
|
2588 | 2588 | smtps or none. (default: none) |
|
2589 | 2589 | |
|
2590 | 2590 | ``username`` |
|
2591 | 2591 | Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server. |
|
2592 | 2592 | (default: None) |
|
2593 | 2593 | |
|
2594 | 2594 | ``password`` |
|
2595 | 2595 | Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not |
|
2596 | 2596 | specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a |
|
2597 | 2597 | password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None) |
|
2598 | 2598 | |
|
2599 | 2599 | ``local_hostname`` |
|
2600 | 2600 | Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify |
|
2601 | 2601 | itself to the MTA. |
|
2602 | 2602 | |
|
2603 | 2603 | |
|
2604 | 2604 | ``subpaths`` |
|
2605 | 2605 | ------------ |
|
2606 | 2606 | |
|
2607 | 2607 | Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name |
|
2608 | 2608 | or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define |
|
2609 | 2609 | rewrite rules of the form:: |
|
2610 | 2610 | |
|
2611 | 2611 | <pattern> = <replacement> |
|
2612 | 2612 | |
|
2613 | 2613 | where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository |
|
2614 | 2614 | source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to |
|
2615 | 2615 | rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in |
|
2616 | 2616 | ``replacements``. For instance:: |
|
2617 | 2617 | |
|
2618 | 2618 | http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/ |
|
2619 | 2619 | |
|
2620 | 2620 | rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``. |
|
2621 | 2621 | |
|
2622 | 2622 | Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the |
|
2623 | 2623 | rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern`` |
|
2624 | 2624 | doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the |
|
2625 | 2625 | relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order. |
|
2626 | 2626 | |
|
2627 | 2627 | ``subrepos`` |
|
2628 | 2628 | ------------ |
|
2629 | 2629 | |
|
2630 | 2630 | This section contains options that control the behavior of the |
|
2631 | 2631 | subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`. |
|
2632 | 2632 | |
|
2633 | 2633 | Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to |
|
2634 | 2634 | prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git |
|
2635 | 2635 | subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion |
|
2636 | 2636 | subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default |
|
2637 | 2637 | out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using |
|
2638 | 2638 | the respective options below. |
|
2639 | 2639 | |
|
2640 | 2640 | ``allowed`` |
|
2641 | 2641 | Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory. |
|
2642 | 2642 | |
|
2643 | 2643 | When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`) |
|
2644 | 2644 | will fail for all subrepository types. |
|
2645 | 2645 | (default: true) |
|
2646 | 2646 | |
|
2647 | 2647 | ``hg:allowed`` |
|
2648 | 2648 | Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working |
|
2649 | 2649 | directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` |
|
2650 | 2650 | is true. |
|
2651 | 2651 | (default: true) |
|
2652 | 2652 | |
|
2653 | 2653 | ``git:allowed`` |
|
2654 | 2654 | Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory. |
|
2655 | 2655 | This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true. |
|
2656 | 2656 | |
|
2657 | 2657 | See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos. |
|
2658 | 2658 | (default: false) |
|
2659 | 2659 | |
|
2660 | 2660 | ``svn:allowed`` |
|
2661 | 2661 | Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working |
|
2662 | 2662 | directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` |
|
2663 | 2663 | is true. |
|
2664 | 2664 | |
|
2665 | 2665 | See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos. |
|
2666 | 2666 | (default: false) |
|
2667 | 2667 | |
|
2668 | 2668 | ``templatealias`` |
|
2669 | 2669 | ----------------- |
|
2670 | 2670 | |
|
2671 | 2671 | Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details. |
|
2672 | 2672 | |
|
2673 | 2673 | ``templates`` |
|
2674 | 2674 | ------------- |
|
2675 | 2675 | |
|
2676 | 2676 | Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings. |
|
2677 | 2677 | See :hg:`help templates` for details. |
|
2678 | 2678 | |
|
2679 | 2679 | ``trusted`` |
|
2680 | 2680 | ----------- |
|
2681 | 2681 | |
|
2682 | 2682 | Mercurial will not use the settings in the |
|
2683 | 2683 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted |
|
2684 | 2684 | user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary |
|
2685 | 2685 | commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring |
|
2686 | 2686 | hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However, |
|
2687 | 2687 | the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]`` |
|
2688 | 2688 | section. |
|
2689 | 2689 | |
|
2690 | 2690 | This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The |
|
2691 | 2691 | current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a |
|
2692 | 2692 | group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an |
|
2693 | 2693 | *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the |
|
2694 | 2694 | user or service running Mercurial. |
|
2695 | 2695 | |
|
2696 | 2696 | ``users`` |
|
2697 | 2697 | Comma-separated list of trusted users. |
|
2698 | 2698 | |
|
2699 | 2699 | ``groups`` |
|
2700 | 2700 | Comma-separated list of trusted groups. |
|
2701 | 2701 | |
|
2702 | 2702 | |
|
2703 | 2703 | ``ui`` |
|
2704 | 2704 | ------ |
|
2705 | 2705 | |
|
2706 | 2706 | User interface controls. |
|
2707 | 2707 | |
|
2708 | 2708 | ``archivemeta`` |
|
2709 | 2709 | Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data |
|
2710 | 2710 | (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created |
|
2711 | 2711 | by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb. |
|
2712 | 2712 | (default: True) |
|
2713 | 2713 | |
|
2714 | 2714 | ``askusername`` |
|
2715 | 2715 | Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and |
|
2716 | 2716 | neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will |
|
2717 | 2717 | be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the |
|
2718 | 2718 | default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead. |
|
2719 | 2719 | (default: False) |
|
2720 | 2720 | |
|
2721 | 2721 | ``clonebundles`` |
|
2722 | 2722 | Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled. |
|
2723 | 2723 | |
|
2724 | 2724 | When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised |
|
2725 | 2725 | bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism. |
|
2726 | 2726 | |
|
2727 | 2727 | This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones. |
|
2728 | 2728 | |
|
2729 | 2729 | (default: True) |
|
2730 | 2730 | |
|
2731 | 2731 | ``clonebundlefallback`` |
|
2732 | 2732 | Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server |
|
2733 | 2733 | should result in fallback to a regular clone. |
|
2734 | 2734 | |
|
2735 | 2735 | This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone |
|
2736 | 2736 | bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles |
|
2737 | 2737 | start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular |
|
2738 | 2738 | clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server |
|
2739 | 2739 | since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to |
|
2740 | 2740 | pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures |
|
2741 | 2741 | clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application |
|
2742 | 2742 | fails. |
|
2743 | 2743 | |
|
2744 | 2744 | (default: False) |
|
2745 | 2745 | |
|
2746 | 2746 | ``clonebundleprefers`` |
|
2747 | 2747 | Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use. |
|
2748 | 2748 | |
|
2749 | 2749 | Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available |
|
2750 | 2750 | bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle |
|
2751 | 2751 | type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular |
|
2752 | 2752 | bundle over another. |
|
2753 | 2753 | |
|
2754 | 2754 | The following keys are defined by Mercurial: |
|
2755 | 2755 | |
|
2756 | 2756 | BUNDLESPEC |
|
2757 | 2757 | A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`. |
|
2758 | 2758 | e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``. |
|
2759 | 2759 | |
|
2760 | 2760 | COMPRESSION |
|
2761 | 2761 | The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``. |
|
2762 | 2762 | |
|
2763 | 2763 | Server operators may define custom keys. |
|
2764 | 2764 | |
|
2765 | 2765 | Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``, |
|
2766 | 2766 | ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``. |
|
2767 | 2767 | |
|
2768 | 2768 | By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used. |
|
2769 | 2769 | |
|
2770 | 2770 | ``color`` |
|
2771 | 2771 | When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or |
|
2772 | 2772 | "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it |
|
2773 | 2773 | seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details. |
|
2774 | 2774 | |
|
2775 | 2775 | ``commitsubrepos`` |
|
2776 | 2776 | Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the |
|
2777 | 2777 | parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted |
|
2778 | 2778 | changes, abort the commit. |
|
2779 | 2779 | (default: False) |
|
2780 | 2780 | |
|
2781 | 2781 | ``debug`` |
|
2782 | 2782 | Print debugging information. (default: False) |
|
2783 | 2783 | |
|
2784 | 2784 | ``editor`` |
|
2785 | 2785 | The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``) |
|
2786 | 2786 | |
|
2787 | 2787 | ``fallbackencoding`` |
|
2788 | 2788 | Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using |
|
2789 | 2789 | UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1) |
|
2790 | 2790 | |
|
2791 | 2791 | ``graphnodetemplate`` |
|
2792 | 2792 | (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead. |
|
2793 | 2793 | |
|
2794 | 2794 | ``ignore`` |
|
2795 | 2795 | A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be |
|
2796 | 2796 | in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames |
|
2797 | 2797 | are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax, |
|
2798 | 2798 | so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by |
|
2799 | 2799 | setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details |
|
2800 | 2800 | of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page. |
|
2801 | 2801 | |
|
2802 | 2802 | ``interactive`` |
|
2803 | 2803 | Allow to prompt the user. (default: True) |
|
2804 | 2804 | |
|
2805 | 2805 | ``interface`` |
|
2806 | 2806 | Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text). |
|
2807 | 2807 | Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'. |
|
2808 | 2808 | |
|
2809 | 2809 | ``interface.chunkselector`` |
|
2810 | 2810 | Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`). |
|
2811 | 2811 | Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'. |
|
2812 | 2812 | This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface. |
|
2813 | 2813 | |
|
2814 | 2814 | ``large-file-limit`` |
|
2815 | 2815 | Largest file size that gives no memory use warning. |
|
2816 | 2816 | Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check. |
|
2817 | 2817 | Value is expressed in bytes by default, one can use standard units for |
|
2818 | 2818 | convenience (e.g. 10MB, 0.1GB, etc) (default: 10MB) |
|
2819 | 2819 | |
|
2820 | 2820 | ``logtemplate`` |
|
2821 | 2821 | (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead. |
|
2822 | 2822 | |
|
2823 | 2823 | ``merge`` |
|
2824 | 2824 | The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge. |
|
2825 | 2825 | For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`. |
|
2826 | 2826 | For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. |
|
2827 | 2827 | |
|
2828 | 2828 | ``mergemarkers`` |
|
2829 | 2829 | Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style |
|
2830 | 2830 | uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels. |
|
2831 | 2831 | The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label. |
|
2832 | 2832 | One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``. |
|
2833 | 2833 | (default: ``basic``) |
|
2834 | 2834 | |
|
2835 | 2835 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` |
|
2836 | 2836 | (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead. |
|
2837 | 2837 | |
|
2838 | 2838 | ``message-output`` |
|
2839 | 2839 | Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``) |
|
2840 | 2840 | |
|
2841 | 2841 | ``channel`` |
|
2842 | 2842 | Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only) |
|
2843 | 2843 | ``stderr`` |
|
2844 | 2844 | Everything to stderr. |
|
2845 | 2845 | ``stdio`` |
|
2846 | 2846 | Status to stdout, and error to stderr. |
|
2847 | 2847 | |
|
2848 | 2848 | ``origbackuppath`` |
|
2849 | 2849 | The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is |
|
2850 | 2850 | not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this |
|
2851 | 2851 | directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig |
|
2852 | 2852 | suffix. |
|
2853 | 2853 | |
|
2854 | 2854 | ``paginate`` |
|
2855 | 2855 | Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager` |
|
2856 | 2856 | for details. |
|
2857 | 2857 | |
|
2858 | 2858 | ``patch`` |
|
2859 | 2859 | An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions |
|
2860 | 2860 | will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an |
|
2861 | 2861 | internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common |
|
2862 | 2862 | Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p`` |
|
2863 | 2863 | argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the |
|
2864 | 2864 | current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take |
|
2865 | 2865 | from stdin. |
|
2866 | 2866 | |
|
2867 | 2867 | It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra |
|
2868 | 2868 | arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge`` |
|
2869 | 2869 | will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option. |
|
2870 | 2870 | |
|
2871 | 2871 | ``portablefilenames`` |
|
2872 | 2872 | Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``. |
|
2873 | 2873 | (default: ``warn``) |
|
2874 | 2874 | |
|
2875 | 2875 | ``warn`` |
|
2876 | 2876 | Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable |
|
2877 | 2877 | filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on |
|
2878 | 2878 | Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved |
|
2879 | 2879 | characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing |
|
2880 | 2880 | file). |
|
2881 | 2881 | |
|
2882 | 2882 | ``ignore`` |
|
2883 | 2883 | Don't print a warning. |
|
2884 | 2884 | |
|
2885 | 2885 | ``abort`` |
|
2886 | 2886 | The command is aborted. |
|
2887 | 2887 | |
|
2888 | 2888 | ``true`` |
|
2889 | 2889 | Alias for ``warn``. |
|
2890 | 2890 | |
|
2891 | 2891 | ``false`` |
|
2892 | 2892 | Alias for ``ignore``. |
|
2893 | 2893 | |
|
2894 | 2894 | .. container:: windows |
|
2895 | 2895 | |
|
2896 | 2896 | On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted. |
|
2897 | 2897 | |
|
2898 | 2898 | ``pre-merge-tool-output-template`` |
|
2899 | 2899 | (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-template.pre-merge-tool-output`` instead. |
|
2900 | 2900 | |
|
2901 | 2901 | ``quiet`` |
|
2902 | 2902 | Reduce the amount of output printed. |
|
2903 | 2903 | (default: False) |
|
2904 | 2904 | |
|
2905 | 2905 | ``relative-paths`` |
|
2906 | 2906 | Prefer relative paths in the UI. |
|
2907 | 2907 | |
|
2908 | 2908 | ``remotecmd`` |
|
2909 | 2909 | Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations. |
|
2910 | 2910 | (default: ``hg``) |
|
2911 | 2911 | |
|
2912 | 2912 | ``report_untrusted`` |
|
2913 | 2913 | Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a |
|
2914 | 2914 | trusted user or group. |
|
2915 | 2915 | (default: True) |
|
2916 | 2916 | |
|
2917 | 2917 | ``slash`` |
|
2918 | 2918 | (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.) |
|
2919 | 2919 | |
|
2920 | 2920 | Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This |
|
2921 | 2921 | only makes a difference on systems where the default path |
|
2922 | 2922 | separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the |
|
2923 | 2923 | backslash character (``\``)). |
|
2924 | 2924 | (default: False) |
|
2925 | 2925 | |
|
2926 | 2926 | ``statuscopies`` |
|
2927 | 2927 | Display copies in the status command. |
|
2928 | 2928 | |
|
2929 | 2929 | ``ssh`` |
|
2930 | 2930 | Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``) |
|
2931 | 2931 | |
|
2932 | 2932 | ``ssherrorhint`` |
|
2933 | 2933 | A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g. |
|
2934 | 2934 | ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``) |
|
2935 | 2935 | |
|
2936 | 2936 | ``strict`` |
|
2937 | 2937 | Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous |
|
2938 | 2938 | abbreviations. (default: False) |
|
2939 | 2939 | |
|
2940 | 2940 | ``style`` |
|
2941 | 2941 | Name of style to use for command output. |
|
2942 | 2942 | |
|
2943 | 2943 | ``supportcontact`` |
|
2944 | 2944 | A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a |
|
2945 | 2945 | large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash |
|
2946 | 2946 | reports should be addressed to your internal support. |
|
2947 | 2947 | |
|
2948 | 2948 | ``textwidth`` |
|
2949 | 2949 | Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or |
|
2950 | 2950 | ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this |
|
2951 | 2951 | width or the terminal width, whichever comes first. |
|
2952 | 2952 | A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be |
|
2953 | 2953 | used. (default: 78) |
|
2954 | 2954 | |
|
2955 | 2955 | ``timeout`` |
|
2956 | 2956 | The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value |
|
2957 | 2957 | means no timeout. (default: 600) |
|
2958 | 2958 | |
|
2959 | 2959 | ``timeout.warn`` |
|
2960 | 2960 | Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative |
|
2961 | 2961 | value means no warning. (default: 0) |
|
2962 | 2962 | |
|
2963 | 2963 | ``traceback`` |
|
2964 | 2964 | Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception |
|
2965 | 2965 | occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback |
|
2966 | 2966 | on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as |
|
2967 | 2967 | IOError or MemoryError). (default: False) |
|
2968 | 2968 | |
|
2969 | 2969 | ``tweakdefaults`` |
|
2970 | 2970 | |
|
2971 | 2971 | By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release |
|
2972 | 2972 | to release, but over time the recommended config settings |
|
2973 | 2973 | shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to |
|
2974 | 2974 | Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no |
|
2975 | 2975 | effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does |
|
2976 | 2976 | not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False) |
|
2977 | 2977 | |
|
2978 | 2978 | It currently means:: |
|
2979 | 2979 | |
|
2980 | 2980 | .. tweakdefaultsmarker |
|
2981 | 2981 | |
|
2982 | 2982 | ``username`` |
|
2983 | 2983 | The committer of a changeset created when running "commit". |
|
2984 | 2984 | Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget |
|
2985 | 2985 | <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the |
|
2986 | 2986 | username are expanded. |
|
2987 | 2987 | |
|
2988 | 2988 | (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in |
|
2989 | 2989 | hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the |
|
2990 | 2990 | system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different |
|
2991 | 2991 | hgrc file) |
|
2992 | 2992 | |
|
2993 | 2993 | ``verbose`` |
|
2994 | 2994 | Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False) |
|
2995 | 2995 | |
|
2996 | 2996 | |
|
2997 | 2997 | ``usage`` |
|
2998 | 2998 | --------- |
|
2999 | 2999 | |
|
3000 | 3000 | ``repository-role`` |
|
3001 | 3001 | What this repository is used for. |
|
3002 | 3002 | |
|
3003 | 3003 | This is used to adjust behavior and performance to best fit the repository purpose. |
|
3004 | 3004 | |
|
3005 | 3005 | Currently recognised values are: |
|
3006 | 3006 | - default: an all purpose repository |
|
3007 | 3007 | |
|
3008 | ``resources`` | |
|
3009 | How aggressive Mercurial can be with resource usage: | |
|
3010 | ||
|
3011 | Currently recognised values are: | |
|
3012 | - default: the default value currently is equivalent to medium, | |
|
3013 | - high: allows for higher cpu, memory and disk-space usage to improve | |
|
3014 | performance of some operations. | |
|
3015 | - medium: aims at a moderate resource usage, | |
|
3016 | - low: reduces resources usage when possible, decreasing overall | |
|
3017 | performance. | |
|
3018 | ||
|
3019 | For finer configuration, see also `usage.resources.cpu`, | |
|
3020 | `usage.resources.disk` and `usage.resources.memory`. | |
|
3021 | ||
|
3022 | ``resources.cpu`` | |
|
3023 | How aggressive Mercurial can be in terms of cpu usage: | |
|
3024 | ||
|
3025 | Currently recognised values are: | |
|
3026 | - default: the default value, inherits the value from `usage.resources`, | |
|
3027 | - high: allows for more aggressive cpu usage, improving storage quality and | |
|
3028 | the performance of some operations at the expense of machine load | |
|
3029 | - medium: aims at a moderate cpu usage, | |
|
3030 | - low: reduces cpu usage when possible, potentially at the expense of | |
|
3031 | slower operations, increased storage and exchange payload. | |
|
3032 | ||
|
3033 | ``resources.disk`` | |
|
3034 | How aggressive Mercurial can be in terms of disk usage: | |
|
3035 | ||
|
3036 | Currently recognised values are: | |
|
3037 | - default: the default value, inherits the value from `usage.resources`, | |
|
3038 | - high: allows for more disk space usage where it can improve performance, | |
|
3039 | - medium: aims at a moderate disk usage, | |
|
3040 | - low: reduces disk usage when possible, decreasing performance in some | |
|
3041 | occasion. | |
|
3042 | ||
|
3043 | ``resources.memory`` | |
|
3044 | How aggressive Mercurial can be in terms of memory usage: | |
|
3045 | ||
|
3046 | Currently recognised values are: | |
|
3047 | - default: the default value, inherits the value from `usage.resources`, | |
|
3048 | - high: allows for more aggressive memory usage to improve overall | |
|
3049 | performance, | |
|
3050 | - medium: aims at a moderate memory usage, | |
|
3051 | - low: reduces memory usage when possible at the cost of overall | |
|
3052 | performance. | |
|
3053 | ||
|
3008 | 3054 | |
|
3009 | 3055 | ``command-templates`` |
|
3010 | 3056 | --------------------- |
|
3011 | 3057 | |
|
3012 | 3058 | Templates used for customizing the output of commands. |
|
3013 | 3059 | |
|
3014 | 3060 | ``graphnode`` |
|
3015 | 3061 | The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph. |
|
3016 | 3062 | (default: ``{graphnode}``) |
|
3017 | 3063 | |
|
3018 | 3064 | ``log`` |
|
3019 | 3065 | Template string for commands that print changesets. |
|
3020 | 3066 | |
|
3021 | 3067 | ``mergemarker`` |
|
3022 | 3068 | The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict |
|
3023 | 3069 | marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template |
|
3024 | 3070 | format. |
|
3025 | 3071 | |
|
3026 | 3072 | Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and |
|
3027 | 3073 | the first line of the commit description. |
|
3028 | 3074 | |
|
3029 | 3075 | If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks, |
|
3030 | 3076 | authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of |
|
3031 | 3077 | managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding |
|
3032 | 3078 | specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other |
|
3033 | 3079 | environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge |
|
3034 | 3080 | markers is different from the encoding of the merged files, |
|
3035 | 3081 | serious problems may occur. |
|
3036 | 3082 | |
|
3037 | 3083 | Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. |
|
3038 | 3084 | |
|
3039 | 3085 | ``oneline-summary`` |
|
3040 | 3086 | A template used by `hg rebase` and other commands for showing a one-line |
|
3041 | 3087 | summary of a commit. If the template configured here is longer than one |
|
3042 | 3088 | line, then only the first line is used. |
|
3043 | 3089 | |
|
3044 | 3090 | The template can be overridden per command by defining a template in |
|
3045 | 3091 | `oneline-summary.<command>`, where `<command>` can be e.g. "rebase". |
|
3046 | 3092 | |
|
3047 | 3093 | ``pre-merge-tool-output`` |
|
3048 | 3094 | A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can |
|
3049 | 3095 | be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during |
|
3050 | 3096 | the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits |
|
3051 | 3097 | involved or bookmarks/tags. |
|
3052 | 3098 | |
|
3053 | 3099 | Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other`` |
|
3054 | 3100 | dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or |
|
3055 | 3101 | ``{other.islink}``. |
|
3056 | 3102 | |
|
3057 | 3103 | |
|
3058 | 3104 | ``web`` |
|
3059 | 3105 | ------- |
|
3060 | 3106 | |
|
3061 | 3107 | Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to |
|
3062 | 3108 | both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you |
|
3063 | 3109 | run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI |
|
3064 | 3110 | and WSGI). |
|
3065 | 3111 | |
|
3066 | 3112 | The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for |
|
3067 | 3113 | usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do |
|
3068 | 3114 | authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users* |
|
3069 | 3115 | based on settings in this section). You must either configure your |
|
3070 | 3116 | webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization |
|
3071 | 3117 | checks. |
|
3072 | 3118 | |
|
3073 | 3119 | For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where |
|
3074 | 3120 | you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following |
|
3075 | 3121 | command line:: |
|
3076 | 3122 | |
|
3077 | 3123 | $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve |
|
3078 | 3124 | |
|
3079 | 3125 | Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and |
|
3080 | 3126 | that this should not be used for public servers. |
|
3081 | 3127 | |
|
3082 | 3128 | The full set of options is: |
|
3083 | 3129 | |
|
3084 | 3130 | ``accesslog`` |
|
3085 | 3131 | Where to output the access log. (default: stdout) |
|
3086 | 3132 | |
|
3087 | 3133 | ``address`` |
|
3088 | 3134 | Interface address to bind to. (default: all) |
|
3089 | 3135 | |
|
3090 | 3136 | ``allow-archive`` |
|
3091 | 3137 | List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading. |
|
3092 | 3138 | (default: empty) |
|
3093 | 3139 | |
|
3094 | 3140 | ``allowbz2`` |
|
3095 | 3141 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository |
|
3096 | 3142 | revisions. |
|
3097 | 3143 | (default: False) |
|
3098 | 3144 | |
|
3099 | 3145 | ``allowgz`` |
|
3100 | 3146 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository |
|
3101 | 3147 | revisions. |
|
3102 | 3148 | (default: False) |
|
3103 | 3149 | |
|
3104 | 3150 | ``allow-pull`` |
|
3105 | 3151 | Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True) |
|
3106 | 3152 | |
|
3107 | 3153 | ``allow-push`` |
|
3108 | 3154 | Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
3109 | 3155 | pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote |
|
3110 | 3156 | user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the |
|
3111 | 3157 | remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated |
|
3112 | 3158 | user name must be present in this list. The contents of the |
|
3113 | 3159 | allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list. |
|
3114 | 3160 | |
|
3115 | 3161 | ``allow_read`` |
|
3116 | 3162 | If the user has not already been denied repository access due to |
|
3117 | 3163 | the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant |
|
3118 | 3164 | repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the |
|
3119 | 3165 | user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is |
|
3120 | 3166 | denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access |
|
3121 | 3167 | is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the |
|
3122 | 3168 | special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access |
|
3123 | 3169 | is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are |
|
3124 | 3170 | examined after the deny_read list. |
|
3125 | 3171 | |
|
3126 | 3172 | ``allowzip`` |
|
3127 | 3173 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository |
|
3128 | 3174 | revisions. This feature creates temporary files. |
|
3129 | 3175 | (default: False) |
|
3130 | 3176 | |
|
3131 | 3177 | ``archivesubrepos`` |
|
3132 | 3178 | Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving. |
|
3133 | 3179 | (default: False) |
|
3134 | 3180 | |
|
3135 | 3181 | ``baseurl`` |
|
3136 | 3182 | Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so |
|
3137 | 3183 | third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct |
|
3138 | 3184 | URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``. |
|
3139 | 3185 | |
|
3140 | 3186 | ``cacerts`` |
|
3141 | 3187 | Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate |
|
3142 | 3188 | authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user`` |
|
3143 | 3189 | constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the |
|
3144 | 3190 | client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers |
|
3145 | 3191 | with these certificates. |
|
3146 | 3192 | |
|
3147 | 3193 | To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from |
|
3148 | 3194 | command line. |
|
3149 | 3195 | |
|
3150 | 3196 | You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has |
|
3151 | 3197 | one. On most Linux systems this will be |
|
3152 | 3198 | ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to |
|
3153 | 3199 | generate this file manually. The form must be as follows:: |
|
3154 | 3200 | |
|
3155 | 3201 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
3156 | 3202 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
3157 | 3203 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
3158 | 3204 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
3159 | 3205 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
3160 | 3206 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
3161 | 3207 | |
|
3162 | 3208 | ``cache`` |
|
3163 | 3209 | Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True) |
|
3164 | 3210 | |
|
3165 | 3211 | ``certificate`` |
|
3166 | 3212 | Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`. |
|
3167 | 3213 | |
|
3168 | 3214 | ``collapse`` |
|
3169 | 3215 | With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at |
|
3170 | 3216 | a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With |
|
3171 | 3217 | ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than |
|
3172 | 3218 | the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that |
|
3173 | 3219 | lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting |
|
3174 | 3220 | collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory |
|
3175 | 3221 | into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False) |
|
3176 | 3222 | |
|
3177 | 3223 | ``comparisoncontext`` |
|
3178 | 3224 | Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If |
|
3179 | 3225 | negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5) |
|
3180 | 3226 | |
|
3181 | 3227 | This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the |
|
3182 | 3228 | ``comparison`` command, taking the same values. |
|
3183 | 3229 | |
|
3184 | 3230 | ``contact`` |
|
3185 | 3231 | Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository. |
|
3186 | 3232 | (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty) |
|
3187 | 3233 | |
|
3188 | 3234 | ``csp`` |
|
3189 | 3235 | Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value. |
|
3190 | 3236 | |
|
3191 | 3237 | The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced |
|
3192 | 3238 | by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains |
|
3193 | 3239 | ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the |
|
3194 | 3240 | one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into |
|
3195 | 3241 | ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript. |
|
3196 | 3242 | |
|
3197 | 3243 | Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository |
|
3198 | 3244 | data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to |
|
3199 | 3245 | "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security |
|
3200 | 3246 | threat model. |
|
3201 | 3247 | |
|
3202 | 3248 | ``deny_push`` |
|
3203 | 3249 | Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
3204 | 3250 | push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are |
|
3205 | 3251 | denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and |
|
3206 | 3252 | any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The |
|
3207 | 3253 | contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list. |
|
3208 | 3254 | |
|
3209 | 3255 | ``deny_read`` |
|
3210 | 3256 | Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is |
|
3211 | 3257 | not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any |
|
3212 | 3258 | authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to |
|
3213 | 3259 | the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users |
|
3214 | 3260 | are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set, |
|
3215 | 3261 | the determination of repository access depends on the presence and |
|
3216 | 3262 | content of the allow_read list (see description). If both |
|
3217 | 3263 | deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is |
|
3218 | 3264 | permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being |
|
3219 | 3265 | served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in |
|
3220 | 3266 | the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have |
|
3221 | 3267 | priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read |
|
3222 | 3268 | list. |
|
3223 | 3269 | |
|
3224 | 3270 | ``descend`` |
|
3225 | 3271 | hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories |
|
3226 | 3272 | directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still |
|
3227 | 3273 | available from the index corresponding to their containing path). |
|
3228 | 3274 | |
|
3229 | 3275 | ``description`` |
|
3230 | 3276 | Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents. |
|
3231 | 3277 | (default: "unknown") |
|
3232 | 3278 | |
|
3233 | 3279 | ``encoding`` |
|
3234 | 3280 | Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset) |
|
3235 | 3281 | Example: "UTF-8". |
|
3236 | 3282 | |
|
3237 | 3283 | ``errorlog`` |
|
3238 | 3284 | Where to output the error log. (default: stderr) |
|
3239 | 3285 | |
|
3240 | 3286 | ``guessmime`` |
|
3241 | 3287 | Control MIME types for raw download of file content. |
|
3242 | 3288 | Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file |
|
3243 | 3289 | extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might |
|
3244 | 3290 | allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted |
|
3245 | 3291 | repositories. (default: False) |
|
3246 | 3292 | |
|
3247 | 3293 | ``hidden`` |
|
3248 | 3294 | Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index. |
|
3249 | 3295 | (default: False) |
|
3250 | 3296 | |
|
3251 | 3297 | ``ipv6`` |
|
3252 | 3298 | Whether to use IPv6. (default: False) |
|
3253 | 3299 | |
|
3254 | 3300 | ``labels`` |
|
3255 | 3301 | List of string *labels* associated with the repository. |
|
3256 | 3302 | |
|
3257 | 3303 | Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize |
|
3258 | 3304 | output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories |
|
3259 | 3305 | by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content |
|
3260 | 3306 | if a specific label is present. |
|
3261 | 3307 | |
|
3262 | 3308 | ``logoimg`` |
|
3263 | 3309 | File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page. |
|
3264 | 3310 | The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to |
|
3265 | 3311 | the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg". |
|
3266 | 3312 | If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used. |
|
3267 | 3313 | |
|
3268 | 3314 | ``logourl`` |
|
3269 | 3315 | Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/`` |
|
3270 | 3316 | will be used. |
|
3271 | 3317 | |
|
3272 | 3318 | ``maxchanges`` |
|
3273 | 3319 | Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10) |
|
3274 | 3320 | |
|
3275 | 3321 | ``maxfiles`` |
|
3276 | 3322 | Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10) |
|
3277 | 3323 | |
|
3278 | 3324 | ``maxshortchanges`` |
|
3279 | 3325 | Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog |
|
3280 | 3326 | pages. (default: 60) |
|
3281 | 3327 | |
|
3282 | 3328 | ``name`` |
|
3283 | 3329 | Repository name to use in the web interface. |
|
3284 | 3330 | (default: current working directory) |
|
3285 | 3331 | |
|
3286 | 3332 | ``port`` |
|
3287 | 3333 | Port to listen on. (default: 8000) |
|
3288 | 3334 | |
|
3289 | 3335 | ``prefix`` |
|
3290 | 3336 | Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root)) |
|
3291 | 3337 | |
|
3292 | 3338 | ``push_ssl`` |
|
3293 | 3339 | Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to |
|
3294 | 3340 | prevent password sniffing. (default: True) |
|
3295 | 3341 | |
|
3296 | 3342 | ``refreshinterval`` |
|
3297 | 3343 | How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new |
|
3298 | 3344 | repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used |
|
3299 | 3345 | to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is |
|
3300 | 3346 | required, refreshing may negatively impact performance. |
|
3301 | 3347 | |
|
3302 | 3348 | Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh. |
|
3303 | 3349 | (default: 20) |
|
3304 | 3350 | |
|
3305 | 3351 | ``server-header`` |
|
3306 | 3352 | Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header. |
|
3307 | 3353 | |
|
3308 | 3354 | ``static`` |
|
3309 | 3355 | Directory where static files are served from. |
|
3310 | 3356 | |
|
3311 | 3357 | ``staticurl`` |
|
3312 | 3358 | Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the |
|
3313 | 3359 | hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use |
|
3314 | 3360 | this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server. |
|
3315 | 3361 | Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``. |
|
3316 | 3362 | |
|
3317 | 3363 | ``stripes`` |
|
3318 | 3364 | How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output. |
|
3319 | 3365 | Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1) |
|
3320 | 3366 | |
|
3321 | 3367 | ``style`` |
|
3322 | 3368 | Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of |
|
3323 | 3369 | subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``) |
|
3324 | 3370 | Example: ``monoblue``. |
|
3325 | 3371 | |
|
3326 | 3372 | ``templates`` |
|
3327 | 3373 | Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates |
|
3328 | 3374 | can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``. |
|
3329 | 3375 | |
|
3330 | 3376 | ``websub`` |
|
3331 | 3377 | ---------- |
|
3332 | 3378 | |
|
3333 | 3379 | Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to |
|
3334 | 3380 | define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which |
|
3335 | 3381 | let you automatically modify the hgweb server output. |
|
3336 | 3382 | |
|
3337 | 3383 | The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns |
|
3338 | 3384 | on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere |
|
3339 | 3385 | you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the |
|
3340 | 3386 | "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter). |
|
3341 | 3387 | |
|
3342 | 3388 | This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links |
|
3343 | 3389 | to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into |
|
3344 | 3390 | HTML (see the examples below). |
|
3345 | 3391 | |
|
3346 | 3392 | Each entry in this section names a substitution filter. |
|
3347 | 3393 | The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself. |
|
3348 | 3394 | The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax, |
|
3349 | 3395 | which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax:: |
|
3350 | 3396 | |
|
3351 | 3397 | patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i] |
|
3352 | 3398 | |
|
3353 | 3399 | You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional |
|
3354 | 3400 | and indicates that the search must be case insensitive. |
|
3355 | 3401 | |
|
3356 | 3402 | Examples:: |
|
3357 | 3403 | |
|
3358 | 3404 | [websub] |
|
3359 | 3405 | issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i |
|
3360 | 3406 | italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/ |
|
3361 | 3407 | bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/ |
|
3362 | 3408 | |
|
3363 | 3409 | ``worker`` |
|
3364 | 3410 | ---------- |
|
3365 | 3411 | |
|
3366 | 3412 | Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working |
|
3367 | 3413 | directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly |
|
3368 | 3414 | helps performance. |
|
3369 | 3415 | |
|
3370 | 3416 | ``enabled`` |
|
3371 | 3417 | Whether to enable workers code to be used. |
|
3372 | 3418 | (default: true) |
|
3373 | 3419 | |
|
3374 | 3420 | ``numcpus`` |
|
3375 | 3421 | Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or |
|
3376 | 3422 | negative value is treated as ``use the default``. |
|
3377 | 3423 | (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger) |
|
3378 | 3424 | |
|
3379 | 3425 | ``backgroundclose`` |
|
3380 | 3426 | Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain |
|
3381 | 3427 | operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file |
|
3382 | 3428 | handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing |
|
3383 | 3429 | on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially. |
|
3384 | 3430 | (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere) |
|
3385 | 3431 | |
|
3386 | 3432 | ``backgroundcloseminfilecount`` |
|
3387 | 3433 | Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing. |
|
3388 | 3434 | Operations not writing this many files won't start background close |
|
3389 | 3435 | threads. |
|
3390 | 3436 | (default: 2048) |
|
3391 | 3437 | |
|
3392 | 3438 | ``backgroundclosemaxqueue`` |
|
3393 | 3439 | The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the |
|
3394 | 3440 | background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is |
|
3395 | 3441 | enabled. |
|
3396 | 3442 | (default: 384) |
|
3397 | 3443 | |
|
3398 | 3444 | ``backgroundclosethreadcount`` |
|
3399 | 3445 | Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if |
|
3400 | 3446 | ``backgroundclose`` is enabled. |
|
3401 | 3447 | (default: 4) |
@@ -1,2327 +1,2358 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | # scmutil.py - Mercurial core utility functions |
|
2 | 2 | # |
|
3 | 3 | # Copyright Olivia Mackall <olivia@selenic.com> |
|
4 | 4 | # |
|
5 | 5 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the |
|
6 | 6 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | |
|
9 | 9 | import binascii |
|
10 | 10 | import errno |
|
11 | 11 | import glob |
|
12 | 12 | import os |
|
13 | 13 | import posixpath |
|
14 | 14 | import re |
|
15 | 15 | import subprocess |
|
16 | 16 | import weakref |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | from .i18n import _ |
|
19 | 19 | from .node import ( |
|
20 | 20 | bin, |
|
21 | 21 | hex, |
|
22 | 22 | nullrev, |
|
23 | 23 | short, |
|
24 | 24 | wdirrev, |
|
25 | 25 | ) |
|
26 | 26 | from .thirdparty import attr |
|
27 | 27 | from . import ( |
|
28 | 28 | copies as copiesmod, |
|
29 | 29 | encoding, |
|
30 | 30 | error, |
|
31 | 31 | match as matchmod, |
|
32 | 32 | obsolete, |
|
33 | 33 | obsutil, |
|
34 | 34 | pathutil, |
|
35 | 35 | phases, |
|
36 | 36 | policy, |
|
37 | 37 | pycompat, |
|
38 | 38 | requirements as requirementsmod, |
|
39 | 39 | revsetlang, |
|
40 | 40 | similar, |
|
41 | 41 | smartset, |
|
42 | 42 | url, |
|
43 | 43 | util, |
|
44 | 44 | vfs, |
|
45 | 45 | ) |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | from .utils import ( |
|
48 | 48 | hashutil, |
|
49 | 49 | procutil, |
|
50 | 50 | stringutil, |
|
51 | 51 | ) |
|
52 | 52 | |
|
53 | 53 | if pycompat.iswindows: |
|
54 | 54 | from . import scmwindows as scmplatform |
|
55 | 55 | else: |
|
56 | 56 | from . import scmposix as scmplatform |
|
57 | 57 | |
|
58 | 58 | parsers = policy.importmod('parsers') |
|
59 | 59 | rustrevlog = policy.importrust('revlog') |
|
60 | 60 | |
|
61 | 61 | termsize = scmplatform.termsize |
|
62 | 62 | |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | @attr.s(slots=True, repr=False) |
|
65 | 65 | class status: |
|
66 | 66 | """Struct with a list of files per status. |
|
67 | 67 | |
|
68 | 68 | The 'deleted', 'unknown' and 'ignored' properties are only |
|
69 | 69 | relevant to the working copy. |
|
70 | 70 | """ |
|
71 | 71 | |
|
72 | 72 | modified = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list)) |
|
73 | 73 | added = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list)) |
|
74 | 74 | removed = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list)) |
|
75 | 75 | deleted = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list)) |
|
76 | 76 | unknown = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list)) |
|
77 | 77 | ignored = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list)) |
|
78 | 78 | clean = attr.ib(default=attr.Factory(list)) |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | def __iter__(self): |
|
81 | 81 | yield self.modified |
|
82 | 82 | yield self.added |
|
83 | 83 | yield self.removed |
|
84 | 84 | yield self.deleted |
|
85 | 85 | yield self.unknown |
|
86 | 86 | yield self.ignored |
|
87 | 87 | yield self.clean |
|
88 | 88 | |
|
89 | 89 | def __repr__(self): |
|
90 | 90 | return ( |
|
91 | 91 | r'<status modified=%s, added=%s, removed=%s, deleted=%s, ' |
|
92 | 92 | r'unknown=%s, ignored=%s, clean=%s>' |
|
93 | 93 | ) % tuple(pycompat.sysstr(stringutil.pprint(v)) for v in self) |
|
94 | 94 | |
|
95 | 95 | |
|
96 | 96 | def itersubrepos(ctx1, ctx2): |
|
97 | 97 | """find subrepos in ctx1 or ctx2""" |
|
98 | 98 | # Create a (subpath, ctx) mapping where we prefer subpaths from |
|
99 | 99 | # ctx1. The subpaths from ctx2 are important when the .hgsub file |
|
100 | 100 | # has been modified (in ctx2) but not yet committed (in ctx1). |
|
101 | 101 | subpaths = dict.fromkeys(ctx2.substate, ctx2) |
|
102 | 102 | subpaths.update(dict.fromkeys(ctx1.substate, ctx1)) |
|
103 | 103 | |
|
104 | 104 | missing = set() |
|
105 | 105 | |
|
106 | 106 | for subpath in ctx2.substate: |
|
107 | 107 | if subpath not in ctx1.substate: |
|
108 | 108 | del subpaths[subpath] |
|
109 | 109 | missing.add(subpath) |
|
110 | 110 | |
|
111 | 111 | for subpath, ctx in sorted(subpaths.items()): |
|
112 | 112 | yield subpath, ctx.sub(subpath) |
|
113 | 113 | |
|
114 | 114 | # Yield an empty subrepo based on ctx1 for anything only in ctx2. That way, |
|
115 | 115 | # status and diff will have an accurate result when it does |
|
116 | 116 | # 'sub.{status|diff}(rev2)'. Otherwise, the ctx2 subrepo is compared |
|
117 | 117 | # against itself. |
|
118 | 118 | for subpath in missing: |
|
119 | 119 | yield subpath, ctx2.nullsub(subpath, ctx1) |
|
120 | 120 | |
|
121 | 121 | |
|
122 | 122 | def nochangesfound(ui, repo, excluded=None): |
|
123 | 123 | """Report no changes for push/pull, excluded is None or a list of |
|
124 | 124 | nodes excluded from the push/pull. |
|
125 | 125 | """ |
|
126 | 126 | secretlist = [] |
|
127 | 127 | if excluded: |
|
128 | 128 | for n in excluded: |
|
129 | 129 | ctx = repo[n] |
|
130 | 130 | if ctx.phase() >= phases.secret and not ctx.extinct(): |
|
131 | 131 | secretlist.append(n) |
|
132 | 132 | |
|
133 | 133 | if secretlist: |
|
134 | 134 | ui.status( |
|
135 | 135 | _(b"no changes found (ignored %d secret changesets)\n") |
|
136 | 136 | % len(secretlist) |
|
137 | 137 | ) |
|
138 | 138 | else: |
|
139 | 139 | ui.status(_(b"no changes found\n")) |
|
140 | 140 | |
|
141 | 141 | |
|
142 | 142 | def callcatch(ui, func): |
|
143 | 143 | """call func() with global exception handling |
|
144 | 144 | |
|
145 | 145 | return func() if no exception happens. otherwise do some error handling |
|
146 | 146 | and return an exit code accordingly. does not handle all exceptions. |
|
147 | 147 | """ |
|
148 | 148 | coarse_exit_code = -1 |
|
149 | 149 | detailed_exit_code = -1 |
|
150 | 150 | try: |
|
151 | 151 | try: |
|
152 | 152 | return func() |
|
153 | 153 | except: # re-raises |
|
154 | 154 | ui.traceback() |
|
155 | 155 | raise |
|
156 | 156 | # Global exception handling, alphabetically |
|
157 | 157 | # Mercurial-specific first, followed by built-in and library exceptions |
|
158 | 158 | except error.LockHeld as inst: |
|
159 | 159 | detailed_exit_code = 20 |
|
160 | 160 | if inst.errno == errno.ETIMEDOUT: |
|
161 | 161 | reason = _(b'timed out waiting for lock held by %r') % ( |
|
162 | 162 | pycompat.bytestr(inst.locker) |
|
163 | 163 | ) |
|
164 | 164 | else: |
|
165 | 165 | reason = _(b'lock held by %r') % inst.locker |
|
166 | 166 | ui.error( |
|
167 | 167 | _(b"abort: %s: %s\n") |
|
168 | 168 | % (inst.desc or stringutil.forcebytestr(inst.filename), reason) |
|
169 | 169 | ) |
|
170 | 170 | if not inst.locker: |
|
171 | 171 | ui.error(_(b"(lock might be very busy)\n")) |
|
172 | 172 | except error.LockUnavailable as inst: |
|
173 | 173 | detailed_exit_code = 20 |
|
174 | 174 | ui.error( |
|
175 | 175 | _(b"abort: could not lock %s: %s\n") |
|
176 | 176 | % ( |
|
177 | 177 | inst.desc or stringutil.forcebytestr(inst.filename), |
|
178 | 178 | encoding.strtolocal(inst.strerror), |
|
179 | 179 | ) |
|
180 | 180 | ) |
|
181 | 181 | except error.RepoError as inst: |
|
182 | 182 | if isinstance(inst, error.RepoLookupError): |
|
183 | 183 | detailed_exit_code = 10 |
|
184 | 184 | ui.error(_(b"abort: %s\n") % inst) |
|
185 | 185 | if inst.hint: |
|
186 | 186 | ui.error(_(b"(%s)\n") % inst.hint) |
|
187 | 187 | except error.ResponseError as inst: |
|
188 | 188 | ui.error(_(b"abort: %s") % inst.args[0]) |
|
189 | 189 | msg = inst.args[1] |
|
190 | 190 | if isinstance(msg, type(u'')): |
|
191 | 191 | msg = pycompat.sysbytes(msg) |
|
192 | 192 | if msg is None: |
|
193 | 193 | ui.error(b"\n") |
|
194 | 194 | elif not isinstance(msg, bytes): |
|
195 | 195 | ui.error(b" %r\n" % (msg,)) |
|
196 | 196 | elif not msg: |
|
197 | 197 | ui.error(_(b" empty string\n")) |
|
198 | 198 | else: |
|
199 | 199 | ui.error(b"\n%r\n" % pycompat.bytestr(stringutil.ellipsis(msg))) |
|
200 | 200 | except error.CensoredNodeError as inst: |
|
201 | 201 | ui.error(_(b"abort: file censored %s\n") % inst) |
|
202 | 202 | except error.WdirUnsupported: |
|
203 | 203 | ui.error(_(b"abort: working directory revision cannot be specified\n")) |
|
204 | 204 | except error.Error as inst: |
|
205 | 205 | if inst.detailed_exit_code is not None: |
|
206 | 206 | detailed_exit_code = inst.detailed_exit_code |
|
207 | 207 | if inst.coarse_exit_code is not None: |
|
208 | 208 | coarse_exit_code = inst.coarse_exit_code |
|
209 | 209 | ui.error(inst.format()) |
|
210 | 210 | except error.WorkerError as inst: |
|
211 | 211 | # Don't print a message -- the worker already should have |
|
212 | 212 | return inst.status_code |
|
213 | 213 | except ImportError as inst: |
|
214 | 214 | ui.error(_(b"abort: %s\n") % stringutil.forcebytestr(inst)) |
|
215 | 215 | m = stringutil.forcebytestr(inst).split()[-1] |
|
216 | 216 | if m in b"mpatch bdiff".split(): |
|
217 | 217 | ui.error(_(b"(did you forget to compile extensions?)\n")) |
|
218 | 218 | elif m in b"zlib".split(): |
|
219 | 219 | ui.error(_(b"(is your Python install correct?)\n")) |
|
220 | 220 | except util.urlerr.httperror as inst: |
|
221 | 221 | detailed_exit_code = 100 |
|
222 | 222 | ui.error(_(b"abort: %s\n") % stringutil.forcebytestr(inst)) |
|
223 | 223 | except util.urlerr.urlerror as inst: |
|
224 | 224 | detailed_exit_code = 100 |
|
225 | 225 | try: # usually it is in the form (errno, strerror) |
|
226 | 226 | reason = inst.reason.args[1] |
|
227 | 227 | except (AttributeError, IndexError): |
|
228 | 228 | # it might be anything, for example a string |
|
229 | 229 | reason = inst.reason |
|
230 | 230 | if isinstance(reason, str): |
|
231 | 231 | # SSLError of Python 2.7.9 contains a unicode |
|
232 | 232 | reason = encoding.unitolocal(reason) |
|
233 | 233 | ui.error(_(b"abort: error: %s\n") % stringutil.forcebytestr(reason)) |
|
234 | 234 | except (IOError, OSError) as inst: |
|
235 | 235 | if hasattr(inst, "args") and inst.args and inst.args[0] == errno.EPIPE: |
|
236 | 236 | pass |
|
237 | 237 | elif getattr(inst, "strerror", None): # common IOError or OSError |
|
238 | 238 | if getattr(inst, "filename", None) is not None: |
|
239 | 239 | ui.error( |
|
240 | 240 | _(b"abort: %s: '%s'\n") |
|
241 | 241 | % ( |
|
242 | 242 | encoding.strtolocal(inst.strerror), |
|
243 | 243 | stringutil.forcebytestr(inst.filename), |
|
244 | 244 | ) |
|
245 | 245 | ) |
|
246 | 246 | else: |
|
247 | 247 | ui.error(_(b"abort: %s\n") % encoding.strtolocal(inst.strerror)) |
|
248 | 248 | else: # suspicious IOError |
|
249 | 249 | raise |
|
250 | 250 | except MemoryError: |
|
251 | 251 | ui.error(_(b"abort: out of memory\n")) |
|
252 | 252 | except SystemExit as inst: |
|
253 | 253 | # Commands shouldn't sys.exit directly, but give a return code. |
|
254 | 254 | # Just in case catch this and and pass exit code to caller. |
|
255 | 255 | detailed_exit_code = 254 |
|
256 | 256 | coarse_exit_code = inst.code |
|
257 | 257 | |
|
258 | 258 | if ui.configbool(b'ui', b'detailed-exit-code'): |
|
259 | 259 | return detailed_exit_code |
|
260 | 260 | else: |
|
261 | 261 | return coarse_exit_code |
|
262 | 262 | |
|
263 | 263 | |
|
264 | 264 | def checknewlabel(repo, lbl, kind): |
|
265 | 265 | # Do not use the "kind" parameter in ui output. |
|
266 | 266 | # It makes strings difficult to translate. |
|
267 | 267 | if lbl in [b'tip', b'.', b'null']: |
|
268 | 268 | raise error.InputError(_(b"the name '%s' is reserved") % lbl) |
|
269 | 269 | for c in (b':', b'\0', b'\n', b'\r'): |
|
270 | 270 | if c in lbl: |
|
271 | 271 | raise error.InputError( |
|
272 | 272 | _(b"%r cannot be used in a name") % pycompat.bytestr(c) |
|
273 | 273 | ) |
|
274 | 274 | try: |
|
275 | 275 | int(lbl) |
|
276 | 276 | if b'_' in lbl: |
|
277 | 277 | # If label contains underscores, Python might consider it an |
|
278 | 278 | # integer (with "_" as visual separators), but we do not. |
|
279 | 279 | # See PEP 515 - Underscores in Numeric Literals. |
|
280 | 280 | raise ValueError |
|
281 | 281 | raise error.InputError(_(b"cannot use an integer as a name")) |
|
282 | 282 | except ValueError: |
|
283 | 283 | pass |
|
284 | 284 | if lbl.strip() != lbl: |
|
285 | 285 | raise error.InputError( |
|
286 | 286 | _(b"leading or trailing whitespace in name %r") % lbl |
|
287 | 287 | ) |
|
288 | 288 | |
|
289 | 289 | |
|
290 | 290 | def checkfilename(f): |
|
291 | 291 | '''Check that the filename f is an acceptable filename for a tracked file''' |
|
292 | 292 | if b'\r' in f or b'\n' in f: |
|
293 | 293 | raise error.InputError( |
|
294 | 294 | _(b"'\\n' and '\\r' disallowed in filenames: %r") |
|
295 | 295 | % pycompat.bytestr(f) |
|
296 | 296 | ) |
|
297 | 297 | |
|
298 | 298 | |
|
299 | 299 | def checkportable(ui, f): |
|
300 | 300 | '''Check if filename f is portable and warn or abort depending on config''' |
|
301 | 301 | checkfilename(f) |
|
302 | 302 | abort, warn = checkportabilityalert(ui) |
|
303 | 303 | if abort or warn: |
|
304 | 304 | msg = util.checkwinfilename(f) |
|
305 | 305 | if msg: |
|
306 | 306 | msg = b"%s: %s" % (msg, procutil.shellquote(f)) |
|
307 | 307 | if abort: |
|
308 | 308 | raise error.InputError(msg) |
|
309 | 309 | ui.warn(_(b"warning: %s\n") % msg) |
|
310 | 310 | |
|
311 | 311 | |
|
312 | 312 | def checkportabilityalert(ui): |
|
313 | 313 | """check if the user's config requests nothing, a warning, or abort for |
|
314 | 314 | non-portable filenames""" |
|
315 | 315 | val = ui.config(b'ui', b'portablefilenames') |
|
316 | 316 | lval = val.lower() |
|
317 | 317 | bval = stringutil.parsebool(val) |
|
318 | 318 | abort = pycompat.iswindows or lval == b'abort' |
|
319 | 319 | warn = bval or lval == b'warn' |
|
320 | 320 | if bval is None and not (warn or abort or lval == b'ignore'): |
|
321 | 321 | raise error.ConfigError( |
|
322 | 322 | _(b"ui.portablefilenames value is invalid ('%s')") % val |
|
323 | 323 | ) |
|
324 | 324 | return abort, warn |
|
325 | 325 | |
|
326 | 326 | |
|
327 | 327 | class casecollisionauditor: |
|
328 | 328 | def __init__(self, ui, abort, dirstate): |
|
329 | 329 | self._ui = ui |
|
330 | 330 | self._abort = abort |
|
331 | 331 | allfiles = b'\0'.join(dirstate) |
|
332 | 332 | self._loweredfiles = set(encoding.lower(allfiles).split(b'\0')) |
|
333 | 333 | self._dirstate = dirstate |
|
334 | 334 | # The purpose of _newfiles is so that we don't complain about |
|
335 | 335 | # case collisions if someone were to call this object with the |
|
336 | 336 | # same filename twice. |
|
337 | 337 | self._newfiles = set() |
|
338 | 338 | |
|
339 | 339 | def __call__(self, f): |
|
340 | 340 | if f in self._newfiles: |
|
341 | 341 | return |
|
342 | 342 | fl = encoding.lower(f) |
|
343 | 343 | if fl in self._loweredfiles and f not in self._dirstate: |
|
344 | 344 | msg = _(b'possible case-folding collision for %s') % f |
|
345 | 345 | if self._abort: |
|
346 | 346 | raise error.StateError(msg) |
|
347 | 347 | self._ui.warn(_(b"warning: %s\n") % msg) |
|
348 | 348 | self._loweredfiles.add(fl) |
|
349 | 349 | self._newfiles.add(f) |
|
350 | 350 | |
|
351 | 351 | |
|
352 | 352 | def filteredhash(repo, maxrev, needobsolete=False): |
|
353 | 353 | """build hash of filtered revisions in the current repoview. |
|
354 | 354 | |
|
355 | 355 | Multiple caches perform up-to-date validation by checking that the |
|
356 | 356 | tiprev and tipnode stored in the cache file match the current repository. |
|
357 | 357 | However, this is not sufficient for validating repoviews because the set |
|
358 | 358 | of revisions in the view may change without the repository tiprev and |
|
359 | 359 | tipnode changing. |
|
360 | 360 | |
|
361 | 361 | This function hashes all the revs filtered from the view (and, optionally, |
|
362 | 362 | all obsolete revs) up to maxrev and returns that SHA-1 digest. |
|
363 | 363 | """ |
|
364 | 364 | cl = repo.changelog |
|
365 | 365 | if needobsolete: |
|
366 | 366 | obsrevs = obsolete.getrevs(repo, b'obsolete') |
|
367 | 367 | if not cl.filteredrevs and not obsrevs: |
|
368 | 368 | return None |
|
369 | 369 | key = (maxrev, hash(cl.filteredrevs), hash(obsrevs)) |
|
370 | 370 | else: |
|
371 | 371 | if not cl.filteredrevs: |
|
372 | 372 | return None |
|
373 | 373 | key = maxrev |
|
374 | 374 | obsrevs = frozenset() |
|
375 | 375 | |
|
376 | 376 | result = cl._filteredrevs_hashcache.get(key) |
|
377 | 377 | if not result: |
|
378 | 378 | revs = sorted(r for r in cl.filteredrevs | obsrevs if r <= maxrev) |
|
379 | 379 | if revs: |
|
380 | 380 | s = hashutil.sha1() |
|
381 | 381 | for rev in revs: |
|
382 | 382 | s.update(b'%d;' % rev) |
|
383 | 383 | result = s.digest() |
|
384 | 384 | cl._filteredrevs_hashcache[key] = result |
|
385 | 385 | return result |
|
386 | 386 | |
|
387 | 387 | |
|
388 | 388 | def walkrepos(path, followsym=False, seen_dirs=None, recurse=False): |
|
389 | 389 | """yield every hg repository under path, always recursively. |
|
390 | 390 | The recurse flag will only control recursion into repo working dirs""" |
|
391 | 391 | |
|
392 | 392 | def errhandler(err): |
|
393 | 393 | if err.filename == path: |
|
394 | 394 | raise err |
|
395 | 395 | |
|
396 | 396 | samestat = getattr(os.path, 'samestat', None) |
|
397 | 397 | if followsym and samestat is not None: |
|
398 | 398 | |
|
399 | 399 | def adddir(dirlst, dirname): |
|
400 | 400 | dirstat = os.stat(dirname) |
|
401 | 401 | match = any(samestat(dirstat, lstdirstat) for lstdirstat in dirlst) |
|
402 | 402 | if not match: |
|
403 | 403 | dirlst.append(dirstat) |
|
404 | 404 | return not match |
|
405 | 405 | |
|
406 | 406 | else: |
|
407 | 407 | followsym = False |
|
408 | 408 | |
|
409 | 409 | if (seen_dirs is None) and followsym: |
|
410 | 410 | seen_dirs = [] |
|
411 | 411 | adddir(seen_dirs, path) |
|
412 | 412 | for root, dirs, files in os.walk(path, topdown=True, onerror=errhandler): |
|
413 | 413 | dirs.sort() |
|
414 | 414 | if b'.hg' in dirs: |
|
415 | 415 | yield root # found a repository |
|
416 | 416 | qroot = os.path.join(root, b'.hg', b'patches') |
|
417 | 417 | if os.path.isdir(os.path.join(qroot, b'.hg')): |
|
418 | 418 | yield qroot # we have a patch queue repo here |
|
419 | 419 | if recurse: |
|
420 | 420 | # avoid recursing inside the .hg directory |
|
421 | 421 | dirs.remove(b'.hg') |
|
422 | 422 | else: |
|
423 | 423 | dirs[:] = [] # don't descend further |
|
424 | 424 | elif followsym: |
|
425 | 425 | newdirs = [] |
|
426 | 426 | for d in dirs: |
|
427 | 427 | fname = os.path.join(root, d) |
|
428 | 428 | if adddir(seen_dirs, fname): |
|
429 | 429 | if os.path.islink(fname): |
|
430 | 430 | for hgname in walkrepos(fname, True, seen_dirs): |
|
431 | 431 | yield hgname |
|
432 | 432 | else: |
|
433 | 433 | newdirs.append(d) |
|
434 | 434 | dirs[:] = newdirs |
|
435 | 435 | |
|
436 | 436 | |
|
437 | 437 | def binnode(ctx): |
|
438 | 438 | """Return binary node id for a given basectx""" |
|
439 | 439 | node = ctx.node() |
|
440 | 440 | if node is None: |
|
441 | 441 | return ctx.repo().nodeconstants.wdirid |
|
442 | 442 | return node |
|
443 | 443 | |
|
444 | 444 | |
|
445 | 445 | def intrev(ctx): |
|
446 | 446 | """Return integer for a given basectx that can be used in comparison or |
|
447 | 447 | arithmetic operation""" |
|
448 | 448 | rev = ctx.rev() |
|
449 | 449 | if rev is None: |
|
450 | 450 | return wdirrev |
|
451 | 451 | return rev |
|
452 | 452 | |
|
453 | 453 | |
|
454 | 454 | def formatchangeid(ctx): |
|
455 | 455 | """Format changectx as '{rev}:{node|formatnode}', which is the default |
|
456 | 456 | template provided by logcmdutil.changesettemplater""" |
|
457 | 457 | repo = ctx.repo() |
|
458 | 458 | return formatrevnode(repo.ui, intrev(ctx), binnode(ctx)) |
|
459 | 459 | |
|
460 | 460 | |
|
461 | 461 | def formatrevnode(ui, rev, node): |
|
462 | 462 | """Format given revision and node depending on the current verbosity""" |
|
463 | 463 | if ui.debugflag: |
|
464 | 464 | hexfunc = hex |
|
465 | 465 | else: |
|
466 | 466 | hexfunc = short |
|
467 | 467 | return b'%d:%s' % (rev, hexfunc(node)) |
|
468 | 468 | |
|
469 | 469 | |
|
470 | 470 | def resolvehexnodeidprefix(repo, prefix): |
|
471 | 471 | if prefix.startswith(b'x'): |
|
472 | 472 | prefix = prefix[1:] |
|
473 | 473 | try: |
|
474 | 474 | # Uses unfiltered repo because it's faster when prefix is ambiguous/ |
|
475 | 475 | # This matches the shortesthexnodeidprefix() function below. |
|
476 | 476 | node = repo.unfiltered().changelog._partialmatch(prefix) |
|
477 | 477 | except error.AmbiguousPrefixLookupError: |
|
478 | 478 | revset = repo.ui.config( |
|
479 | 479 | b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin' |
|
480 | 480 | ) |
|
481 | 481 | if revset: |
|
482 | 482 | # Clear config to avoid infinite recursion |
|
483 | 483 | configoverrides = { |
|
484 | 484 | (b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin'): None |
|
485 | 485 | } |
|
486 | 486 | with repo.ui.configoverride(configoverrides): |
|
487 | 487 | revs = repo.anyrevs([revset], user=True) |
|
488 | 488 | matches = [] |
|
489 | 489 | for rev in revs: |
|
490 | 490 | node = repo.changelog.node(rev) |
|
491 | 491 | if hex(node).startswith(prefix): |
|
492 | 492 | matches.append(node) |
|
493 | 493 | if len(matches) == 1: |
|
494 | 494 | return matches[0] |
|
495 | 495 | raise |
|
496 | 496 | if node is None: |
|
497 | 497 | return |
|
498 | 498 | repo.changelog.rev(node) # make sure node isn't filtered |
|
499 | 499 | return node |
|
500 | 500 | |
|
501 | 501 | |
|
502 | 502 | def mayberevnum(repo, prefix): |
|
503 | 503 | """Checks if the given prefix may be mistaken for a revision number""" |
|
504 | 504 | try: |
|
505 | 505 | i = int(prefix) |
|
506 | 506 | # if we are a pure int, then starting with zero will not be |
|
507 | 507 | # confused as a rev; or, obviously, if the int is larger |
|
508 | 508 | # than the value of the tip rev. We still need to disambiguate if |
|
509 | 509 | # prefix == '0', since that *is* a valid revnum. |
|
510 | 510 | if (prefix != b'0' and prefix[0:1] == b'0') or i >= len(repo): |
|
511 | 511 | return False |
|
512 | 512 | return True |
|
513 | 513 | except ValueError: |
|
514 | 514 | return False |
|
515 | 515 | |
|
516 | 516 | |
|
517 | 517 | def shortesthexnodeidprefix(repo, node, minlength=1, cache=None): |
|
518 | 518 | """Find the shortest unambiguous prefix that matches hexnode. |
|
519 | 519 | |
|
520 | 520 | If "cache" is not None, it must be a dictionary that can be used for |
|
521 | 521 | caching between calls to this method. |
|
522 | 522 | """ |
|
523 | 523 | # _partialmatch() of filtered changelog could take O(len(repo)) time, |
|
524 | 524 | # which would be unacceptably slow. so we look for hash collision in |
|
525 | 525 | # unfiltered space, which means some hashes may be slightly longer. |
|
526 | 526 | |
|
527 | 527 | minlength = max(minlength, 1) |
|
528 | 528 | |
|
529 | 529 | def disambiguate(prefix): |
|
530 | 530 | """Disambiguate against revnums.""" |
|
531 | 531 | if repo.ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'revisions.prefixhexnode'): |
|
532 | 532 | if mayberevnum(repo, prefix): |
|
533 | 533 | return b'x' + prefix |
|
534 | 534 | else: |
|
535 | 535 | return prefix |
|
536 | 536 | |
|
537 | 537 | hexnode = hex(node) |
|
538 | 538 | for length in range(len(prefix), len(hexnode) + 1): |
|
539 | 539 | prefix = hexnode[:length] |
|
540 | 540 | if not mayberevnum(repo, prefix): |
|
541 | 541 | return prefix |
|
542 | 542 | |
|
543 | 543 | cl = repo.unfiltered().changelog |
|
544 | 544 | revset = repo.ui.config(b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin') |
|
545 | 545 | if revset: |
|
546 | 546 | revs = None |
|
547 | 547 | if cache is not None: |
|
548 | 548 | revs = cache.get(b'disambiguationrevset') |
|
549 | 549 | if revs is None: |
|
550 | 550 | revs = repo.anyrevs([revset], user=True) |
|
551 | 551 | if cache is not None: |
|
552 | 552 | cache[b'disambiguationrevset'] = revs |
|
553 | 553 | if cl.rev(node) in revs: |
|
554 | 554 | hexnode = hex(node) |
|
555 | 555 | nodetree = None |
|
556 | 556 | if cache is not None: |
|
557 | 557 | nodetree = cache.get(b'disambiguationnodetree') |
|
558 | 558 | is_invalidated = getattr(nodetree, 'is_invalidated', lambda: False) |
|
559 | 559 | if is_invalidated(): |
|
560 | 560 | nodetree = None |
|
561 | 561 | if not nodetree: |
|
562 | 562 | if hasattr(parsers, 'nodetree') and isinstance( |
|
563 | 563 | cl.index, parsers.index |
|
564 | 564 | ): |
|
565 | 565 | index = cl.index |
|
566 | 566 | nodetree = parsers.nodetree(index, len(revs)) |
|
567 | 567 | elif getattr(cl.index, 'is_rust', False): |
|
568 | 568 | nodetree = rustrevlog.NodeTree(cl.index) |
|
569 | 569 | |
|
570 | 570 | if nodetree is not None: |
|
571 | 571 | for r in revs: |
|
572 | 572 | nodetree.insert(r) |
|
573 | 573 | if cache is not None: |
|
574 | 574 | cache[b'disambiguationnodetree'] = nodetree |
|
575 | 575 | length = max(nodetree.shortest(node), minlength) |
|
576 | 576 | prefix = hexnode[:length] |
|
577 | 577 | return disambiguate(prefix) |
|
578 | 578 | for length in range(minlength, len(hexnode) + 1): |
|
579 | 579 | matches = [] |
|
580 | 580 | prefix = hexnode[:length] |
|
581 | 581 | for rev in revs: |
|
582 | 582 | otherhexnode = repo[rev].hex() |
|
583 | 583 | if prefix == otherhexnode[:length]: |
|
584 | 584 | matches.append(otherhexnode) |
|
585 | 585 | if len(matches) == 1: |
|
586 | 586 | return disambiguate(prefix) |
|
587 | 587 | |
|
588 | 588 | try: |
|
589 | 589 | return disambiguate(cl.shortest(node, minlength)) |
|
590 | 590 | except error.LookupError: |
|
591 | 591 | raise error.RepoLookupError() |
|
592 | 592 | |
|
593 | 593 | |
|
594 | 594 | def isrevsymbol(repo, symbol): |
|
595 | 595 | """Checks if a symbol exists in the repo. |
|
596 | 596 | |
|
597 | 597 | See revsymbol() for details. Raises error.AmbiguousPrefixLookupError if the |
|
598 | 598 | symbol is an ambiguous nodeid prefix. |
|
599 | 599 | """ |
|
600 | 600 | try: |
|
601 | 601 | revsymbol(repo, symbol) |
|
602 | 602 | return True |
|
603 | 603 | except error.RepoLookupError: |
|
604 | 604 | return False |
|
605 | 605 | |
|
606 | 606 | |
|
607 | 607 | def revsymbol(repo, symbol): |
|
608 | 608 | """Returns a context given a single revision symbol (as string). |
|
609 | 609 | |
|
610 | 610 | This is similar to revsingle(), but accepts only a single revision symbol, |
|
611 | 611 | i.e. things like ".", "tip", "1234", "deadbeef", "my-bookmark" work, but |
|
612 | 612 | not "max(public())". |
|
613 | 613 | """ |
|
614 | 614 | if not isinstance(symbol, bytes): |
|
615 | 615 | msg = ( |
|
616 | 616 | b"symbol (%s of type %s) was not a string, did you mean " |
|
617 | 617 | b"repo[symbol]?" % (symbol, type(symbol)) |
|
618 | 618 | ) |
|
619 | 619 | raise error.ProgrammingError(msg) |
|
620 | 620 | try: |
|
621 | 621 | if symbol in (b'.', b'tip', b'null'): |
|
622 | 622 | return repo[symbol] |
|
623 | 623 | |
|
624 | 624 | try: |
|
625 | 625 | r = int(symbol) |
|
626 | 626 | if b'%d' % r != symbol: |
|
627 | 627 | raise ValueError |
|
628 | 628 | l = len(repo.changelog) |
|
629 | 629 | if r < 0: |
|
630 | 630 | r += l |
|
631 | 631 | if r < 0 or r >= l and r != wdirrev: |
|
632 | 632 | raise ValueError |
|
633 | 633 | return repo[r] |
|
634 | 634 | except error.FilteredIndexError: |
|
635 | 635 | raise |
|
636 | 636 | except (ValueError, OverflowError, IndexError): |
|
637 | 637 | pass |
|
638 | 638 | |
|
639 | 639 | if len(symbol) == 2 * repo.nodeconstants.nodelen: |
|
640 | 640 | try: |
|
641 | 641 | node = bin(symbol) |
|
642 | 642 | rev = repo.changelog.rev(node) |
|
643 | 643 | return repo[rev] |
|
644 | 644 | except error.FilteredLookupError: |
|
645 | 645 | raise |
|
646 | 646 | except (binascii.Error, LookupError): |
|
647 | 647 | pass |
|
648 | 648 | |
|
649 | 649 | # look up bookmarks through the name interface |
|
650 | 650 | try: |
|
651 | 651 | node = repo.names.singlenode(repo, symbol) |
|
652 | 652 | rev = repo.changelog.rev(node) |
|
653 | 653 | return repo[rev] |
|
654 | 654 | except KeyError: |
|
655 | 655 | pass |
|
656 | 656 | |
|
657 | 657 | node = resolvehexnodeidprefix(repo, symbol) |
|
658 | 658 | if node is not None: |
|
659 | 659 | rev = repo.changelog.rev(node) |
|
660 | 660 | return repo[rev] |
|
661 | 661 | |
|
662 | 662 | raise error.RepoLookupError(_(b"unknown revision '%s'") % symbol) |
|
663 | 663 | |
|
664 | 664 | except error.WdirUnsupported: |
|
665 | 665 | return repo[None] |
|
666 | 666 | except ( |
|
667 | 667 | error.FilteredIndexError, |
|
668 | 668 | error.FilteredLookupError, |
|
669 | 669 | error.FilteredRepoLookupError, |
|
670 | 670 | ): |
|
671 | 671 | raise _filterederror(repo, symbol) |
|
672 | 672 | |
|
673 | 673 | |
|
674 | 674 | def _filterederror(repo, changeid): |
|
675 | 675 | """build an exception to be raised about a filtered changeid |
|
676 | 676 | |
|
677 | 677 | This is extracted in a function to help extensions (eg: evolve) to |
|
678 | 678 | experiment with various message variants.""" |
|
679 | 679 | if repo.filtername.startswith(b'visible'): |
|
680 | 680 | |
|
681 | 681 | # Check if the changeset is obsolete |
|
682 | 682 | unfilteredrepo = repo.unfiltered() |
|
683 | 683 | ctx = revsymbol(unfilteredrepo, changeid) |
|
684 | 684 | |
|
685 | 685 | # If the changeset is obsolete, enrich the message with the reason |
|
686 | 686 | # that made this changeset not visible |
|
687 | 687 | if ctx.obsolete(): |
|
688 | 688 | msg = obsutil._getfilteredreason(repo, changeid, ctx) |
|
689 | 689 | else: |
|
690 | 690 | msg = _(b"hidden revision '%s'") % changeid |
|
691 | 691 | |
|
692 | 692 | hint = _(b'use --hidden to access hidden revisions') |
|
693 | 693 | |
|
694 | 694 | return error.FilteredRepoLookupError(msg, hint=hint) |
|
695 | 695 | msg = _(b"filtered revision '%s' (not in '%s' subset)") |
|
696 | 696 | msg %= (changeid, repo.filtername) |
|
697 | 697 | return error.FilteredRepoLookupError(msg) |
|
698 | 698 | |
|
699 | 699 | |
|
700 | 700 | def revsingle(repo, revspec, default=b'.', localalias=None): |
|
701 | 701 | if not revspec and revspec != 0: |
|
702 | 702 | return repo[default] |
|
703 | 703 | |
|
704 | 704 | l = revrange(repo, [revspec], localalias=localalias) |
|
705 | 705 | if not l: |
|
706 | 706 | raise error.InputError(_(b'empty revision set')) |
|
707 | 707 | return repo[l.last()] |
|
708 | 708 | |
|
709 | 709 | |
|
710 | 710 | def _pairspec(revspec): |
|
711 | 711 | tree = revsetlang.parse(revspec) |
|
712 | 712 | return tree and tree[0] in ( |
|
713 | 713 | b'range', |
|
714 | 714 | b'rangepre', |
|
715 | 715 | b'rangepost', |
|
716 | 716 | b'rangeall', |
|
717 | 717 | ) |
|
718 | 718 | |
|
719 | 719 | |
|
720 | 720 | def revpair(repo, revs): |
|
721 | 721 | if not revs: |
|
722 | 722 | return repo[b'.'], repo[None] |
|
723 | 723 | |
|
724 | 724 | l = revrange(repo, revs) |
|
725 | 725 | |
|
726 | 726 | if not l: |
|
727 | 727 | raise error.InputError(_(b'empty revision range')) |
|
728 | 728 | |
|
729 | 729 | first = l.first() |
|
730 | 730 | second = l.last() |
|
731 | 731 | |
|
732 | 732 | if ( |
|
733 | 733 | first == second |
|
734 | 734 | and len(revs) >= 2 |
|
735 | 735 | and not all(revrange(repo, [r]) for r in revs) |
|
736 | 736 | ): |
|
737 | 737 | raise error.InputError(_(b'empty revision on one side of range')) |
|
738 | 738 | |
|
739 | 739 | # if top-level is range expression, the result must always be a pair |
|
740 | 740 | if first == second and len(revs) == 1 and not _pairspec(revs[0]): |
|
741 | 741 | return repo[first], repo[None] |
|
742 | 742 | |
|
743 | 743 | return repo[first], repo[second] |
|
744 | 744 | |
|
745 | 745 | |
|
746 | 746 | def revrange(repo, specs, localalias=None): |
|
747 | 747 | """Execute 1 to many revsets and return the union. |
|
748 | 748 | |
|
749 | 749 | This is the preferred mechanism for executing revsets using user-specified |
|
750 | 750 | config options, such as revset aliases. |
|
751 | 751 | |
|
752 | 752 | The revsets specified by ``specs`` will be executed via a chained ``OR`` |
|
753 | 753 | expression. If ``specs`` is empty, an empty result is returned. |
|
754 | 754 | |
|
755 | 755 | ``specs`` can contain integers, in which case they are assumed to be |
|
756 | 756 | revision numbers. |
|
757 | 757 | |
|
758 | 758 | It is assumed the revsets are already formatted. If you have arguments |
|
759 | 759 | that need to be expanded in the revset, call ``revsetlang.formatspec()`` |
|
760 | 760 | and pass the result as an element of ``specs``. |
|
761 | 761 | |
|
762 | 762 | Specifying a single revset is allowed. |
|
763 | 763 | |
|
764 | 764 | Returns a ``smartset.abstractsmartset`` which is a list-like interface over |
|
765 | 765 | integer revisions. |
|
766 | 766 | """ |
|
767 | 767 | allspecs = [] |
|
768 | 768 | for spec in specs: |
|
769 | 769 | if isinstance(spec, int): |
|
770 | 770 | spec = revsetlang.formatspec(b'%d', spec) |
|
771 | 771 | allspecs.append(spec) |
|
772 | 772 | return repo.anyrevs(allspecs, user=True, localalias=localalias) |
|
773 | 773 | |
|
774 | 774 | |
|
775 | 775 | def increasingwindows(windowsize=8, sizelimit=512): |
|
776 | 776 | while True: |
|
777 | 777 | yield windowsize |
|
778 | 778 | if windowsize < sizelimit: |
|
779 | 779 | windowsize *= 2 |
|
780 | 780 | |
|
781 | 781 | |
|
782 | 782 | def walkchangerevs(repo, revs, makefilematcher, prepare): |
|
783 | 783 | """Iterate over files and the revs in a "windowed" way. |
|
784 | 784 | |
|
785 | 785 | Callers most commonly need to iterate backwards over the history |
|
786 | 786 | in which they are interested. Doing so has awful (quadratic-looking) |
|
787 | 787 | performance, so we use iterators in a "windowed" way. |
|
788 | 788 | |
|
789 | 789 | We walk a window of revisions in the desired order. Within the |
|
790 | 790 | window, we first walk forwards to gather data, then in the desired |
|
791 | 791 | order (usually backwards) to display it. |
|
792 | 792 | |
|
793 | 793 | This function returns an iterator yielding contexts. Before |
|
794 | 794 | yielding each context, the iterator will first call the prepare |
|
795 | 795 | function on each context in the window in forward order.""" |
|
796 | 796 | |
|
797 | 797 | if not revs: |
|
798 | 798 | return [] |
|
799 | 799 | change = repo.__getitem__ |
|
800 | 800 | |
|
801 | 801 | def iterate(): |
|
802 | 802 | it = iter(revs) |
|
803 | 803 | stopiteration = False |
|
804 | 804 | for windowsize in increasingwindows(): |
|
805 | 805 | nrevs = [] |
|
806 | 806 | for i in range(windowsize): |
|
807 | 807 | rev = next(it, None) |
|
808 | 808 | if rev is None: |
|
809 | 809 | stopiteration = True |
|
810 | 810 | break |
|
811 | 811 | nrevs.append(rev) |
|
812 | 812 | for rev in sorted(nrevs): |
|
813 | 813 | ctx = change(rev) |
|
814 | 814 | prepare(ctx, makefilematcher(ctx)) |
|
815 | 815 | for rev in nrevs: |
|
816 | 816 | yield change(rev) |
|
817 | 817 | |
|
818 | 818 | if stopiteration: |
|
819 | 819 | break |
|
820 | 820 | |
|
821 | 821 | return iterate() |
|
822 | 822 | |
|
823 | 823 | |
|
824 | 824 | def meaningfulparents(repo, ctx): |
|
825 | 825 | """Return list of meaningful (or all if debug) parentrevs for rev. |
|
826 | 826 | |
|
827 | 827 | For merges (two non-nullrev revisions) both parents are meaningful. |
|
828 | 828 | Otherwise the first parent revision is considered meaningful if it |
|
829 | 829 | is not the preceding revision. |
|
830 | 830 | """ |
|
831 | 831 | parents = ctx.parents() |
|
832 | 832 | if len(parents) > 1: |
|
833 | 833 | return parents |
|
834 | 834 | if repo.ui.debugflag: |
|
835 | 835 | return [parents[0], repo[nullrev]] |
|
836 | 836 | if parents[0].rev() >= intrev(ctx) - 1: |
|
837 | 837 | return [] |
|
838 | 838 | return parents |
|
839 | 839 | |
|
840 | 840 | |
|
841 | 841 | def getuipathfn(repo, legacyrelativevalue=False, forcerelativevalue=None): |
|
842 | 842 | """Return a function that produced paths for presenting to the user. |
|
843 | 843 | |
|
844 | 844 | The returned function takes a repo-relative path and produces a path |
|
845 | 845 | that can be presented in the UI. |
|
846 | 846 | |
|
847 | 847 | Depending on the value of ui.relative-paths, either a repo-relative or |
|
848 | 848 | cwd-relative path will be produced. |
|
849 | 849 | |
|
850 | 850 | legacyrelativevalue is the value to use if ui.relative-paths=legacy |
|
851 | 851 | |
|
852 | 852 | If forcerelativevalue is not None, then that value will be used regardless |
|
853 | 853 | of what ui.relative-paths is set to. |
|
854 | 854 | """ |
|
855 | 855 | if forcerelativevalue is not None: |
|
856 | 856 | relative = forcerelativevalue |
|
857 | 857 | else: |
|
858 | 858 | config = repo.ui.config(b'ui', b'relative-paths') |
|
859 | 859 | if config == b'legacy': |
|
860 | 860 | relative = legacyrelativevalue |
|
861 | 861 | else: |
|
862 | 862 | relative = stringutil.parsebool(config) |
|
863 | 863 | if relative is None: |
|
864 | 864 | raise error.ConfigError( |
|
865 | 865 | _(b"ui.relative-paths is not a boolean ('%s')") % config |
|
866 | 866 | ) |
|
867 | 867 | |
|
868 | 868 | if relative: |
|
869 | 869 | cwd = repo.getcwd() |
|
870 | 870 | if cwd != b'': |
|
871 | 871 | # this branch would work even if cwd == b'' (ie cwd = repo |
|
872 | 872 | # root), but its generality makes the returned function slower |
|
873 | 873 | pathto = repo.pathto |
|
874 | 874 | return lambda f: pathto(f, cwd) |
|
875 | 875 | if repo.ui.configbool(b'ui', b'slash'): |
|
876 | 876 | return lambda f: f |
|
877 | 877 | else: |
|
878 | 878 | return util.localpath |
|
879 | 879 | |
|
880 | 880 | |
|
881 | 881 | def subdiruipathfn(subpath, uipathfn): |
|
882 | 882 | '''Create a new uipathfn that treats the file as relative to subpath.''' |
|
883 | 883 | return lambda f: uipathfn(posixpath.join(subpath, f)) |
|
884 | 884 | |
|
885 | 885 | |
|
886 | 886 | def anypats(pats, opts): |
|
887 | 887 | """Checks if any patterns, including --include and --exclude were given. |
|
888 | 888 | |
|
889 | 889 | Some commands (e.g. addremove) use this condition for deciding whether to |
|
890 | 890 | print absolute or relative paths. |
|
891 | 891 | """ |
|
892 | 892 | return bool(pats or opts.get(b'include') or opts.get(b'exclude')) |
|
893 | 893 | |
|
894 | 894 | |
|
895 | 895 | def expandpats(pats): |
|
896 | 896 | """Expand bare globs when running on windows. |
|
897 | 897 | On posix we assume it already has already been done by sh.""" |
|
898 | 898 | if not util.expandglobs: |
|
899 | 899 | return list(pats) |
|
900 | 900 | ret = [] |
|
901 | 901 | for kindpat in pats: |
|
902 | 902 | kind, pat = matchmod._patsplit(kindpat, None) |
|
903 | 903 | if kind is None: |
|
904 | 904 | try: |
|
905 | 905 | globbed = glob.glob(pat) |
|
906 | 906 | except re.error: |
|
907 | 907 | globbed = [pat] |
|
908 | 908 | if globbed: |
|
909 | 909 | ret.extend(globbed) |
|
910 | 910 | continue |
|
911 | 911 | ret.append(kindpat) |
|
912 | 912 | return ret |
|
913 | 913 | |
|
914 | 914 | |
|
915 | 915 | def matchandpats( |
|
916 | 916 | ctx, pats=(), opts=None, globbed=False, default=b'relpath', badfn=None |
|
917 | 917 | ): |
|
918 | 918 | """Return a matcher and the patterns that were used. |
|
919 | 919 | The matcher will warn about bad matches, unless an alternate badfn callback |
|
920 | 920 | is provided.""" |
|
921 | 921 | if opts is None: |
|
922 | 922 | opts = {} |
|
923 | 923 | if not globbed and default == b'relpath': |
|
924 | 924 | pats = expandpats(pats or []) |
|
925 | 925 | |
|
926 | 926 | uipathfn = getuipathfn(ctx.repo(), legacyrelativevalue=True) |
|
927 | 927 | |
|
928 | 928 | def bad(f, msg): |
|
929 | 929 | ctx.repo().ui.warn(b"%s: %s\n" % (uipathfn(f), msg)) |
|
930 | 930 | |
|
931 | 931 | if badfn is None: |
|
932 | 932 | badfn = bad |
|
933 | 933 | |
|
934 | 934 | m = ctx.match( |
|
935 | 935 | pats, |
|
936 | 936 | opts.get(b'include'), |
|
937 | 937 | opts.get(b'exclude'), |
|
938 | 938 | default, |
|
939 | 939 | listsubrepos=opts.get(b'subrepos'), |
|
940 | 940 | badfn=badfn, |
|
941 | 941 | ) |
|
942 | 942 | |
|
943 | 943 | if m.always(): |
|
944 | 944 | pats = [] |
|
945 | 945 | return m, pats |
|
946 | 946 | |
|
947 | 947 | |
|
948 | 948 | def match( |
|
949 | 949 | ctx, pats=(), opts=None, globbed=False, default=b'relpath', badfn=None |
|
950 | 950 | ): |
|
951 | 951 | '''Return a matcher that will warn about bad matches.''' |
|
952 | 952 | return matchandpats(ctx, pats, opts, globbed, default, badfn=badfn)[0] |
|
953 | 953 | |
|
954 | 954 | |
|
955 | 955 | def matchall(repo): |
|
956 | 956 | '''Return a matcher that will efficiently match everything.''' |
|
957 | 957 | return matchmod.always() |
|
958 | 958 | |
|
959 | 959 | |
|
960 | 960 | def matchfiles(repo, files, badfn=None): |
|
961 | 961 | '''Return a matcher that will efficiently match exactly these files.''' |
|
962 | 962 | return matchmod.exact(files, badfn=badfn) |
|
963 | 963 | |
|
964 | 964 | |
|
965 | 965 | def parsefollowlinespattern(repo, rev, pat, msg): |
|
966 | 966 | """Return a file name from `pat` pattern suitable for usage in followlines |
|
967 | 967 | logic. |
|
968 | 968 | """ |
|
969 | 969 | if not matchmod.patkind(pat): |
|
970 | 970 | return pathutil.canonpath(repo.root, repo.getcwd(), pat) |
|
971 | 971 | else: |
|
972 | 972 | ctx = repo[rev] |
|
973 | 973 | m = matchmod.match(repo.root, repo.getcwd(), [pat], ctx=ctx) |
|
974 | 974 | files = [f for f in ctx if m(f)] |
|
975 | 975 | if len(files) != 1: |
|
976 | 976 | raise error.ParseError(msg) |
|
977 | 977 | return files[0] |
|
978 | 978 | |
|
979 | 979 | |
|
980 | 980 | def getorigvfs(ui, repo): |
|
981 | 981 | """return a vfs suitable to save 'orig' file |
|
982 | 982 | |
|
983 | 983 | return None if no special directory is configured""" |
|
984 | 984 | origbackuppath = ui.config(b'ui', b'origbackuppath') |
|
985 | 985 | if not origbackuppath: |
|
986 | 986 | return None |
|
987 | 987 | return vfs.vfs(repo.wvfs.join(origbackuppath)) |
|
988 | 988 | |
|
989 | 989 | |
|
990 | 990 | def backuppath(ui, repo, filepath): |
|
991 | 991 | """customize where working copy backup files (.orig files) are created |
|
992 | 992 | |
|
993 | 993 | Fetch user defined path from config file: [ui] origbackuppath = <path> |
|
994 | 994 | Fall back to default (filepath with .orig suffix) if not specified |
|
995 | 995 | |
|
996 | 996 | filepath is repo-relative |
|
997 | 997 | |
|
998 | 998 | Returns an absolute path |
|
999 | 999 | """ |
|
1000 | 1000 | origvfs = getorigvfs(ui, repo) |
|
1001 | 1001 | if origvfs is None: |
|
1002 | 1002 | return repo.wjoin(filepath + b".orig") |
|
1003 | 1003 | |
|
1004 | 1004 | origbackupdir = origvfs.dirname(filepath) |
|
1005 | 1005 | if not origvfs.isdir(origbackupdir) or origvfs.islink(origbackupdir): |
|
1006 | 1006 | ui.note(_(b'creating directory: %s\n') % origvfs.join(origbackupdir)) |
|
1007 | 1007 | |
|
1008 | 1008 | # Remove any files that conflict with the backup file's path |
|
1009 | 1009 | for f in reversed(list(pathutil.finddirs(filepath))): |
|
1010 | 1010 | if origvfs.isfileorlink(f): |
|
1011 | 1011 | ui.note(_(b'removing conflicting file: %s\n') % origvfs.join(f)) |
|
1012 | 1012 | origvfs.unlink(f) |
|
1013 | 1013 | break |
|
1014 | 1014 | |
|
1015 | 1015 | origvfs.makedirs(origbackupdir) |
|
1016 | 1016 | |
|
1017 | 1017 | if origvfs.isdir(filepath) and not origvfs.islink(filepath): |
|
1018 | 1018 | ui.note( |
|
1019 | 1019 | _(b'removing conflicting directory: %s\n') % origvfs.join(filepath) |
|
1020 | 1020 | ) |
|
1021 | 1021 | origvfs.rmtree(filepath, forcibly=True) |
|
1022 | 1022 | |
|
1023 | 1023 | return origvfs.join(filepath) |
|
1024 | 1024 | |
|
1025 | 1025 | |
|
1026 | 1026 | class _containsnode: |
|
1027 | 1027 | """proxy __contains__(node) to container.__contains__ which accepts revs""" |
|
1028 | 1028 | |
|
1029 | 1029 | def __init__(self, repo, revcontainer): |
|
1030 | 1030 | self._torev = repo.changelog.rev |
|
1031 | 1031 | self._revcontains = revcontainer.__contains__ |
|
1032 | 1032 | |
|
1033 | 1033 | def __contains__(self, node): |
|
1034 | 1034 | return self._revcontains(self._torev(node)) |
|
1035 | 1035 | |
|
1036 | 1036 | |
|
1037 | 1037 | def cleanupnodes( |
|
1038 | 1038 | repo, |
|
1039 | 1039 | replacements, |
|
1040 | 1040 | operation, |
|
1041 | 1041 | moves=None, |
|
1042 | 1042 | metadata=None, |
|
1043 | 1043 | fixphase=False, |
|
1044 | 1044 | targetphase=None, |
|
1045 | 1045 | backup=True, |
|
1046 | 1046 | ): |
|
1047 | 1047 | """do common cleanups when old nodes are replaced by new nodes |
|
1048 | 1048 | |
|
1049 | 1049 | That includes writing obsmarkers or stripping nodes, and moving bookmarks. |
|
1050 | 1050 | (we might also want to move working directory parent in the future) |
|
1051 | 1051 | |
|
1052 | 1052 | By default, bookmark moves are calculated automatically from 'replacements', |
|
1053 | 1053 | but 'moves' can be used to override that. Also, 'moves' may include |
|
1054 | 1054 | additional bookmark moves that should not have associated obsmarkers. |
|
1055 | 1055 | |
|
1056 | 1056 | replacements is {oldnode: [newnode]} or a iterable of nodes if they do not |
|
1057 | 1057 | have replacements. operation is a string, like "rebase". |
|
1058 | 1058 | |
|
1059 | 1059 | metadata is dictionary containing metadata to be stored in obsmarker if |
|
1060 | 1060 | obsolescence is enabled. |
|
1061 | 1061 | """ |
|
1062 | 1062 | assert fixphase or targetphase is None |
|
1063 | 1063 | if not replacements and not moves: |
|
1064 | 1064 | return |
|
1065 | 1065 | |
|
1066 | 1066 | # translate mapping's other forms |
|
1067 | 1067 | if not hasattr(replacements, 'items'): |
|
1068 | 1068 | replacements = {(n,): () for n in replacements} |
|
1069 | 1069 | else: |
|
1070 | 1070 | # upgrading non tuple "source" to tuple ones for BC |
|
1071 | 1071 | repls = {} |
|
1072 | 1072 | for key, value in replacements.items(): |
|
1073 | 1073 | if not isinstance(key, tuple): |
|
1074 | 1074 | key = (key,) |
|
1075 | 1075 | repls[key] = value |
|
1076 | 1076 | replacements = repls |
|
1077 | 1077 | |
|
1078 | 1078 | # Unfiltered repo is needed since nodes in replacements might be hidden. |
|
1079 | 1079 | unfi = repo.unfiltered() |
|
1080 | 1080 | |
|
1081 | 1081 | # Calculate bookmark movements |
|
1082 | 1082 | if moves is None: |
|
1083 | 1083 | moves = {} |
|
1084 | 1084 | for oldnodes, newnodes in replacements.items(): |
|
1085 | 1085 | for oldnode in oldnodes: |
|
1086 | 1086 | if oldnode in moves: |
|
1087 | 1087 | continue |
|
1088 | 1088 | if len(newnodes) > 1: |
|
1089 | 1089 | # usually a split, take the one with biggest rev number |
|
1090 | 1090 | newnode = next(unfi.set(b'max(%ln)', newnodes)).node() |
|
1091 | 1091 | elif len(newnodes) == 0: |
|
1092 | 1092 | # move bookmark backwards |
|
1093 | 1093 | allreplaced = [] |
|
1094 | 1094 | for rep in replacements: |
|
1095 | 1095 | allreplaced.extend(rep) |
|
1096 | 1096 | roots = list( |
|
1097 | 1097 | unfi.set(b'max((::%n) - %ln)', oldnode, allreplaced) |
|
1098 | 1098 | ) |
|
1099 | 1099 | if roots: |
|
1100 | 1100 | newnode = roots[0].node() |
|
1101 | 1101 | else: |
|
1102 | 1102 | newnode = repo.nullid |
|
1103 | 1103 | else: |
|
1104 | 1104 | newnode = newnodes[0] |
|
1105 | 1105 | moves[oldnode] = newnode |
|
1106 | 1106 | |
|
1107 | 1107 | allnewnodes = [n for ns in replacements.values() for n in ns] |
|
1108 | 1108 | toretract = {} |
|
1109 | 1109 | toadvance = {} |
|
1110 | 1110 | if fixphase: |
|
1111 | 1111 | precursors = {} |
|
1112 | 1112 | for oldnodes, newnodes in replacements.items(): |
|
1113 | 1113 | for oldnode in oldnodes: |
|
1114 | 1114 | for newnode in newnodes: |
|
1115 | 1115 | precursors.setdefault(newnode, []).append(oldnode) |
|
1116 | 1116 | |
|
1117 | 1117 | allnewnodes.sort(key=lambda n: unfi[n].rev()) |
|
1118 | 1118 | newphases = {} |
|
1119 | 1119 | |
|
1120 | 1120 | def phase(ctx): |
|
1121 | 1121 | return newphases.get(ctx.node(), ctx.phase()) |
|
1122 | 1122 | |
|
1123 | 1123 | for newnode in allnewnodes: |
|
1124 | 1124 | ctx = unfi[newnode] |
|
1125 | 1125 | parentphase = max(phase(p) for p in ctx.parents()) |
|
1126 | 1126 | if targetphase is None: |
|
1127 | 1127 | oldphase = max( |
|
1128 | 1128 | unfi[oldnode].phase() for oldnode in precursors[newnode] |
|
1129 | 1129 | ) |
|
1130 | 1130 | newphase = max(oldphase, parentphase) |
|
1131 | 1131 | else: |
|
1132 | 1132 | newphase = max(targetphase, parentphase) |
|
1133 | 1133 | newphases[newnode] = newphase |
|
1134 | 1134 | if newphase > ctx.phase(): |
|
1135 | 1135 | toretract.setdefault(newphase, []).append(newnode) |
|
1136 | 1136 | elif newphase < ctx.phase(): |
|
1137 | 1137 | toadvance.setdefault(newphase, []).append(newnode) |
|
1138 | 1138 | |
|
1139 | 1139 | with repo.transaction(b'cleanup') as tr: |
|
1140 | 1140 | # Move bookmarks |
|
1141 | 1141 | bmarks = repo._bookmarks |
|
1142 | 1142 | bmarkchanges = [] |
|
1143 | 1143 | for oldnode, newnode in moves.items(): |
|
1144 | 1144 | oldbmarks = repo.nodebookmarks(oldnode) |
|
1145 | 1145 | if not oldbmarks: |
|
1146 | 1146 | continue |
|
1147 | 1147 | from . import bookmarks # avoid import cycle |
|
1148 | 1148 | |
|
1149 | 1149 | repo.ui.debug( |
|
1150 | 1150 | b'moving bookmarks %r from %s to %s\n' |
|
1151 | 1151 | % ( |
|
1152 | 1152 | pycompat.rapply(pycompat.maybebytestr, oldbmarks), |
|
1153 | 1153 | hex(oldnode), |
|
1154 | 1154 | hex(newnode), |
|
1155 | 1155 | ) |
|
1156 | 1156 | ) |
|
1157 | 1157 | # Delete divergent bookmarks being parents of related newnodes |
|
1158 | 1158 | deleterevs = repo.revs( |
|
1159 | 1159 | b'parents(roots(%ln & (::%n))) - parents(%n)', |
|
1160 | 1160 | allnewnodes, |
|
1161 | 1161 | newnode, |
|
1162 | 1162 | oldnode, |
|
1163 | 1163 | ) |
|
1164 | 1164 | deletenodes = _containsnode(repo, deleterevs) |
|
1165 | 1165 | for name in oldbmarks: |
|
1166 | 1166 | bmarkchanges.append((name, newnode)) |
|
1167 | 1167 | for b in bookmarks.divergent2delete(repo, deletenodes, name): |
|
1168 | 1168 | bmarkchanges.append((b, None)) |
|
1169 | 1169 | |
|
1170 | 1170 | if bmarkchanges: |
|
1171 | 1171 | bmarks.applychanges(repo, tr, bmarkchanges) |
|
1172 | 1172 | |
|
1173 | 1173 | for phase, nodes in toretract.items(): |
|
1174 | 1174 | phases.retractboundary(repo, tr, phase, nodes) |
|
1175 | 1175 | for phase, nodes in toadvance.items(): |
|
1176 | 1176 | phases.advanceboundary(repo, tr, phase, nodes) |
|
1177 | 1177 | |
|
1178 | 1178 | mayusearchived = repo.ui.config(b'experimental', b'cleanup-as-archived') |
|
1179 | 1179 | # Obsolete or strip nodes |
|
1180 | 1180 | if obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt): |
|
1181 | 1181 | # If a node is already obsoleted, and we want to obsolete it |
|
1182 | 1182 | # without a successor, skip that obssolete request since it's |
|
1183 | 1183 | # unnecessary. That's the "if s or not isobs(n)" check below. |
|
1184 | 1184 | # Also sort the node in topology order, that might be useful for |
|
1185 | 1185 | # some obsstore logic. |
|
1186 | 1186 | # NOTE: the sorting might belong to createmarkers. |
|
1187 | 1187 | torev = unfi.changelog.rev |
|
1188 | 1188 | sortfunc = lambda ns: torev(ns[0][0]) |
|
1189 | 1189 | rels = [] |
|
1190 | 1190 | for ns, s in sorted(replacements.items(), key=sortfunc): |
|
1191 | 1191 | rel = (tuple(unfi[n] for n in ns), tuple(unfi[m] for m in s)) |
|
1192 | 1192 | rels.append(rel) |
|
1193 | 1193 | if rels: |
|
1194 | 1194 | obsolete.createmarkers( |
|
1195 | 1195 | repo, rels, operation=operation, metadata=metadata |
|
1196 | 1196 | ) |
|
1197 | 1197 | elif phases.supportarchived(repo) and mayusearchived: |
|
1198 | 1198 | # this assume we do not have "unstable" nodes above the cleaned ones |
|
1199 | 1199 | allreplaced = set() |
|
1200 | 1200 | for ns in replacements.keys(): |
|
1201 | 1201 | allreplaced.update(ns) |
|
1202 | 1202 | if backup: |
|
1203 | 1203 | from . import repair # avoid import cycle |
|
1204 | 1204 | |
|
1205 | 1205 | node = min(allreplaced, key=repo.changelog.rev) |
|
1206 | 1206 | repair.backupbundle( |
|
1207 | 1207 | repo, allreplaced, allreplaced, node, operation |
|
1208 | 1208 | ) |
|
1209 | 1209 | phases.retractboundary(repo, tr, phases.archived, allreplaced) |
|
1210 | 1210 | else: |
|
1211 | 1211 | from . import repair # avoid import cycle |
|
1212 | 1212 | |
|
1213 | 1213 | tostrip = list(n for ns in replacements for n in ns) |
|
1214 | 1214 | if tostrip: |
|
1215 | 1215 | repair.delayedstrip( |
|
1216 | 1216 | repo.ui, repo, tostrip, operation, backup=backup |
|
1217 | 1217 | ) |
|
1218 | 1218 | |
|
1219 | 1219 | |
|
1220 | 1220 | def addremove(repo, matcher, prefix, uipathfn, opts=None, open_tr=None): |
|
1221 | 1221 | if opts is None: |
|
1222 | 1222 | opts = {} |
|
1223 | 1223 | m = matcher |
|
1224 | 1224 | dry_run = opts.get(b'dry_run') |
|
1225 | 1225 | try: |
|
1226 | 1226 | similarity = float(opts.get(b'similarity') or 0) |
|
1227 | 1227 | except ValueError: |
|
1228 | 1228 | raise error.InputError(_(b'similarity must be a number')) |
|
1229 | 1229 | if similarity < 0 or similarity > 100: |
|
1230 | 1230 | raise error.InputError(_(b'similarity must be between 0 and 100')) |
|
1231 | 1231 | similarity /= 100.0 |
|
1232 | 1232 | |
|
1233 | 1233 | ret = 0 |
|
1234 | 1234 | |
|
1235 | 1235 | wctx = repo[None] |
|
1236 | 1236 | for subpath in sorted(wctx.substate): |
|
1237 | 1237 | submatch = matchmod.subdirmatcher(subpath, m) |
|
1238 | 1238 | if opts.get(b'subrepos') or m.exact(subpath) or any(submatch.files()): |
|
1239 | 1239 | sub = wctx.sub(subpath) |
|
1240 | 1240 | subprefix = repo.wvfs.reljoin(prefix, subpath) |
|
1241 | 1241 | subuipathfn = subdiruipathfn(subpath, uipathfn) |
|
1242 | 1242 | try: |
|
1243 | 1243 | if sub.addremove(submatch, subprefix, subuipathfn, opts): |
|
1244 | 1244 | ret = 1 |
|
1245 | 1245 | except error.LookupError: |
|
1246 | 1246 | repo.ui.status( |
|
1247 | 1247 | _(b"skipping missing subrepository: %s\n") |
|
1248 | 1248 | % uipathfn(subpath) |
|
1249 | 1249 | ) |
|
1250 | 1250 | |
|
1251 | 1251 | rejected = [] |
|
1252 | 1252 | |
|
1253 | 1253 | def badfn(f, msg): |
|
1254 | 1254 | if f in m.files(): |
|
1255 | 1255 | m.bad(f, msg) |
|
1256 | 1256 | rejected.append(f) |
|
1257 | 1257 | |
|
1258 | 1258 | badmatch = matchmod.badmatch(m, badfn) |
|
1259 | 1259 | added, unknown, deleted, removed, forgotten = _interestingfiles( |
|
1260 | 1260 | repo, badmatch |
|
1261 | 1261 | ) |
|
1262 | 1262 | |
|
1263 | 1263 | unknownset = set(unknown + forgotten) |
|
1264 | 1264 | toprint = unknownset.copy() |
|
1265 | 1265 | toprint.update(deleted) |
|
1266 | 1266 | for abs in sorted(toprint): |
|
1267 | 1267 | if repo.ui.verbose or not m.exact(abs): |
|
1268 | 1268 | if abs in unknownset: |
|
1269 | 1269 | status = _(b'adding %s\n') % uipathfn(abs) |
|
1270 | 1270 | label = b'ui.addremove.added' |
|
1271 | 1271 | else: |
|
1272 | 1272 | status = _(b'removing %s\n') % uipathfn(abs) |
|
1273 | 1273 | label = b'ui.addremove.removed' |
|
1274 | 1274 | repo.ui.status(status, label=label) |
|
1275 | 1275 | |
|
1276 | 1276 | renames = _findrenames( |
|
1277 | 1277 | repo, m, added + unknown, removed + deleted, similarity, uipathfn |
|
1278 | 1278 | ) |
|
1279 | 1279 | |
|
1280 | 1280 | if not dry_run and (unknown or forgotten or deleted or renames): |
|
1281 | 1281 | if open_tr is not None: |
|
1282 | 1282 | open_tr() |
|
1283 | 1283 | _markchanges(repo, unknown + forgotten, deleted, renames) |
|
1284 | 1284 | |
|
1285 | 1285 | for f in rejected: |
|
1286 | 1286 | if f in m.files(): |
|
1287 | 1287 | return 1 |
|
1288 | 1288 | return ret |
|
1289 | 1289 | |
|
1290 | 1290 | |
|
1291 | 1291 | def marktouched(repo, files, similarity=0.0): |
|
1292 | 1292 | """Assert that files have somehow been operated upon. files are relative to |
|
1293 | 1293 | the repo root.""" |
|
1294 | 1294 | m = matchfiles(repo, files, badfn=lambda x, y: rejected.append(x)) |
|
1295 | 1295 | rejected = [] |
|
1296 | 1296 | |
|
1297 | 1297 | added, unknown, deleted, removed, forgotten = _interestingfiles(repo, m) |
|
1298 | 1298 | |
|
1299 | 1299 | if repo.ui.verbose: |
|
1300 | 1300 | unknownset = set(unknown + forgotten) |
|
1301 | 1301 | toprint = unknownset.copy() |
|
1302 | 1302 | toprint.update(deleted) |
|
1303 | 1303 | for abs in sorted(toprint): |
|
1304 | 1304 | if abs in unknownset: |
|
1305 | 1305 | status = _(b'adding %s\n') % abs |
|
1306 | 1306 | else: |
|
1307 | 1307 | status = _(b'removing %s\n') % abs |
|
1308 | 1308 | repo.ui.status(status) |
|
1309 | 1309 | |
|
1310 | 1310 | # TODO: We should probably have the caller pass in uipathfn and apply it to |
|
1311 | 1311 | # the messages above too. legacyrelativevalue=True is consistent with how |
|
1312 | 1312 | # it used to work. |
|
1313 | 1313 | uipathfn = getuipathfn(repo, legacyrelativevalue=True) |
|
1314 | 1314 | renames = _findrenames( |
|
1315 | 1315 | repo, m, added + unknown, removed + deleted, similarity, uipathfn |
|
1316 | 1316 | ) |
|
1317 | 1317 | |
|
1318 | 1318 | _markchanges(repo, unknown + forgotten, deleted, renames) |
|
1319 | 1319 | |
|
1320 | 1320 | for f in rejected: |
|
1321 | 1321 | if f in m.files(): |
|
1322 | 1322 | return 1 |
|
1323 | 1323 | return 0 |
|
1324 | 1324 | |
|
1325 | 1325 | |
|
1326 | 1326 | def _interestingfiles(repo, matcher): |
|
1327 | 1327 | """Walk dirstate with matcher, looking for files that addremove would care |
|
1328 | 1328 | about. |
|
1329 | 1329 | |
|
1330 | 1330 | This is different from dirstate.status because it doesn't care about |
|
1331 | 1331 | whether files are modified or clean.""" |
|
1332 | 1332 | added, unknown, deleted, removed, forgotten = [], [], [], [], [] |
|
1333 | 1333 | audit_path = pathutil.pathauditor(repo.root, cached=True) |
|
1334 | 1334 | |
|
1335 | 1335 | ctx = repo[None] |
|
1336 | 1336 | dirstate = repo.dirstate |
|
1337 | 1337 | matcher = repo.narrowmatch(matcher, includeexact=True) |
|
1338 | 1338 | walkresults = dirstate.walk( |
|
1339 | 1339 | matcher, |
|
1340 | 1340 | subrepos=sorted(ctx.substate), |
|
1341 | 1341 | unknown=True, |
|
1342 | 1342 | ignored=False, |
|
1343 | 1343 | full=False, |
|
1344 | 1344 | ) |
|
1345 | 1345 | for abs, st in walkresults.items(): |
|
1346 | 1346 | entry = dirstate.get_entry(abs) |
|
1347 | 1347 | if (not entry.any_tracked) and audit_path.check(abs): |
|
1348 | 1348 | unknown.append(abs) |
|
1349 | 1349 | elif (not entry.removed) and not st: |
|
1350 | 1350 | deleted.append(abs) |
|
1351 | 1351 | elif entry.removed and st: |
|
1352 | 1352 | forgotten.append(abs) |
|
1353 | 1353 | # for finding renames |
|
1354 | 1354 | elif entry.removed and not st: |
|
1355 | 1355 | removed.append(abs) |
|
1356 | 1356 | elif entry.added: |
|
1357 | 1357 | added.append(abs) |
|
1358 | 1358 | |
|
1359 | 1359 | return added, unknown, deleted, removed, forgotten |
|
1360 | 1360 | |
|
1361 | 1361 | |
|
1362 | 1362 | def _findrenames(repo, matcher, added, removed, similarity, uipathfn): |
|
1363 | 1363 | '''Find renames from removed files to added ones.''' |
|
1364 | 1364 | renames = {} |
|
1365 | 1365 | if similarity > 0: |
|
1366 | 1366 | for old, new, score in similar.findrenames( |
|
1367 | 1367 | repo, added, removed, similarity |
|
1368 | 1368 | ): |
|
1369 | 1369 | if ( |
|
1370 | 1370 | repo.ui.verbose |
|
1371 | 1371 | or not matcher.exact(old) |
|
1372 | 1372 | or not matcher.exact(new) |
|
1373 | 1373 | ): |
|
1374 | 1374 | repo.ui.status( |
|
1375 | 1375 | _( |
|
1376 | 1376 | b'recording removal of %s as rename to %s ' |
|
1377 | 1377 | b'(%d%% similar)\n' |
|
1378 | 1378 | ) |
|
1379 | 1379 | % (uipathfn(old), uipathfn(new), score * 100) |
|
1380 | 1380 | ) |
|
1381 | 1381 | renames[new] = old |
|
1382 | 1382 | return renames |
|
1383 | 1383 | |
|
1384 | 1384 | |
|
1385 | 1385 | def _markchanges(repo, unknown, deleted, renames): |
|
1386 | 1386 | """Marks the files in unknown as added, the files in deleted as removed, |
|
1387 | 1387 | and the files in renames as copied.""" |
|
1388 | 1388 | wctx = repo[None] |
|
1389 | 1389 | with repo.wlock(): |
|
1390 | 1390 | wctx.forget(deleted) |
|
1391 | 1391 | wctx.add(unknown) |
|
1392 | 1392 | for new, old in renames.items(): |
|
1393 | 1393 | wctx.copy(old, new) |
|
1394 | 1394 | |
|
1395 | 1395 | |
|
1396 | 1396 | def getrenamedfn(repo, endrev=None): |
|
1397 | 1397 | if copiesmod.usechangesetcentricalgo(repo): |
|
1398 | 1398 | |
|
1399 | 1399 | def getrenamed(fn, rev): |
|
1400 | 1400 | ctx = repo[rev] |
|
1401 | 1401 | p1copies = ctx.p1copies() |
|
1402 | 1402 | if fn in p1copies: |
|
1403 | 1403 | return p1copies[fn] |
|
1404 | 1404 | p2copies = ctx.p2copies() |
|
1405 | 1405 | if fn in p2copies: |
|
1406 | 1406 | return p2copies[fn] |
|
1407 | 1407 | return None |
|
1408 | 1408 | |
|
1409 | 1409 | return getrenamed |
|
1410 | 1410 | |
|
1411 | 1411 | rcache = {} |
|
1412 | 1412 | if endrev is None: |
|
1413 | 1413 | endrev = len(repo) |
|
1414 | 1414 | |
|
1415 | 1415 | def getrenamed(fn, rev): |
|
1416 | 1416 | """looks up all renames for a file (up to endrev) the first |
|
1417 | 1417 | time the file is given. It indexes on the changerev and only |
|
1418 | 1418 | parses the manifest if linkrev != changerev. |
|
1419 | 1419 | Returns rename info for fn at changerev rev.""" |
|
1420 | 1420 | if fn not in rcache: |
|
1421 | 1421 | rcache[fn] = {} |
|
1422 | 1422 | fl = repo.file(fn) |
|
1423 | 1423 | for i in fl: |
|
1424 | 1424 | lr = fl.linkrev(i) |
|
1425 | 1425 | renamed = fl.renamed(fl.node(i)) |
|
1426 | 1426 | rcache[fn][lr] = renamed and renamed[0] |
|
1427 | 1427 | if lr >= endrev: |
|
1428 | 1428 | break |
|
1429 | 1429 | if rev in rcache[fn]: |
|
1430 | 1430 | return rcache[fn][rev] |
|
1431 | 1431 | |
|
1432 | 1432 | # If linkrev != rev (i.e. rev not found in rcache) fallback to |
|
1433 | 1433 | # filectx logic. |
|
1434 | 1434 | try: |
|
1435 | 1435 | return repo[rev][fn].copysource() |
|
1436 | 1436 | except error.LookupError: |
|
1437 | 1437 | return None |
|
1438 | 1438 | |
|
1439 | 1439 | return getrenamed |
|
1440 | 1440 | |
|
1441 | 1441 | |
|
1442 | 1442 | def getcopiesfn(repo, endrev=None): |
|
1443 | 1443 | if copiesmod.usechangesetcentricalgo(repo): |
|
1444 | 1444 | |
|
1445 | 1445 | def copiesfn(ctx): |
|
1446 | 1446 | if ctx.p2copies(): |
|
1447 | 1447 | allcopies = ctx.p1copies().copy() |
|
1448 | 1448 | # There should be no overlap |
|
1449 | 1449 | allcopies.update(ctx.p2copies()) |
|
1450 | 1450 | return sorted(allcopies.items()) |
|
1451 | 1451 | else: |
|
1452 | 1452 | return sorted(ctx.p1copies().items()) |
|
1453 | 1453 | |
|
1454 | 1454 | else: |
|
1455 | 1455 | getrenamed = getrenamedfn(repo, endrev) |
|
1456 | 1456 | |
|
1457 | 1457 | def copiesfn(ctx): |
|
1458 | 1458 | copies = [] |
|
1459 | 1459 | for fn in ctx.files(): |
|
1460 | 1460 | rename = getrenamed(fn, ctx.rev()) |
|
1461 | 1461 | if rename: |
|
1462 | 1462 | copies.append((fn, rename)) |
|
1463 | 1463 | return copies |
|
1464 | 1464 | |
|
1465 | 1465 | return copiesfn |
|
1466 | 1466 | |
|
1467 | 1467 | |
|
1468 | 1468 | def dirstatecopy(ui, repo, wctx, src, dst, dryrun=False, cwd=None): |
|
1469 | 1469 | """Update the dirstate to reflect the intent of copying src to dst. For |
|
1470 | 1470 | different reasons it might not end with dst being marked as copied from src. |
|
1471 | 1471 | """ |
|
1472 | 1472 | origsrc = repo.dirstate.copied(src) or src |
|
1473 | 1473 | if dst == origsrc: # copying back a copy? |
|
1474 | 1474 | entry = repo.dirstate.get_entry(dst) |
|
1475 | 1475 | if (entry.added or not entry.tracked) and not dryrun: |
|
1476 | 1476 | repo.dirstate.set_tracked(dst) |
|
1477 | 1477 | else: |
|
1478 | 1478 | if repo.dirstate.get_entry(origsrc).added and origsrc == src: |
|
1479 | 1479 | if not ui.quiet: |
|
1480 | 1480 | ui.warn( |
|
1481 | 1481 | _( |
|
1482 | 1482 | b"%s has not been committed yet, so no copy " |
|
1483 | 1483 | b"data will be stored for %s.\n" |
|
1484 | 1484 | ) |
|
1485 | 1485 | % (repo.pathto(origsrc, cwd), repo.pathto(dst, cwd)) |
|
1486 | 1486 | ) |
|
1487 | 1487 | if not repo.dirstate.get_entry(dst).tracked and not dryrun: |
|
1488 | 1488 | wctx.add([dst]) |
|
1489 | 1489 | elif not dryrun: |
|
1490 | 1490 | wctx.copy(origsrc, dst) |
|
1491 | 1491 | |
|
1492 | 1492 | |
|
1493 | 1493 | def movedirstate(repo, newctx, match=None): |
|
1494 | 1494 | """Move the dirstate to newctx and adjust it as necessary. |
|
1495 | 1495 | |
|
1496 | 1496 | A matcher can be provided as an optimization. It is probably a bug to pass |
|
1497 | 1497 | a matcher that doesn't match all the differences between the parent of the |
|
1498 | 1498 | working copy and newctx. |
|
1499 | 1499 | """ |
|
1500 | 1500 | oldctx = repo[b'.'] |
|
1501 | 1501 | ds = repo.dirstate |
|
1502 | 1502 | copies = dict(ds.copies()) |
|
1503 | 1503 | ds.setparents(newctx.node(), repo.nullid) |
|
1504 | 1504 | s = newctx.status(oldctx, match=match) |
|
1505 | 1505 | |
|
1506 | 1506 | for f in s.modified: |
|
1507 | 1507 | ds.update_file_p1(f, p1_tracked=True) |
|
1508 | 1508 | |
|
1509 | 1509 | for f in s.added: |
|
1510 | 1510 | ds.update_file_p1(f, p1_tracked=False) |
|
1511 | 1511 | |
|
1512 | 1512 | for f in s.removed: |
|
1513 | 1513 | ds.update_file_p1(f, p1_tracked=True) |
|
1514 | 1514 | |
|
1515 | 1515 | # Merge old parent and old working dir copies |
|
1516 | 1516 | oldcopies = copiesmod.pathcopies(newctx, oldctx, match) |
|
1517 | 1517 | oldcopies.update(copies) |
|
1518 | 1518 | copies = {dst: oldcopies.get(src, src) for dst, src in oldcopies.items()} |
|
1519 | 1519 | # Adjust the dirstate copies |
|
1520 | 1520 | for dst, src in copies.items(): |
|
1521 | 1521 | if src not in newctx or dst in newctx or not ds.get_entry(dst).added: |
|
1522 | 1522 | src = None |
|
1523 | 1523 | ds.copy(src, dst) |
|
1524 | 1524 | repo._quick_access_changeid_invalidate() |
|
1525 | 1525 | |
|
1526 | 1526 | |
|
1527 | 1527 | def filterrequirements(requirements): |
|
1528 | 1528 | """filters the requirements into two sets: |
|
1529 | 1529 | |
|
1530 | 1530 | wcreq: requirements which should be written in .hg/requires |
|
1531 | 1531 | storereq: which should be written in .hg/store/requires |
|
1532 | 1532 | |
|
1533 | 1533 | Returns (wcreq, storereq) |
|
1534 | 1534 | """ |
|
1535 | 1535 | if requirementsmod.SHARESAFE_REQUIREMENT in requirements: |
|
1536 | 1536 | wc, store = set(), set() |
|
1537 | 1537 | for r in requirements: |
|
1538 | 1538 | if r in requirementsmod.WORKING_DIR_REQUIREMENTS: |
|
1539 | 1539 | wc.add(r) |
|
1540 | 1540 | else: |
|
1541 | 1541 | store.add(r) |
|
1542 | 1542 | return wc, store |
|
1543 | 1543 | return requirements, None |
|
1544 | 1544 | |
|
1545 | 1545 | |
|
1546 | 1546 | def istreemanifest(repo): |
|
1547 | 1547 | """returns whether the repository is using treemanifest or not""" |
|
1548 | 1548 | return requirementsmod.TREEMANIFEST_REQUIREMENT in repo.requirements |
|
1549 | 1549 | |
|
1550 | 1550 | |
|
1551 | 1551 | def writereporequirements(repo, requirements=None): |
|
1552 | 1552 | """writes requirements for the repo |
|
1553 | 1553 | |
|
1554 | 1554 | Requirements are written to .hg/requires and .hg/store/requires based |
|
1555 | 1555 | on whether share-safe mode is enabled and which requirements are wdir |
|
1556 | 1556 | requirements and which are store requirements |
|
1557 | 1557 | """ |
|
1558 | 1558 | if requirements: |
|
1559 | 1559 | repo.requirements = requirements |
|
1560 | 1560 | wcreq, storereq = filterrequirements(repo.requirements) |
|
1561 | 1561 | if wcreq is not None: |
|
1562 | 1562 | writerequires(repo.vfs, wcreq) |
|
1563 | 1563 | if storereq is not None: |
|
1564 | 1564 | writerequires(repo.svfs, storereq) |
|
1565 | 1565 | elif repo.ui.configbool(b'format', b'usestore'): |
|
1566 | 1566 | # only remove store requires if we are using store |
|
1567 | 1567 | repo.svfs.tryunlink(b'requires') |
|
1568 | 1568 | |
|
1569 | 1569 | |
|
1570 | 1570 | def writerequires(opener, requirements): |
|
1571 | 1571 | with opener(b'requires', b'w', atomictemp=True) as fp: |
|
1572 | 1572 | for r in sorted(requirements): |
|
1573 | 1573 | fp.write(b"%s\n" % r) |
|
1574 | 1574 | |
|
1575 | 1575 | |
|
1576 | 1576 | class filecachesubentry: |
|
1577 | 1577 | def __init__(self, path, stat): |
|
1578 | 1578 | self.path = path |
|
1579 | 1579 | self.cachestat = None |
|
1580 | 1580 | self._cacheable = None |
|
1581 | 1581 | |
|
1582 | 1582 | if stat: |
|
1583 | 1583 | self.cachestat = filecachesubentry.stat(self.path) |
|
1584 | 1584 | |
|
1585 | 1585 | if self.cachestat: |
|
1586 | 1586 | self._cacheable = self.cachestat.cacheable() |
|
1587 | 1587 | else: |
|
1588 | 1588 | # None means we don't know yet |
|
1589 | 1589 | self._cacheable = None |
|
1590 | 1590 | |
|
1591 | 1591 | def refresh(self): |
|
1592 | 1592 | if self.cacheable(): |
|
1593 | 1593 | self.cachestat = filecachesubentry.stat(self.path) |
|
1594 | 1594 | |
|
1595 | 1595 | def cacheable(self): |
|
1596 | 1596 | if self._cacheable is not None: |
|
1597 | 1597 | return self._cacheable |
|
1598 | 1598 | |
|
1599 | 1599 | # we don't know yet, assume it is for now |
|
1600 | 1600 | return True |
|
1601 | 1601 | |
|
1602 | 1602 | def changed(self): |
|
1603 | 1603 | # no point in going further if we can't cache it |
|
1604 | 1604 | if not self.cacheable(): |
|
1605 | 1605 | return True |
|
1606 | 1606 | |
|
1607 | 1607 | newstat = filecachesubentry.stat(self.path) |
|
1608 | 1608 | |
|
1609 | 1609 | # we may not know if it's cacheable yet, check again now |
|
1610 | 1610 | if newstat and self._cacheable is None: |
|
1611 | 1611 | self._cacheable = newstat.cacheable() |
|
1612 | 1612 | |
|
1613 | 1613 | # check again |
|
1614 | 1614 | if not self._cacheable: |
|
1615 | 1615 | return True |
|
1616 | 1616 | |
|
1617 | 1617 | if self.cachestat != newstat: |
|
1618 | 1618 | self.cachestat = newstat |
|
1619 | 1619 | return True |
|
1620 | 1620 | else: |
|
1621 | 1621 | return False |
|
1622 | 1622 | |
|
1623 | 1623 | @staticmethod |
|
1624 | 1624 | def stat(path): |
|
1625 | 1625 | try: |
|
1626 | 1626 | return util.cachestat(path) |
|
1627 | 1627 | except FileNotFoundError: |
|
1628 | 1628 | pass |
|
1629 | 1629 | |
|
1630 | 1630 | |
|
1631 | 1631 | class filecacheentry: |
|
1632 | 1632 | def __init__(self, paths, stat=True): |
|
1633 | 1633 | self._entries = [] |
|
1634 | 1634 | for path in paths: |
|
1635 | 1635 | self._entries.append(filecachesubentry(path, stat)) |
|
1636 | 1636 | |
|
1637 | 1637 | def changed(self): |
|
1638 | 1638 | '''true if any entry has changed''' |
|
1639 | 1639 | for entry in self._entries: |
|
1640 | 1640 | if entry.changed(): |
|
1641 | 1641 | return True |
|
1642 | 1642 | return False |
|
1643 | 1643 | |
|
1644 | 1644 | def refresh(self): |
|
1645 | 1645 | for entry in self._entries: |
|
1646 | 1646 | entry.refresh() |
|
1647 | 1647 | |
|
1648 | 1648 | |
|
1649 | 1649 | class filecache: |
|
1650 | 1650 | """A property like decorator that tracks files under .hg/ for updates. |
|
1651 | 1651 | |
|
1652 | 1652 | On first access, the files defined as arguments are stat()ed and the |
|
1653 | 1653 | results cached. The decorated function is called. The results are stashed |
|
1654 | 1654 | away in a ``_filecache`` dict on the object whose method is decorated. |
|
1655 | 1655 | |
|
1656 | 1656 | On subsequent access, the cached result is used as it is set to the |
|
1657 | 1657 | instance dictionary. |
|
1658 | 1658 | |
|
1659 | 1659 | On external property set/delete operations, the caller must update the |
|
1660 | 1660 | corresponding _filecache entry appropriately. Use __class__.<attr>.set() |
|
1661 | 1661 | instead of directly setting <attr>. |
|
1662 | 1662 | |
|
1663 | 1663 | When using the property API, the cached data is always used if available. |
|
1664 | 1664 | No stat() is performed to check if the file has changed. |
|
1665 | 1665 | |
|
1666 | 1666 | Others can muck about with the state of the ``_filecache`` dict. e.g. they |
|
1667 | 1667 | can populate an entry before the property's getter is called. In this case, |
|
1668 | 1668 | entries in ``_filecache`` will be used during property operations, |
|
1669 | 1669 | if available. If the underlying file changes, it is up to external callers |
|
1670 | 1670 | to reflect this by e.g. calling ``delattr(obj, attr)`` to remove the cached |
|
1671 | 1671 | method result as well as possibly calling ``del obj._filecache[attr]`` to |
|
1672 | 1672 | remove the ``filecacheentry``. |
|
1673 | 1673 | """ |
|
1674 | 1674 | |
|
1675 | 1675 | def __init__(self, *paths): |
|
1676 | 1676 | self.paths = paths |
|
1677 | 1677 | |
|
1678 | 1678 | def tracked_paths(self, obj): |
|
1679 | 1679 | return [self.join(obj, path) for path in self.paths] |
|
1680 | 1680 | |
|
1681 | 1681 | def join(self, obj, fname): |
|
1682 | 1682 | """Used to compute the runtime path of a cached file. |
|
1683 | 1683 | |
|
1684 | 1684 | Users should subclass filecache and provide their own version of this |
|
1685 | 1685 | function to call the appropriate join function on 'obj' (an instance |
|
1686 | 1686 | of the class that its member function was decorated). |
|
1687 | 1687 | """ |
|
1688 | 1688 | raise NotImplementedError |
|
1689 | 1689 | |
|
1690 | 1690 | def __call__(self, func): |
|
1691 | 1691 | self.func = func |
|
1692 | 1692 | self.sname = func.__name__ |
|
1693 | 1693 | # XXX We should be using a unicode string instead of bytes for the main |
|
1694 | 1694 | # name (and the _filecache key). The fact we use bytes is a remains |
|
1695 | 1695 | # from Python2, since the name is derived from an attribute name a |
|
1696 | 1696 | # `str` is a better fit now that we support Python3 only |
|
1697 | 1697 | self.name = pycompat.sysbytes(self.sname) |
|
1698 | 1698 | return self |
|
1699 | 1699 | |
|
1700 | 1700 | def __get__(self, obj, type=None): |
|
1701 | 1701 | # if accessed on the class, return the descriptor itself. |
|
1702 | 1702 | if obj is None: |
|
1703 | 1703 | return self |
|
1704 | 1704 | |
|
1705 | 1705 | assert self.sname not in obj.__dict__ |
|
1706 | 1706 | |
|
1707 | 1707 | entry = obj._filecache.get(self.name) |
|
1708 | 1708 | |
|
1709 | 1709 | if entry: |
|
1710 | 1710 | if entry.changed(): |
|
1711 | 1711 | entry.obj = self.func(obj) |
|
1712 | 1712 | else: |
|
1713 | 1713 | paths = self.tracked_paths(obj) |
|
1714 | 1714 | |
|
1715 | 1715 | # We stat -before- creating the object so our cache doesn't lie if |
|
1716 | 1716 | # a writer modified between the time we read and stat |
|
1717 | 1717 | entry = filecacheentry(paths, True) |
|
1718 | 1718 | entry.obj = self.func(obj) |
|
1719 | 1719 | |
|
1720 | 1720 | obj._filecache[self.name] = entry |
|
1721 | 1721 | |
|
1722 | 1722 | obj.__dict__[self.sname] = entry.obj |
|
1723 | 1723 | return entry.obj |
|
1724 | 1724 | |
|
1725 | 1725 | # don't implement __set__(), which would make __dict__ lookup as slow as |
|
1726 | 1726 | # function call. |
|
1727 | 1727 | |
|
1728 | 1728 | def set(self, obj, value): |
|
1729 | 1729 | if self.name not in obj._filecache: |
|
1730 | 1730 | # we add an entry for the missing value because X in __dict__ |
|
1731 | 1731 | # implies X in _filecache |
|
1732 | 1732 | paths = self.tracked_paths(obj) |
|
1733 | 1733 | ce = filecacheentry(paths, False) |
|
1734 | 1734 | obj._filecache[self.name] = ce |
|
1735 | 1735 | else: |
|
1736 | 1736 | ce = obj._filecache[self.name] |
|
1737 | 1737 | |
|
1738 | 1738 | ce.obj = value # update cached copy |
|
1739 | 1739 | obj.__dict__[self.sname] = value # update copy returned by obj.x |
|
1740 | 1740 | |
|
1741 | 1741 | |
|
1742 | 1742 | def extdatasource(repo, source): |
|
1743 | 1743 | """Gather a map of rev -> value dict from the specified source |
|
1744 | 1744 | |
|
1745 | 1745 | A source spec is treated as a URL, with a special case shell: type |
|
1746 | 1746 | for parsing the output from a shell command. |
|
1747 | 1747 | |
|
1748 | 1748 | The data is parsed as a series of newline-separated records where |
|
1749 | 1749 | each record is a revision specifier optionally followed by a space |
|
1750 | 1750 | and a freeform string value. If the revision is known locally, it |
|
1751 | 1751 | is converted to a rev, otherwise the record is skipped. |
|
1752 | 1752 | |
|
1753 | 1753 | Note that both key and value are treated as UTF-8 and converted to |
|
1754 | 1754 | the local encoding. This allows uniformity between local and |
|
1755 | 1755 | remote data sources. |
|
1756 | 1756 | """ |
|
1757 | 1757 | |
|
1758 | 1758 | spec = repo.ui.config(b"extdata", source) |
|
1759 | 1759 | if not spec: |
|
1760 | 1760 | raise error.Abort(_(b"unknown extdata source '%s'") % source) |
|
1761 | 1761 | |
|
1762 | 1762 | data = {} |
|
1763 | 1763 | src = proc = None |
|
1764 | 1764 | try: |
|
1765 | 1765 | if spec.startswith(b"shell:"): |
|
1766 | 1766 | # external commands should be run relative to the repo root |
|
1767 | 1767 | cmd = spec[6:] |
|
1768 | 1768 | proc = subprocess.Popen( |
|
1769 | 1769 | procutil.tonativestr(cmd), |
|
1770 | 1770 | shell=True, |
|
1771 | 1771 | bufsize=-1, |
|
1772 | 1772 | close_fds=procutil.closefds, |
|
1773 | 1773 | stdout=subprocess.PIPE, |
|
1774 | 1774 | cwd=procutil.tonativestr(repo.root), |
|
1775 | 1775 | ) |
|
1776 | 1776 | src = proc.stdout |
|
1777 | 1777 | else: |
|
1778 | 1778 | # treat as a URL or file |
|
1779 | 1779 | src = url.open(repo.ui, spec) |
|
1780 | 1780 | for l in src: |
|
1781 | 1781 | if b" " in l: |
|
1782 | 1782 | k, v = l.strip().split(b" ", 1) |
|
1783 | 1783 | else: |
|
1784 | 1784 | k, v = l.strip(), b"" |
|
1785 | 1785 | |
|
1786 | 1786 | k = encoding.tolocal(k) |
|
1787 | 1787 | try: |
|
1788 | 1788 | data[revsingle(repo, k).rev()] = encoding.tolocal(v) |
|
1789 | 1789 | except (error.LookupError, error.RepoLookupError, error.InputError): |
|
1790 | 1790 | pass # we ignore data for nodes that don't exist locally |
|
1791 | 1791 | finally: |
|
1792 | 1792 | if proc: |
|
1793 | 1793 | try: |
|
1794 | 1794 | proc.communicate() |
|
1795 | 1795 | except ValueError: |
|
1796 | 1796 | # This happens if we started iterating src and then |
|
1797 | 1797 | # get a parse error on a line. It should be safe to ignore. |
|
1798 | 1798 | pass |
|
1799 | 1799 | if src: |
|
1800 | 1800 | src.close() |
|
1801 | 1801 | if proc and proc.returncode != 0: |
|
1802 | 1802 | raise error.Abort( |
|
1803 | 1803 | _(b"extdata command '%s' failed: %s") |
|
1804 | 1804 | % (cmd, procutil.explainexit(proc.returncode)) |
|
1805 | 1805 | ) |
|
1806 | 1806 | |
|
1807 | 1807 | return data |
|
1808 | 1808 | |
|
1809 | 1809 | |
|
1810 | 1810 | class progress: |
|
1811 | 1811 | def __init__(self, ui, updatebar, topic, unit=b"", total=None): |
|
1812 | 1812 | self.ui = ui |
|
1813 | 1813 | self.pos = 0 |
|
1814 | 1814 | self.topic = topic |
|
1815 | 1815 | self.unit = unit |
|
1816 | 1816 | self.total = total |
|
1817 | 1817 | self.debug = ui.configbool(b'progress', b'debug') |
|
1818 | 1818 | self._updatebar = updatebar |
|
1819 | 1819 | |
|
1820 | 1820 | def __enter__(self): |
|
1821 | 1821 | return self |
|
1822 | 1822 | |
|
1823 | 1823 | def __exit__(self, exc_type, exc_value, exc_tb): |
|
1824 | 1824 | self.complete() |
|
1825 | 1825 | |
|
1826 | 1826 | def update(self, pos, item=b"", total=None): |
|
1827 | 1827 | assert pos is not None |
|
1828 | 1828 | if total: |
|
1829 | 1829 | self.total = total |
|
1830 | 1830 | self.pos = pos |
|
1831 | 1831 | self._updatebar(self.topic, self.pos, item, self.unit, self.total) |
|
1832 | 1832 | if self.debug: |
|
1833 | 1833 | self._printdebug(item) |
|
1834 | 1834 | |
|
1835 | 1835 | def increment(self, step=1, item=b"", total=None): |
|
1836 | 1836 | self.update(self.pos + step, item, total) |
|
1837 | 1837 | |
|
1838 | 1838 | def complete(self): |
|
1839 | 1839 | self.pos = None |
|
1840 | 1840 | self.unit = b"" |
|
1841 | 1841 | self.total = None |
|
1842 | 1842 | self._updatebar(self.topic, self.pos, b"", self.unit, self.total) |
|
1843 | 1843 | |
|
1844 | 1844 | def _printdebug(self, item): |
|
1845 | 1845 | unit = b'' |
|
1846 | 1846 | if self.unit: |
|
1847 | 1847 | unit = b' ' + self.unit |
|
1848 | 1848 | if item: |
|
1849 | 1849 | item = b' ' + item |
|
1850 | 1850 | |
|
1851 | 1851 | if self.total: |
|
1852 | 1852 | pct = 100.0 * self.pos / self.total |
|
1853 | 1853 | self.ui.debug( |
|
1854 | 1854 | b'%s:%s %d/%d%s (%4.2f%%)\n' |
|
1855 | 1855 | % (self.topic, item, self.pos, self.total, unit, pct) |
|
1856 | 1856 | ) |
|
1857 | 1857 | else: |
|
1858 | 1858 | self.ui.debug(b'%s:%s %d%s\n' % (self.topic, item, self.pos, unit)) |
|
1859 | 1859 | |
|
1860 | 1860 | |
|
1861 | 1861 | def gdinitconfig(ui): |
|
1862 | 1862 | """helper function to know if a repo should be created as general delta""" |
|
1863 | 1863 | # experimental config: format.generaldelta |
|
1864 | 1864 | return ui.configbool(b'format', b'generaldelta') or ui.configbool( |
|
1865 | 1865 | b'format', b'usegeneraldelta' |
|
1866 | 1866 | ) |
|
1867 | 1867 | |
|
1868 | 1868 | |
|
1869 | 1869 | def gddeltaconfig(ui): |
|
1870 | 1870 | """helper function to know if incoming deltas should be optimized |
|
1871 | 1871 | |
|
1872 | 1872 | The `format.generaldelta` config is an old form of the config that also |
|
1873 | 1873 | implies that incoming delta-bases should be never be trusted. This function |
|
1874 | 1874 | exists for this purpose. |
|
1875 | 1875 | """ |
|
1876 | 1876 | # experimental config: format.generaldelta |
|
1877 | 1877 | return ui.configbool(b'format', b'generaldelta') |
|
1878 | 1878 | |
|
1879 | 1879 | |
|
1880 | 1880 | class simplekeyvaluefile: |
|
1881 | 1881 | """A simple file with key=value lines |
|
1882 | 1882 | |
|
1883 | 1883 | Keys must be alphanumerics and start with a letter, values must not |
|
1884 | 1884 | contain '\n' characters""" |
|
1885 | 1885 | |
|
1886 | 1886 | firstlinekey = b'__firstline' |
|
1887 | 1887 | |
|
1888 | 1888 | def __init__(self, vfs, path, keys=None): |
|
1889 | 1889 | self.vfs = vfs |
|
1890 | 1890 | self.path = path |
|
1891 | 1891 | |
|
1892 | 1892 | def read(self, firstlinenonkeyval=False): |
|
1893 | 1893 | """Read the contents of a simple key-value file |
|
1894 | 1894 | |
|
1895 | 1895 | 'firstlinenonkeyval' indicates whether the first line of file should |
|
1896 | 1896 | be treated as a key-value pair or reuturned fully under the |
|
1897 | 1897 | __firstline key.""" |
|
1898 | 1898 | lines = self.vfs.readlines(self.path) |
|
1899 | 1899 | d = {} |
|
1900 | 1900 | if firstlinenonkeyval: |
|
1901 | 1901 | if not lines: |
|
1902 | 1902 | e = _(b"empty simplekeyvalue file") |
|
1903 | 1903 | raise error.CorruptedState(e) |
|
1904 | 1904 | # we don't want to include '\n' in the __firstline |
|
1905 | 1905 | d[self.firstlinekey] = lines[0][:-1] |
|
1906 | 1906 | del lines[0] |
|
1907 | 1907 | |
|
1908 | 1908 | try: |
|
1909 | 1909 | # the 'if line.strip()' part prevents us from failing on empty |
|
1910 | 1910 | # lines which only contain '\n' therefore are not skipped |
|
1911 | 1911 | # by 'if line' |
|
1912 | 1912 | updatedict = dict( |
|
1913 | 1913 | line[:-1].split(b'=', 1) for line in lines if line.strip() |
|
1914 | 1914 | ) |
|
1915 | 1915 | if self.firstlinekey in updatedict: |
|
1916 | 1916 | e = _(b"%r can't be used as a key") |
|
1917 | 1917 | raise error.CorruptedState(e % self.firstlinekey) |
|
1918 | 1918 | d.update(updatedict) |
|
1919 | 1919 | except ValueError as e: |
|
1920 | 1920 | raise error.CorruptedState(stringutil.forcebytestr(e)) |
|
1921 | 1921 | return d |
|
1922 | 1922 | |
|
1923 | 1923 | def write(self, data, firstline=None): |
|
1924 | 1924 | """Write key=>value mapping to a file |
|
1925 | 1925 | data is a dict. Keys must be alphanumerical and start with a letter. |
|
1926 | 1926 | Values must not contain newline characters. |
|
1927 | 1927 | |
|
1928 | 1928 | If 'firstline' is not None, it is written to file before |
|
1929 | 1929 | everything else, as it is, not in a key=value form""" |
|
1930 | 1930 | lines = [] |
|
1931 | 1931 | if firstline is not None: |
|
1932 | 1932 | lines.append(b'%s\n' % firstline) |
|
1933 | 1933 | |
|
1934 | 1934 | for k, v in data.items(): |
|
1935 | 1935 | if k == self.firstlinekey: |
|
1936 | 1936 | e = b"key name '%s' is reserved" % self.firstlinekey |
|
1937 | 1937 | raise error.ProgrammingError(e) |
|
1938 | 1938 | if not k[0:1].isalpha(): |
|
1939 | 1939 | e = b"keys must start with a letter in a key-value file" |
|
1940 | 1940 | raise error.ProgrammingError(e) |
|
1941 | 1941 | if not k.isalnum(): |
|
1942 | 1942 | e = b"invalid key name in a simple key-value file" |
|
1943 | 1943 | raise error.ProgrammingError(e) |
|
1944 | 1944 | if b'\n' in v: |
|
1945 | 1945 | e = b"invalid value in a simple key-value file" |
|
1946 | 1946 | raise error.ProgrammingError(e) |
|
1947 | 1947 | lines.append(b"%s=%s\n" % (k, v)) |
|
1948 | 1948 | with self.vfs(self.path, mode=b'wb', atomictemp=True) as fp: |
|
1949 | 1949 | fp.write(b''.join(lines)) |
|
1950 | 1950 | |
|
1951 | 1951 | |
|
1952 | 1952 | _reportobsoletedsource = [ |
|
1953 | 1953 | b'debugobsolete', |
|
1954 | 1954 | b'pull', |
|
1955 | 1955 | b'push', |
|
1956 | 1956 | b'serve', |
|
1957 | 1957 | b'unbundle', |
|
1958 | 1958 | ] |
|
1959 | 1959 | |
|
1960 | 1960 | _reportnewcssource = [ |
|
1961 | 1961 | b'pull', |
|
1962 | 1962 | b'unbundle', |
|
1963 | 1963 | ] |
|
1964 | 1964 | |
|
1965 | 1965 | |
|
1966 | 1966 | def prefetchfiles(repo, revmatches): |
|
1967 | 1967 | """Invokes the registered file prefetch functions, allowing extensions to |
|
1968 | 1968 | ensure the corresponding files are available locally, before the command |
|
1969 | 1969 | uses them. |
|
1970 | 1970 | |
|
1971 | 1971 | Args: |
|
1972 | 1972 | revmatches: a list of (revision, match) tuples to indicate the files to |
|
1973 | 1973 | fetch at each revision. If any of the match elements is None, it matches |
|
1974 | 1974 | all files. |
|
1975 | 1975 | """ |
|
1976 | 1976 | |
|
1977 | 1977 | def _matcher(m): |
|
1978 | 1978 | if m: |
|
1979 | 1979 | assert isinstance(m, matchmod.basematcher) |
|
1980 | 1980 | # The command itself will complain about files that don't exist, so |
|
1981 | 1981 | # don't duplicate the message. |
|
1982 | 1982 | return matchmod.badmatch(m, lambda fn, msg: None) |
|
1983 | 1983 | else: |
|
1984 | 1984 | return matchall(repo) |
|
1985 | 1985 | |
|
1986 | 1986 | revbadmatches = [(rev, _matcher(match)) for (rev, match) in revmatches] |
|
1987 | 1987 | |
|
1988 | 1988 | fileprefetchhooks(repo, revbadmatches) |
|
1989 | 1989 | |
|
1990 | 1990 | |
|
1991 | 1991 | # a list of (repo, revs, match) prefetch functions |
|
1992 | 1992 | fileprefetchhooks = util.hooks() |
|
1993 | 1993 | |
|
1994 | 1994 | # A marker that tells the evolve extension to suppress its own reporting |
|
1995 | 1995 | _reportstroubledchangesets = True |
|
1996 | 1996 | |
|
1997 | 1997 | |
|
1998 | 1998 | def registersummarycallback(repo, otr, txnname=b'', as_validator=False): |
|
1999 | 1999 | """register a callback to issue a summary after the transaction is closed |
|
2000 | 2000 | |
|
2001 | 2001 | If as_validator is true, then the callbacks are registered as transaction |
|
2002 | 2002 | validators instead |
|
2003 | 2003 | """ |
|
2004 | 2004 | |
|
2005 | 2005 | def txmatch(sources): |
|
2006 | 2006 | return any(txnname.startswith(source) for source in sources) |
|
2007 | 2007 | |
|
2008 | 2008 | categories = [] |
|
2009 | 2009 | |
|
2010 | 2010 | def reportsummary(func): |
|
2011 | 2011 | """decorator for report callbacks.""" |
|
2012 | 2012 | # The repoview life cycle is shorter than the one of the actual |
|
2013 | 2013 | # underlying repository. So the filtered object can die before the |
|
2014 | 2014 | # weakref is used leading to troubles. We keep a reference to the |
|
2015 | 2015 | # unfiltered object and restore the filtering when retrieving the |
|
2016 | 2016 | # repository through the weakref. |
|
2017 | 2017 | filtername = repo.filtername |
|
2018 | 2018 | reporef = weakref.ref(repo.unfiltered()) |
|
2019 | 2019 | |
|
2020 | 2020 | def wrapped(tr): |
|
2021 | 2021 | repo = reporef() |
|
2022 | 2022 | if filtername: |
|
2023 | 2023 | assert repo is not None # help pytype |
|
2024 | 2024 | repo = repo.filtered(filtername) |
|
2025 | 2025 | func(repo, tr) |
|
2026 | 2026 | |
|
2027 | 2027 | newcat = b'%02i-txnreport' % len(categories) |
|
2028 | 2028 | if as_validator: |
|
2029 | 2029 | otr.addvalidator(newcat, wrapped) |
|
2030 | 2030 | else: |
|
2031 | 2031 | otr.addpostclose(newcat, wrapped) |
|
2032 | 2032 | categories.append(newcat) |
|
2033 | 2033 | return wrapped |
|
2034 | 2034 | |
|
2035 | 2035 | @reportsummary |
|
2036 | 2036 | def reportchangegroup(repo, tr): |
|
2037 | 2037 | cgchangesets = tr.changes.get(b'changegroup-count-changesets', 0) |
|
2038 | 2038 | cgrevisions = tr.changes.get(b'changegroup-count-revisions', 0) |
|
2039 | 2039 | cgfiles = tr.changes.get(b'changegroup-count-files', 0) |
|
2040 | 2040 | cgheads = tr.changes.get(b'changegroup-count-heads', 0) |
|
2041 | 2041 | if cgchangesets or cgrevisions or cgfiles: |
|
2042 | 2042 | htext = b"" |
|
2043 | 2043 | if cgheads: |
|
2044 | 2044 | htext = _(b" (%+d heads)") % cgheads |
|
2045 | 2045 | msg = _(b"added %d changesets with %d changes to %d files%s\n") |
|
2046 | 2046 | if as_validator: |
|
2047 | 2047 | msg = _(b"adding %d changesets with %d changes to %d files%s\n") |
|
2048 | 2048 | assert repo is not None # help pytype |
|
2049 | 2049 | repo.ui.status(msg % (cgchangesets, cgrevisions, cgfiles, htext)) |
|
2050 | 2050 | |
|
2051 | 2051 | if txmatch(_reportobsoletedsource): |
|
2052 | 2052 | |
|
2053 | 2053 | @reportsummary |
|
2054 | 2054 | def reportobsoleted(repo, tr): |
|
2055 | 2055 | obsoleted = obsutil.getobsoleted(repo, tr) |
|
2056 | 2056 | newmarkers = len(tr.changes.get(b'obsmarkers', ())) |
|
2057 | 2057 | if newmarkers: |
|
2058 | 2058 | repo.ui.status(_(b'%i new obsolescence markers\n') % newmarkers) |
|
2059 | 2059 | if obsoleted: |
|
2060 | 2060 | msg = _(b'obsoleted %i changesets\n') |
|
2061 | 2061 | if as_validator: |
|
2062 | 2062 | msg = _(b'obsoleting %i changesets\n') |
|
2063 | 2063 | repo.ui.status(msg % len(obsoleted)) |
|
2064 | 2064 | |
|
2065 | 2065 | if obsolete.isenabled( |
|
2066 | 2066 | repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt |
|
2067 | 2067 | ) and repo.ui.configbool( |
|
2068 | 2068 | b'experimental', b'evolution.report-instabilities' |
|
2069 | 2069 | ): |
|
2070 | 2070 | instabilitytypes = [ |
|
2071 | 2071 | (b'orphan', b'orphan'), |
|
2072 | 2072 | (b'phase-divergent', b'phasedivergent'), |
|
2073 | 2073 | (b'content-divergent', b'contentdivergent'), |
|
2074 | 2074 | ] |
|
2075 | 2075 | |
|
2076 | 2076 | def getinstabilitycounts(repo): |
|
2077 | 2077 | filtered = repo.changelog.filteredrevs |
|
2078 | 2078 | counts = {} |
|
2079 | 2079 | for instability, revset in instabilitytypes: |
|
2080 | 2080 | counts[instability] = len( |
|
2081 | 2081 | set(obsolete.getrevs(repo, revset)) - filtered |
|
2082 | 2082 | ) |
|
2083 | 2083 | return counts |
|
2084 | 2084 | |
|
2085 | 2085 | oldinstabilitycounts = getinstabilitycounts(repo) |
|
2086 | 2086 | |
|
2087 | 2087 | @reportsummary |
|
2088 | 2088 | def reportnewinstabilities(repo, tr): |
|
2089 | 2089 | newinstabilitycounts = getinstabilitycounts(repo) |
|
2090 | 2090 | for instability, revset in instabilitytypes: |
|
2091 | 2091 | delta = ( |
|
2092 | 2092 | newinstabilitycounts[instability] |
|
2093 | 2093 | - oldinstabilitycounts[instability] |
|
2094 | 2094 | ) |
|
2095 | 2095 | msg = getinstabilitymessage(delta, instability) |
|
2096 | 2096 | if msg: |
|
2097 | 2097 | repo.ui.warn(msg) |
|
2098 | 2098 | |
|
2099 | 2099 | if txmatch(_reportnewcssource): |
|
2100 | 2100 | |
|
2101 | 2101 | @reportsummary |
|
2102 | 2102 | def reportnewcs(repo, tr): |
|
2103 | 2103 | """Report the range of new revisions pulled/unbundled.""" |
|
2104 | 2104 | origrepolen = tr.changes.get(b'origrepolen', len(repo)) |
|
2105 | 2105 | unfi = repo.unfiltered() |
|
2106 | 2106 | if origrepolen >= len(unfi): |
|
2107 | 2107 | return |
|
2108 | 2108 | |
|
2109 | 2109 | # Compute the bounds of new visible revisions' range. |
|
2110 | 2110 | revs = smartset.spanset(repo, start=origrepolen) |
|
2111 | 2111 | if revs: |
|
2112 | 2112 | minrev, maxrev = repo[revs.min()], repo[revs.max()] |
|
2113 | 2113 | |
|
2114 | 2114 | if minrev == maxrev: |
|
2115 | 2115 | revrange = minrev |
|
2116 | 2116 | else: |
|
2117 | 2117 | revrange = b'%s:%s' % (minrev, maxrev) |
|
2118 | 2118 | draft = len(repo.revs(b'%ld and draft()', revs)) |
|
2119 | 2119 | secret = len(repo.revs(b'%ld and secret()', revs)) |
|
2120 | 2120 | if not (draft or secret): |
|
2121 | 2121 | msg = _(b'new changesets %s\n') % revrange |
|
2122 | 2122 | elif draft and secret: |
|
2123 | 2123 | msg = _(b'new changesets %s (%d drafts, %d secrets)\n') |
|
2124 | 2124 | msg %= (revrange, draft, secret) |
|
2125 | 2125 | elif draft: |
|
2126 | 2126 | msg = _(b'new changesets %s (%d drafts)\n') |
|
2127 | 2127 | msg %= (revrange, draft) |
|
2128 | 2128 | elif secret: |
|
2129 | 2129 | msg = _(b'new changesets %s (%d secrets)\n') |
|
2130 | 2130 | msg %= (revrange, secret) |
|
2131 | 2131 | else: |
|
2132 | 2132 | errormsg = b'entered unreachable condition' |
|
2133 | 2133 | raise error.ProgrammingError(errormsg) |
|
2134 | 2134 | repo.ui.status(msg) |
|
2135 | 2135 | |
|
2136 | 2136 | # search new changesets directly pulled as obsolete |
|
2137 | 2137 | duplicates = tr.changes.get(b'revduplicates', ()) |
|
2138 | 2138 | obsadded = unfi.revs( |
|
2139 | 2139 | b'(%d: + %ld) and obsolete()', origrepolen, duplicates |
|
2140 | 2140 | ) |
|
2141 | 2141 | cl = repo.changelog |
|
2142 | 2142 | extinctadded = [r for r in obsadded if r not in cl] |
|
2143 | 2143 | if extinctadded: |
|
2144 | 2144 | # They are not just obsolete, but obsolete and invisible |
|
2145 | 2145 | # we call them "extinct" internally but the terms have not been |
|
2146 | 2146 | # exposed to users. |
|
2147 | 2147 | msg = b'(%d other changesets obsolete on arrival)\n' |
|
2148 | 2148 | repo.ui.status(msg % len(extinctadded)) |
|
2149 | 2149 | |
|
2150 | 2150 | @reportsummary |
|
2151 | 2151 | def reportphasechanges(repo, tr): |
|
2152 | 2152 | """Report statistics of phase changes for changesets pre-existing |
|
2153 | 2153 | pull/unbundle. |
|
2154 | 2154 | """ |
|
2155 | 2155 | origrepolen = tr.changes.get(b'origrepolen', len(repo)) |
|
2156 | 2156 | published = [] |
|
2157 | 2157 | for revs, (old, new) in tr.changes.get(b'phases', []): |
|
2158 | 2158 | if new != phases.public: |
|
2159 | 2159 | continue |
|
2160 | 2160 | published.extend(rev for rev in revs if rev < origrepolen) |
|
2161 | 2161 | if not published: |
|
2162 | 2162 | return |
|
2163 | 2163 | msg = _(b'%d local changesets published\n') |
|
2164 | 2164 | if as_validator: |
|
2165 | 2165 | msg = _(b'%d local changesets will be published\n') |
|
2166 | 2166 | repo.ui.status(msg % len(published)) |
|
2167 | 2167 | |
|
2168 | 2168 | |
|
2169 | 2169 | def getinstabilitymessage(delta, instability): |
|
2170 | 2170 | """function to return the message to show warning about new instabilities |
|
2171 | 2171 | |
|
2172 | 2172 | exists as a separate function so that extension can wrap to show more |
|
2173 | 2173 | information like how to fix instabilities""" |
|
2174 | 2174 | if delta > 0: |
|
2175 | 2175 | return _(b'%i new %s changesets\n') % (delta, instability) |
|
2176 | 2176 | |
|
2177 | 2177 | |
|
2178 | 2178 | def nodesummaries(repo, nodes, maxnumnodes=4): |
|
2179 | 2179 | if len(nodes) <= maxnumnodes or repo.ui.verbose: |
|
2180 | 2180 | return b' '.join(short(h) for h in nodes) |
|
2181 | 2181 | first = b' '.join(short(h) for h in nodes[:maxnumnodes]) |
|
2182 | 2182 | return _(b"%s and %d others") % (first, len(nodes) - maxnumnodes) |
|
2183 | 2183 | |
|
2184 | 2184 | |
|
2185 | 2185 | def enforcesinglehead(repo, tr, desc, accountclosed, filtername): |
|
2186 | 2186 | """check that no named branch has multiple heads""" |
|
2187 | 2187 | if desc in (b'strip', b'repair'): |
|
2188 | 2188 | # skip the logic during strip |
|
2189 | 2189 | return |
|
2190 | 2190 | visible = repo.filtered(filtername) |
|
2191 | 2191 | # possible improvement: we could restrict the check to affected branch |
|
2192 | 2192 | bm = visible.branchmap() |
|
2193 | 2193 | for name in bm: |
|
2194 | 2194 | heads = bm.branchheads(name, closed=accountclosed) |
|
2195 | 2195 | if len(heads) > 1: |
|
2196 | 2196 | msg = _(b'rejecting multiple heads on branch "%s"') |
|
2197 | 2197 | msg %= name |
|
2198 | 2198 | hint = _(b'%d heads: %s') |
|
2199 | 2199 | hint %= (len(heads), nodesummaries(repo, heads)) |
|
2200 | 2200 | raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint) |
|
2201 | 2201 | |
|
2202 | 2202 | |
|
2203 | 2203 | def wrapconvertsink(sink): |
|
2204 | 2204 | """Allow extensions to wrap the sink returned by convcmd.convertsink() |
|
2205 | 2205 | before it is used, whether or not the convert extension was formally loaded. |
|
2206 | 2206 | """ |
|
2207 | 2207 | return sink |
|
2208 | 2208 | |
|
2209 | 2209 | |
|
2210 | 2210 | def unhidehashlikerevs(repo, specs, hiddentype): |
|
2211 | 2211 | """parse the user specs and unhide changesets whose hash or revision number |
|
2212 | 2212 | is passed. |
|
2213 | 2213 | |
|
2214 | 2214 | hiddentype can be: 1) 'warn': warn while unhiding changesets |
|
2215 | 2215 | 2) 'nowarn': don't warn while unhiding changesets |
|
2216 | 2216 | |
|
2217 | 2217 | returns a repo object with the required changesets unhidden |
|
2218 | 2218 | """ |
|
2219 | 2219 | if not specs: |
|
2220 | 2220 | return repo |
|
2221 | 2221 | |
|
2222 | 2222 | if not repo.filtername or not repo.ui.configbool( |
|
2223 | 2223 | b'experimental', b'directaccess' |
|
2224 | 2224 | ): |
|
2225 | 2225 | return repo |
|
2226 | 2226 | |
|
2227 | 2227 | if repo.filtername not in (b'visible', b'visible-hidden'): |
|
2228 | 2228 | return repo |
|
2229 | 2229 | |
|
2230 | 2230 | symbols = set() |
|
2231 | 2231 | for spec in specs: |
|
2232 | 2232 | try: |
|
2233 | 2233 | tree = revsetlang.parse(spec) |
|
2234 | 2234 | except error.ParseError: # will be reported by scmutil.revrange() |
|
2235 | 2235 | continue |
|
2236 | 2236 | |
|
2237 | 2237 | symbols.update(revsetlang.gethashlikesymbols(tree)) |
|
2238 | 2238 | |
|
2239 | 2239 | if not symbols: |
|
2240 | 2240 | return repo |
|
2241 | 2241 | |
|
2242 | 2242 | revs = _getrevsfromsymbols(repo, symbols) |
|
2243 | 2243 | |
|
2244 | 2244 | if not revs: |
|
2245 | 2245 | return repo |
|
2246 | 2246 | |
|
2247 | 2247 | if hiddentype == b'warn': |
|
2248 | 2248 | unfi = repo.unfiltered() |
|
2249 | 2249 | revstr = b", ".join([pycompat.bytestr(unfi[l]) for l in revs]) |
|
2250 | 2250 | repo.ui.warn( |
|
2251 | 2251 | _( |
|
2252 | 2252 | b"warning: accessing hidden changesets for write " |
|
2253 | 2253 | b"operation: %s\n" |
|
2254 | 2254 | ) |
|
2255 | 2255 | % revstr |
|
2256 | 2256 | ) |
|
2257 | 2257 | |
|
2258 | 2258 | # we have to use new filtername to separate branch/tags cache until we can |
|
2259 | 2259 | # disbale these cache when revisions are dynamically pinned. |
|
2260 | 2260 | return repo.filtered(b'visible-hidden', revs) |
|
2261 | 2261 | |
|
2262 | 2262 | |
|
2263 | 2263 | def _getrevsfromsymbols(repo, symbols): |
|
2264 | 2264 | """parse the list of symbols and returns a set of revision numbers of hidden |
|
2265 | 2265 | changesets present in symbols""" |
|
2266 | 2266 | revs = set() |
|
2267 | 2267 | unfi = repo.unfiltered() |
|
2268 | 2268 | unficl = unfi.changelog |
|
2269 | 2269 | cl = repo.changelog |
|
2270 | 2270 | tiprev = len(unficl) |
|
2271 | 2271 | allowrevnums = repo.ui.configbool(b'experimental', b'directaccess.revnums') |
|
2272 | 2272 | for s in symbols: |
|
2273 | 2273 | try: |
|
2274 | 2274 | n = int(s) |
|
2275 | 2275 | if n <= tiprev: |
|
2276 | 2276 | if not allowrevnums: |
|
2277 | 2277 | continue |
|
2278 | 2278 | else: |
|
2279 | 2279 | if n not in cl: |
|
2280 | 2280 | revs.add(n) |
|
2281 | 2281 | continue |
|
2282 | 2282 | except ValueError: |
|
2283 | 2283 | pass |
|
2284 | 2284 | |
|
2285 | 2285 | try: |
|
2286 | 2286 | s = resolvehexnodeidprefix(unfi, s) |
|
2287 | 2287 | except (error.LookupError, error.WdirUnsupported): |
|
2288 | 2288 | s = None |
|
2289 | 2289 | |
|
2290 | 2290 | if s is not None: |
|
2291 | 2291 | rev = unficl.rev(s) |
|
2292 | 2292 | if rev not in cl: |
|
2293 | 2293 | revs.add(rev) |
|
2294 | 2294 | |
|
2295 | 2295 | return revs |
|
2296 | 2296 | |
|
2297 | 2297 | |
|
2298 | 2298 | def bookmarkrevs(repo, mark): |
|
2299 | 2299 | """Select revisions reachable by a given bookmark |
|
2300 | 2300 | |
|
2301 | 2301 | If the bookmarked revision isn't a head, an empty set will be returned. |
|
2302 | 2302 | """ |
|
2303 | 2303 | return repo.revs(format_bookmark_revspec(mark)) |
|
2304 | 2304 | |
|
2305 | 2305 | |
|
2306 | 2306 | def format_bookmark_revspec(mark): |
|
2307 | 2307 | """Build a revset expression to select revisions reachable by a given |
|
2308 | 2308 | bookmark""" |
|
2309 | 2309 | mark = b'literal:' + mark |
|
2310 | 2310 | return revsetlang.formatspec( |
|
2311 | 2311 | b"ancestors(bookmark(%s)) - " |
|
2312 | 2312 | b"ancestors(head() and not bookmark(%s)) - " |
|
2313 | 2313 | b"ancestors(bookmark() and not bookmark(%s))", |
|
2314 | 2314 | mark, |
|
2315 | 2315 | mark, |
|
2316 | 2316 | mark, |
|
2317 | 2317 | ) |
|
2318 | 2318 | |
|
2319 | 2319 | |
|
2320 | 2320 | def ismember(ui, username, userlist): |
|
2321 | 2321 | """Check if username is a member of userlist. |
|
2322 | 2322 | |
|
2323 | 2323 | If userlist has a single '*' member, all users are considered members. |
|
2324 | 2324 | Can be overridden by extensions to provide more complex authorization |
|
2325 | 2325 | schemes. |
|
2326 | 2326 | """ |
|
2327 | 2327 | return userlist == [b'*'] or username in userlist |
|
2328 | ||
|
2329 | ||
|
2330 | RESOURCE_HIGH = 3 | |
|
2331 | RESOURCE_MEDIUM = 2 | |
|
2332 | RESOURCE_LOW = 1 | |
|
2333 | RESOURCE_DEFAULT = 0 | |
|
2334 | ||
|
2335 | RESOURCE_MAPPING = { | |
|
2336 | b'default': RESOURCE_DEFAULT, | |
|
2337 | b'low': RESOURCE_LOW, | |
|
2338 | b'medium': RESOURCE_MEDIUM, | |
|
2339 | b'high': RESOURCE_HIGH, | |
|
2340 | } | |
|
2341 | ||
|
2342 | DEFAULT_RESOURCE = RESOURCE_MEDIUM | |
|
2343 | ||
|
2344 | ||
|
2345 | def get_resource_profile(ui, dimension=None): | |
|
2346 | """return the resource profile for a dimension | |
|
2347 | ||
|
2348 | If no dimension is specified, the generic value is returned""" | |
|
2349 | generic_name = ui.config(b'usage', b'resources') | |
|
2350 | value = RESOURCE_MAPPING.get(generic_name, RESOURCE_DEFAULT) | |
|
2351 | if value == RESOURCE_DEFAULT: | |
|
2352 | value = DEFAULT_RESOURCE | |
|
2353 | if dimension is not None: | |
|
2354 | sub_name = ui.config(b'usage', b'resources.%s' % dimension) | |
|
2355 | sub_value = RESOURCE_MAPPING.get(sub_name, RESOURCE_DEFAULT) | |
|
2356 | if sub_value != RESOURCE_DEFAULT: | |
|
2357 | value = sub_value | |
|
2358 | return value |
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments.
Login now